T3DSO2000ASeries

Programming Guide
Copyright and Declaration
Copyright
Teledyne LeCroy. All Rights Reserved.

Trademark Information
Teledyne Test Tools is the registered trademark of Teledyne LeCroy.

Declaration
Teledyne LeCroy products are protected by patent law in and outside of P.R.C.
Teledyne LeCroy reserves the right to modify or change parts of or all the specifications or pricing
policies at the company’s sole decision.
Information in this publication replaces all previously corresponding material.
Any way of copying, extracting or translating the contents of this manual is not allowed without
the permission of Teledyne LeCroy.

Product Certification
Teledyne LeCroy guarantees this product conforms to the national and industrial standards in
China and
other international standard conformance certifications are in progress.

Contact Us
If you have any problem or requirement when using our products, please contact Teledyne
LeCroy

Headquarters
Teledyne LeCroy
(US Headquarters)
700 Chestnut Ridge Road
Chestnut Ridge, NY. USA 10977-6499

Phone: 800-553-2769 or 845-425-2000

Fax Sales: 845-578-5985
Phone Support: 1-800-553-2769

Email Sales: [email protected]

Email Support: [email protected]
Web Site: http://teledynelecroy.com/
Europe
Teledyne LeCroy
(European Headquarters)
Teledyne GmbH
Im Breitspiel 11c
D-69126 Heidelberg, Germany

Phone: +49 6221 82700

Fax: +49 6221 834655
Phone Service: +49 6221 8270 85
Phone Support: +49 6221 8270 28

Email Sales: [email protected]

Email Service: [email protected]
Email Support: [email protected]
Web Site: http://teledynelecroy.com/germany

World wide support contacts can be found at: https://teledynelecroy.com/support/contact/#

Table Of Contents
Table Of Contents...................................................................................... 1
Version Declaration ................................................................................. 12
Version at Introduction...................................................................................... 12
Supported Models ............................................................................................ 12
Programming Overview ........................................................................... 13
Establishing Communications .......................................................................... 13
Install NI-VISA .................................................................................................. 13
Connect the Instrument .................................................................................... 16
Remote Control ....................................................................................... 17
User-defined Programming .............................................................................. 17
Send SCPI Commands via NI-MAX ................................................................. 17
Using SCPI with Telnet ..................................................................................... 17
Using SCPI with Sockets.................................................................................. 18
IP ADDRESS .................................................................................................... 18
Introduction to the SCPI Language ......................................................... 19
Command and Query Structure........................................................................ 19
Commands & Queries ............................................................................. 22
Common (*) Commands.......................................................................... 23
*IDN .................................................................................................................. 24
*OPC ................................................................................................................ 25
*RST ................................................................................................................. 26
Root(:) Commands .................................................................................. 27
:AUToset ........................................................................................................... 28
:PRINt ............................................................................................................... 29
ACQUire Commands............................................................................... 30
:ACQuire:AMODe ............................................................................................. 31
:ACQuire:CSWeep............................................................................................ 32
:ACQuire:INTerpolation..................................................................................... 33
:ACQuire:MODE ............................................................................................... 34
:ACQuire:MDEPth ............................................................................................ 35
:ACQuire:POINts .............................................................................................. 37
:ACQuire:SEQuence ........................................................................................ 38
:ACQuire:SEQuence:COUNt ............................................................................ 39
:ACQuire:SRATe ............................................................................................... 40
:ACQuire:TYPE ................................................................................................ 41
CHANnel Commands .............................................................................. 43
:CHANnel<n>:BWLimit ..................................................................................... 44
:CHANnel<n>:COUPling .................................................................................. 45
:CHANnel<n>:IMPedance ................................................................................ 46
:CHANnel<n>:INVert ........................................................................................ 47
:CHANnel<n>:LABel ......................................................................................... 48
:CHANnel<n>:LABel:TEXT............................................................................... 49
:CHANnel<n>:OFFSet ...................................................................................... 50
:CHANnel<n>:PROBe ...................................................................................... 51
:CHANnel<n>:SCALe ....................................................................................... 53
:CHANnel<n>:SKEW ........................................................................................ 54
:CHANnel<n>:SWITch ...................................................................................... 55
:CHANnel<n>:UNIT .......................................................................................... 56

Programming Guide Page 1

 :CHANnel<n>:VISible ....................................................................................57
CURSor Commands............................................................................. 58
:CURSor ........................................................................................................59
:CURSor:DISPlay ..........................................................................................60
:CURSor:IXDelta ...........................................................................................61
:CURSor:MODE ............................................................................................62
:CURSor:SOURce1 .......................................................................................63
:CURSor:SOURce2 .......................................................................................64
:CURSor:X1...................................................................................................65
:CURSor:X2...................................................................................................66
:CURSor:XDELta...........................................................................................67
:CURSor:XREFerence...................................................................................68
:CURSor:Y1...................................................................................................69
:CURSor:Y2...................................................................................................70
:CURSor:YDELta...........................................................................................71
:CURSor:YREFerence...................................................................................72
DECode Commands............................................................................. 73
:DECode ........................................................................................................74
:DECode:LIST ...............................................................................................75
:DECode:LIST:LINE.......................................................................................76
:DECode:LIST:SCRoll....................................................................................77
:DECode:BUS<n> .........................................................................................78
:DECode:BUS<n>:COPY ..............................................................................79
:DECode:BUS<n>:FORMat ...........................................................................80
:DECode:BUS<n>:PROTocol ........................................................................81
:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC Commands........................................................ 82
:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:RWBit.........................................................................83
:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SCLSource.................................................................84
:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SCLThreshold ............................................................86
:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SDASource ................................................................87
:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SDAThreshold............................................................89
:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI Commands ...................................................... 90
:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:BITorder ....................................................................91
:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CLKSource ...............................................................92
:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CLKThreshold...........................................................93
:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CSSource .................................................................94
:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CSThreshold.............................................................95
:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CSTYpe ....................................................................96
:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:DLENgth ...................................................................97
:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:LATChedge...............................................................98
:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MISOSource .............................................................99
:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MISOThreshold.......................................................101
:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MOSISource ...........................................................102
:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MOSIThreshold.......................................................104
:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:NCSSource.............................................................105
:DECode:BUS<n>:UART Commands ................................................ 108
:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:BAUD ..................................................................109
:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:BITorder............................................................... 110
:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:DLENgth.............................................................. 111

Programming Guide Page 2

 :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:IDLE .................................................................... 112
:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:PARity ................................................................. 113
:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:RXSource ............................................................ 114
:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:RXThreshold ....................................................... 116
:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:STOP .................................................................. 117
:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:TXSource ............................................................ 118
:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:TXThreshold........................................................120
:DECode:BUS<n>:CAN Commands................................................... 121
:DECode:BUS<n>:CAN:BAUD ....................................................................122
:DECode:BUS<n>:CAN:SOURce................................................................123
:DECode:BUS<n>:LIN Commands..................................................... 125
:DECode:BUS<n>:LIN:BAUD ......................................................................126
:DECode:BUS<n>:LIN:SOURce..................................................................127
:DECode:BUS<n>:LIN:THReshold ..............................................................129
:DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray Commands [Option]............................... 130
:DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray:BAUD..............................................................131
:DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray:SOURce .........................................................132
:DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray:THReshold......................................................133
:DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd Commands [Option]................................. 134
:DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:BAUDData ........................................................135
:DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:BAUDNominal...................................................136
:DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:SOURce............................................................137
:DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:THReshold........................................................139
:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS Commands [Option] ........................................ 140
:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:ANNotate..................................................................141
:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:AVARiant ..................................................................142
:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:BCLKSource ............................................................143
:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:BCLKThreshold........................................................145
:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:BITorder....................................................................146
:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:DLENgth...................................................................147
:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:DSource ...................................................................148
:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:DTHReshold.............................................................150
:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:LATChedge ..............................................................151
:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:LCH ..........................................................................152
:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:SBIT .........................................................................153
:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:WSSource ................................................................154
:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:WSTHreshold...........................................................156
:DECode:BUS<n>:M1553 Commands [Option].................................. 157
:DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:LTHReshold .......................................................158
:DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:SOURce ............................................................160
:DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:UTHReshold ......................................................161
DIGital Commands [Option]................................................................ 163
:DIGital.........................................................................................................164
:DIGital:ACTive ............................................................................................165
:DIGital:BUS<n>:DEFault ............................................................................166
:DIGital:BUS<n>:DISPlay ............................................................................167
:DIGital:BUS<n>:FORMat ...........................................................................168
:DIGital:BUS<n>:MAP .................................................................................169
:DIGital:D<n>...............................................................................................171

Programming Guide Page 3

 :DIGital:HEIGht............................................................................................172
:DIGital:LABel<n>........................................................................................173
:DIGital:POINts ............................................................................................174
:DIGital:POSition .........................................................................................175
:DIGital:SKEW .............................................................................................176
:DIGital:SRATe.............................................................................................177
:DIGital:THReshold<n> ...............................................................................178
DISPlay Commands ........................................................................... 179
:DISPlay:BACKlight .....................................................................................180
:DISPlay:CLEar ...........................................................................................181
:DISPlay:COLor ...........................................................................................182
:DISPlay:GRATicule.....................................................................................183
:DISPlay:GRID.............................................................................................184
:DISPlay:INTensity.......................................................................................185
:DISPlay:PERSistence ................................................................................186
:DISPlay:TRANsparence .............................................................................187
:DISPlay:TYPE ............................................................................................188
FUNCtion Commands ........................................................................ 189
:FUNCtion:FFTDisplay ................................................................................190
:FUNCtion:INTGate .....................................................................................191
:FUNCtion:INTGate:GA ...............................................................................192
:FUNCtion:INTGate:GB ...............................................................................194
:FUNCtion<n>..............................................................................................195
:FUNCtion<n>:DIFF:DX...............................................................................196
:FUNCtion<n>:FFT:AUToset ........................................................................197
:FUNCtion<n>:FFT:HCENter .......................................................................198
:FUNCtion<n>:FFT:HSCale .........................................................................199
:FUNCtion<n>:FFT:LOAD............................................................................200
:FUNCtion<n>:FFT:MODE...........................................................................201
:FUNCtion<n>:FFT:POINts ..........................................................................203
:FUNCtion<n>:FFT:RESET..........................................................................204
:FUNCtion<n>:FFT:RLEVel..........................................................................205
:FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SCALe ..........................................................................207
:FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SEARch ........................................................................208
:FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SEARch:EXCursion......................................................209
:FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SEARch:THReshold ..................................................... 211
:FUNCtion<n>:FFT:UNIT .............................................................................212
:FUNCtion<n>:FFT:WINDow .......................................................................213
:FUNCtion<n>:INTegrate:OFFSet................................................................215
:FUNCtion<n>:INVert...................................................................................216
:FUNCtion<n>:LABel ...................................................................................217
:FUNCtion<n>:LABel:TEXT .........................................................................218
:FUNCtion<n>:OPERation...........................................................................219
:FUNCtion<n>:POSition ..............................................................................220
:FUNCtion<n>:SCALe .................................................................................221
:FUNCtion<n>:SOURce1.............................................................................222
:FUNCtion<n>:SOURce2.............................................................................224
HISTORy Commands ......................................................................... 226
:HISTORy ....................................................................................................227

Programming Guide Page 4

 :HISTORy:FRAMe .................................................................................... 228
:HISTORy:INTERval ................................................................................. 229
:HISTORy:LIST......................................................................................... 230
:HISTORy:PLAY ....................................................................................... 231
:HISTORy:TIME........................................................................................ 232
MEASure Commands....................................................................... 233
:MEASure ................................................................................................. 234
:MEASure:ADVanced:LINenumber........................................................... 235
:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>...................................................................... 236
:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:SOURce1..................................................... 237
:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:SOURce2..................................................... 239
:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:STATistics .................................................... 241
:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:VALue .......................................................... 245
:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics .............................................................. 246
:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:HISTOGram ......................................... 247
:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:MAXCount............................................ 248
:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:RESet................................................... 249
:MEASure:ADVanced:STYLe ................................................................... 250
:MEASure:GATE....................................................................................... 251
:MEASure:GATE:GA................................................................................. 252
:MEASure:GATE:GB................................................................................. 253
:MEASure:MODE ..................................................................................... 254
:MEASure:SIMPle:ITEM ........................................................................... 255
:MEASure:SIMPle:SOURce...................................................................... 256
MTEst Commands............................................................................ 259
:MTESt...................................................................................................... 260
:MTESt:COUNt ......................................................................................... 261
:MTESt:FUNCtion:BUZZer ....................................................................... 262
:MTESt:FUNCtion:COF ............................................................................ 263
:MTESt:FUNCtion:FTH ............................................................................. 264
:MTESt:FUNCtion:SOF ............................................................................ 265
:MTESt:IDISplay ....................................................................................... 266
:MTESt:MASK:CREate ............................................................................. 267
:MTESt:MASK:LOAD................................................................................ 268
:MTESt:OPERate ..................................................................................... 269
:MTESt:RESet .......................................................................................... 270
:MTESt:SOURce ...................................................................................... 271
:MTESt:TYPE ........................................................................................... 272
RECall Commands ........................................................................... 273
:RECall:FDEFault ..................................................................................... 274
:RECall:REFerence .................................................................................. 275
:RECall:SERase ....................................................................................... 276
:RECall:SETup.......................................................................................... 277
REF Commands ............................................................................... 278
:REF<r>:LABel ......................................................................................... 279
:REF<r>:LABel:TEXT ............................................................................... 280
:REF<r>:DATA .......................................................................................... 281
:REF<r>:DATA:SOURce........................................................................... 282
:REF<r>:DATA:SCALe.............................................................................. 283

Programming Guide Page 5

 :REF<r>:DATA:POSition........................................................................... 284
SAVE Commands ............................................................................. 285
:SAVE:BINary ........................................................................................... 286
:SAVE:CSV ............................................................................................... 287
:SAVE:DEFault ......................................................................................... 288
:SAVE:IMAGe ........................................................................................... 289
:SAVE:MATLab ......................................................................................... 290
:SAVE:REFerence .................................................................................... 291
:SAVE:SETup ........................................................................................... 292
SYSTem Commands ........................................................................ 293
:SYSTem:BUZZer ..................................................................................... 294
:SYSTem:CLOCk ...................................................................................... 295
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATeway................................................... 296
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:IPADdress ................................................. 297
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:MAC.......................................................... 298
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SMASk...................................................... 299
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TYPE ........................................................ 300
:SYSTem:DATE ........................................................................................ 301
:SYSTem:EDUMode ................................................................................. 302
:SYSTem:LANGuage ................................................................................ 304
:SYSTem:MENU ....................................................................................... 305
:SYSTem:PON.......................................................................................... 306
:SYSTem:REBoot ..................................................................................... 307
:SYSTem:REMote..................................................................................... 308
:SYSTem:SELFCal ................................................................................... 309
:SYSTem:SHUTdown ............................................................................... 310
:SYSTem:SSAVer ..................................................................................... 311
:SYSTem:TIME ......................................................................................... 312
:SYSTem:TOUCh...................................................................................... 313
:SYSTem:VNCPort ................................................................................... 314
TIMebase Commands ...................................................................... 315
:TIMebase:DELay..................................................................................... 316
:TIMebase:SCALe .................................................................................... 317
:TIMebase:WINDow ................................................................................. 318
:TIMebase:WINDow:DELay...................................................................... 319
:TIMebase:WINDow:SCALe ..................................................................... 321
TRIGger Commands ........................................................................ 322
:TRIGger:MODE ....................................................................................... 323
:TRIGger:RUN .......................................................................................... 325
:TRIGger:STATus...................................................................................... 326
:TRIGger:STOP ........................................................................................ 327
:TRIGger:TYPE ........................................................................................ 328
:TRIGger:EDGE Commands ............................................................ 329
:TRIGger:EDGE:COUPling....................................................................... 330
:TRIGger:EDGE:HLDEVent ...................................................................... 332
:TRIGger:EDGE:HLDTime........................................................................ 333
:TRIGger:EDGE:HOLDoff......................................................................... 334
:TRIGger:EDGE:HSTart............................................................................ 335
:TRIGger:EDGE:LEVel ............................................................................. 336

Programming Guide Page 6

 :TRIGger:EDGE:NREJect.........................................................................337
:TRIGger:EDGE:SLOPe ...........................................................................338
:TRIGger:EDGE:SOURce.........................................................................339
:TRIGger:SLOPe Commands ...........................................................340
:TRIGger:SLOPe:COUPling .....................................................................341
:TRIGger:SLOPe:HLDEVent.....................................................................343
:TRIGger:SLOPe:HLDTime ......................................................................344
:TRIGger:SLOPe:HLEVel .........................................................................345
:TRIGger:SLOPe:HOLDoff .......................................................................346
:TRIGger:SLOPe:HSTart ..........................................................................347
:TRIGger:SLOPe:LIMit .............................................................................348
:TRIGger:SLOPe:LLEVel ..........................................................................349
:TRIGger:SLOPe:NREJect .......................................................................350
:TRIGger:SLOPe:SLOPe..........................................................................351
:TRIGger:SLOPe:SOURce .......................................................................352
:TRIGger:SLOPe:TLOWer........................................................................353
:TRIGger:SLOPe:TUPPer.........................................................................354
:TRIGger:PULSe Commands ...........................................................355
:TRIGger:PULSe:COUPling......................................................................356
:TRIGger:PULSe:HLDEVent.....................................................................358
:TRIGger:PULSe:HLDTime ......................................................................359
:TRIGger:PULSe:HOLDoff........................................................................360
:TRIGger:PULSe:HSTart ..........................................................................361
:TRIGger:PULSe:LEVel ............................................................................362
:TRIGger:PULSe:LIMit..............................................................................363
:TRIGger:PULSe:NREJect .......................................................................364
:TRIGger:PULSe:POLarity .......................................................................365
:TRIGger:PULSe:SOURce .......................................................................366
:TRIGger:PULSe:TLOWer ........................................................................367
:TRIGger:PULSe:TUPPer.........................................................................368
:TRIGger:VIDeo Commands ............................................................369
:TRIGger:VIDeo:FCNT .............................................................................370
:TRIGger:VIDeo:FIELd .............................................................................371
:TRIGger:VIDeo:FRATe ............................................................................372
:TRIGger:VIDeo:INTerlace........................................................................373
:TRIGger:VIDeo:LCNT .............................................................................374
:TRIGger:VIDeo:LEVel .............................................................................376
:TRIGger:VIDeo:LINE ...............................................................................377
:TRIGger:VIDeo:SOURce.........................................................................379
:TRIGger:VIDeo:STANdard ......................................................................380
:TRIGger:VIDeo:SYNC .............................................................................381
:TRIGger:WINDow Commands ........................................................382
:TRIGger:WINDow:CLEVel.......................................................................383
:TRIGger:WINDow:COUPling...................................................................384
:TRIGger:WINDow:DLEVel.......................................................................386
:TRIGger:WINDow:HLDEVent ..................................................................387
:TRIGger:WINDow:HLDTime....................................................................388
:TRIGger:WINDow:HLEVel.......................................................................389
:TRIGger:WINDow:HOLDoff.....................................................................390
:TRIGger:WINDow:HSTart........................................................................391

Programming Guide Page 7

 :TRIGger:WINDow:LLEVel .......................................................................392
:TRIGger:WINDow:NREJect.....................................................................393
:TRIGger:WINDow:SOURce.....................................................................394
:TRIGger:WINDow:TYPE .........................................................................395
:TRIGger:INTerval Commands .........................................................396
:TRIGger:INTerval:COUPling....................................................................397
:TRIGger:INTerval:HLDEVent ...................................................................399
:TRIGger:INTerval:HLDTime.....................................................................400
:TRIGger:INTerval:HOLDoff......................................................................401
:TRIGger:INTerval:HSTart.........................................................................402
:TRIGger:INTerval:LEVel ..........................................................................403
:TRIGger:INTerval:LIMit ............................................................................404
:TRIGger:INTerval:NREJect .....................................................................405
:TRIGger:INTerval:SLOPe ........................................................................406
:TRIGger:INTerval:SOURce......................................................................407
:TRIGger:INTerval:TLOWer ......................................................................408
:TRIGger:INTerval:TUPPer .......................................................................409
:TRIGger:DROPout Commands .......................................................410
:TRIGger:DROPout:COUPling.................................................................. 411
:TRIGger:DROPout:HLDEVent.................................................................413
:TRIGger:DROPout:HLDTime ..................................................................414
:TRIGger:DROPout:HOLDoff....................................................................415
:TRIGger:DROPout:HSTart.......................................................................416
:TRIGger:DROPout:LEVel ........................................................................417
:TRIGger:DROPout:NREJect ...................................................................418
:TRIGger:DROPout:SLOPe ......................................................................419
:TRIGger:DROPout:SOURce ...................................................................420
:TRIGger:DROPout:TIME .........................................................................421
:TRIGger:DROPout:TYPE ........................................................................422
:TRIGger:RUNT Commands.............................................................423
:TRIGger:RUNT:COUPling .......................................................................424
:TRIGger:RUNT:HLDEVent.......................................................................426
:TRIGger:RUNT:HLDTime ........................................................................427
:TRIGger:RUNT:HOLDoff .........................................................................429
:TRIGger:RUNT:HSTart ............................................................................430
:TRIGger:RUNT:LIMit ...............................................................................431
:TRIGger:RUNT:LLEVel ............................................................................432
:TRIGger:RUNT:NREJect .........................................................................433
:TRIGger:RUNT:POLarity .........................................................................434
:TRIGger:RUNT:SOURce .........................................................................435
:TRIGger:RUNT:TLOWer..........................................................................436
:TRIGger:RUNT:TUPPer...........................................................................437
:TRIGger:PATTern Commands .........................................................438
:TRIGger:PATTern:HLDEVent...................................................................439
:TRIGger:PATTern:HLDTime ....................................................................440
:TRIGger:PATTern:HOLDoff......................................................................441
:TRIGger:PATTern:HSTart ........................................................................442
:TRIGger:PATTern:INPut ..........................................................................443
:TRIGger:PATTern:LEVel ..........................................................................444
:TRIGger:PATTern:LIMit............................................................................446

Programming Guide Page 8

 :TRIGger:PATTern:LOGic .........................................................................447
:TRIGger:PATTern:TLOWer ......................................................................448
:TRIGger:PATTern:TUPPer.......................................................................449
:TRIGger:QUALified Commands ......................................................450
:TRIGger:QUALified:ELEVel.....................................................................451
:TRIGger:QUALified:ESLope....................................................................452
:TRIGger:QUALified:ESource...................................................................453
:TRIGger:QUALified:LIMit.........................................................................454
:TRIGger:QUALified:QLEVel ....................................................................455
:TRIGger:QUALified:QSource ..................................................................456
:TRIGger:QUALified:TLOWer ...................................................................457
:TRIGger:QUALified:TUPPer....................................................................458
:TRIGger:QUALified:TYPE .......................................................................459
:TRIGger:IIC Commands..................................................................460
:TRIGger:IIC:ADDRess ............................................................................461
:TRIGger:IIC:ALENgth ..............................................................................462
:TRIGger:IIC:CONDition ...........................................................................463
:TRIGger:IIC:DAT2 ...................................................................................464
:TRIGger:IIC:DATA ...................................................................................465
:TRIGger:IIC:DLENgth..............................................................................466
:TRIGger:IIC:LIMit ....................................................................................467
:TRIGger:IIC:RWBit ..................................................................................468
:TRIGger:IIC:SCLSource ..........................................................................469
:TRIGger:IIC:SCLThreshold......................................................................470
:TRIGger:IIC:SDASource .........................................................................471
:TRIGger:IIC:SDAThreshold .....................................................................472
:TRIGger:SPI Commands.................................................................473
:TRIGger:SPI:BITorder .............................................................................474
:TRIGger:SPI:CLKSource.........................................................................475
:TRIGger:SPI:CLKThreshold ....................................................................476
:TRIGger:SPI:CSSource...........................................................................477
:TRIGger:SPI:CSThreshold ......................................................................478
:TRIGger:SPI:CSTYpe..............................................................................479
:TRIGger:SPI:DATA ..................................................................................480
:TRIGger:SPI:DLENgth ............................................................................481
:TRIGger:SPI:LATChedge ........................................................................482
:TRIGger:SPI:MISOSource.......................................................................483
:TRIGger:SPI:MISOThreshold ..................................................................484
:TRIGger:SPI:MOSISource.......................................................................485
:TRIGger:SPI:MOSIThreshold ..................................................................486
:TRIGger:SPI:NCSSource ........................................................................487
:TRIGger:SPI:NCSThreshold....................................................................488
:TRIGger:SPI:TTYPe ................................................................................489
:TRIGger:UART Commands.............................................................490
:TRIGger:UART:BAUD..............................................................................491
:TRIGger:UART:BITorder ..........................................................................492
:TRIGger:UART:CONDition ......................................................................493
:TRIGger:UART:DATA ..............................................................................494
:TRIGger:UART:DLENgth .........................................................................495
:TRIGger:UART:IDLE................................................................................496

Programming Guide Page 9

 :TRIGger:UART:LIMit................................................................................497
:TRIGger:UART:PARity.............................................................................498
:TRIGger:UART:RXSource .......................................................................499
:TRIGger:UART:RXThreshold...................................................................500
:TRIGger:UART:STOP..............................................................................501
:TRIGger:UART:TTYPe ............................................................................502
:TRIGger:UART:TXSource........................................................................503
:TRIGger:UART:TXThreshold ...................................................................504
:TRIGger:CAN Commands ...............................................................505
:TRIGger:CAN:BAUD ...............................................................................506
:TRIGger:CAN:CONDition ........................................................................507
:TRIGger:CAN:DAT2 ................................................................................508
:TRIGger:CAN:DATA ................................................................................509
:TRIGger:CAN:ID......................................................................................510
:TRIGger:CAN:IDLength........................................................................... 511
:TRIGger:CAN:SOURce ...........................................................................512
:TRIGger:CAN:THReshold .......................................................................513
:TRIGger:LIN Commands .................................................................514
:TRIGger:LIN:BAUD .................................................................................515
:TRIGger:LIN:CONDition ..........................................................................516
:TRIGger:LIN:DAT2 ..................................................................................517
:TRIGger:LIN:DATA ..................................................................................518
:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:CHECksum.............................................................519
:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:DLENgth .................................................................520
:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:ID ............................................................................521
:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:PARity.....................................................................522
:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:SYNC......................................................................523
:TRIGger:LIN:ID........................................................................................524
:TRIGger:LIN:SOURce .............................................................................525
:TRIGger:LIN:STANdard...........................................................................526
:TRIGger:LIN:THReshold .........................................................................527
:TRIGger:FLEXray Commands [Option] ...........................................528
:TRIGger:FLEXray:BAUD .........................................................................529
:TRIGger:FLEXray:CONDition..................................................................530
:TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:COMPare......................................................531
:TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:CYCLe ..........................................................532
:TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:ID ..................................................................533
:TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:REPetition.....................................................534
:TRIGger:FLEXray:SOURce.....................................................................535
:TRIGger:FLEXray:THReshold .................................................................536
:TRIGger:CANFd Commands [Option] .....................................................537
:TRIGger:CANFd:BAUDData....................................................................538
:TRIGger:CANFd:BAUDNominal ..............................................................540
:TRIGger:CANFd:CONDition ....................................................................542
:TRIGger:CANFd:DAT2 ............................................................................543
:TRIGger:CANFd:DATA ............................................................................544
:TRIGger:CANFd:FTYPe ..........................................................................545
:TRIGger:CANFd:ID .................................................................................546
:TRIGger:CANFd:IDLength.......................................................................547
:TRIGger:CANFd:SOURce .......................................................................548

Programming Guide Page 10

 :TRIGger:CANFd:THReshold .................................................................. 549
:TRIGger:IIS Commands [Option] ................................................... 550
:TRIGger:IIS:AVARiant ............................................................................ 551
:TRIGger:IIS:BCLKSource....................................................................... 552
:TRIGger:IIS:BCLKThreshold .................................................................. 553
:TRIGger:IIS:BITorder.............................................................................. 554
:TRIGger:IIS:CHANnel ............................................................................ 555
:TRIGger:IIS:COMPare ........................................................................... 556
:TRIGger:IIS:CONDition .......................................................................... 557
:TRIGger:IIS:DLENgth ............................................................................. 558
:TRIGger:IIS:DSource ............................................................................. 559
:TRIGger:IIS:DTHReshold ....................................................................... 560
:TRIGger:IIS:LATChedge......................................................................... 561
:TRIGger:IIS:LCH .................................................................................... 562
:TRIGger:IIS:VALue ................................................................................. 563
:TRIGger:IIS:WSSource .......................................................................... 564
:TRIGger:IIS:WSTHreshold ..................................................................... 565
WAVeform Commands .................................................................... 566
:WAVeform:SOURce................................................................................ 567
:WAVeform:STARt.................................................................................... 569
:WAVeform:INTerval................................................................................. 570
:WAVeform:POINt .................................................................................... 571
:WAVeform:MAXPoint .............................................................................. 572
:WAVeform:WIDTh................................................................................... 573
:WAVeform:PREamble............................................................................. 574
:WAVeform:DATA..................................................................................... 577
WGEN Commands .......................................................................... 582
ARbWaVe ................................................................................................ 583
BaSic_WaVe............................................................................................ 585
OUTPut.................................................................................................... 587
SToreList.................................................................................................. 588
SYNC....................................................................................................... 592
VOLTPRT ................................................................................................ 593
Programming Examples .................................................................. 594
VISA Examples........................................................................................ 595
VC++ Example ........................................................................................ 595
VB Example............................................................................................. 601
MATLAB Example ................................................................................... 605
Examples of Using Sockets..................................................................... 611
Python Example ...................................................................................... 611
C Example ............................................................................................... 613
Common Command Examples................................................................ 615
Read Waveform Data Example ............................................................... 615
Read Digital Waveform Data Example .................................................... 617
Screen Dump (PRINt) Example............................................................... 619
Contact Us....................................................................................... 620

Programming Guide Page 11

Version Declaration

This chapter declares the modifications of command in the most recent release of the
programming guide version.

Version at Introduction

This document defines the instruction format of each group according to the SCPI
specifications and adopts tree-style management. However, not all series models
support these instructions, see the next chapter “Supported Models” for details.

Supported Models

The commands and queries listed in this document can be used for Teledyne
LeCroy’s T3DSO2000A Digital Oscilloscope Series.

Programming Guide Page 12

Programming Overview
This chapter introduces how to build communication between the instrument and the
PC. It also introduces how to configure a system for remote instrument control.

Users can remotely control the instrument through USB and LAN interfaces, in
combination with National Instruments NI-VISA and programming languages.
Through the LAN interface, users can communicate using VXI-11, Sockets and
Telnet protocols, depending on the capabilities of the specific instrument.

Establishing Communications

Install NI-VISA

USB control requires the National Instruments NI-VISA Library for communications.
We also recommend using it for LAN communications for its ease of use, but
sockets, telnet, and VXI-11 can also be implemented via LAN connections.

Currently, NI-VISA is packaged in two versions: A full version and a Run-Time

Engine version. The full version includes the NI device drivers and a tool named NI
MAX which is a user interface to control and test remotely connected devices. The
Run-Time Engine is recommended, as it is a much smaller download than the full
version and includes the necessary tools for basic communication to instruments.

For example, you can get the NI-VISA 5.4 full version from
http://www.ni.com/download/ni-visa-5.4/4230/en/.

You also can download NI-VISA Run-Time Engine 5.4 to your PC and install it as the
default selection. Its installation process is similar to the full version.

After you downloaded the file, follow these steps to install NI-VISA (The full version of
NI-VISA 5.4 is used in this example. Newer versions are likely and should be
compatible with Teledyne Test Tools instrumentation. Download the latest version
available for the operating system being used by the controlling computer):
a. Double click the visa540_full.exe, the dialog will be similar to that shown below:

Programming Guide Page 13

b. Click Unzip, the installation process will automatically launch after unzipping files.
If your computer needs to install .NET Framework 4, it may auto start.

c. The NI-VISA installing dialog is shown above. Click Next to start the installation
process.

Programming Guide Page 14

d. Set the install path. The default path is “C:\Program Files\National Instruments\”,
you can change it. Click Next, dialog shown as above.

e. Click Next twice, in the License Agreement dialog, select the “I accept the above
2 License Agreement(s).”,and click Next, dialog shown as below:

Programming Guide Page 15

 f. Click Next to begin the installation.

g. Now the installation is complete. Reboot your PC.

Connect the Instrument

Depending on the specific model, your oscilloscope may be able to communicate

with a PC through the USB or LAN interface.

Connect the instrument and the USB Host interface of the PC using a USB cable.
Assuming your PC is already turned on, turn on your oscilloscope, and then the PC
will display the “Device Setup” screen as it automatically installs the device driver as
shown below.

Wait for the installation to complete and then proceed to the next step.

Programming Guide Page 16

Remote Control

User-defined Programming

Users can use SCPI commands via a computer to program and control the digital
oscilloscope. For details, refer to the introductions in "Programming Examples".

Send SCPI Commands via NI-MAX

NI-Measurement and Automation eXplorer (NI-MAX) is a program created and

maintained by National Instruments. It provides a basic remote control interface for
VXI, LAN, USB, GPIB, and Serial communications. It is a utility that enables you to
send commands one-at-a-time and also retrieve data from connected devices. It is a
great tool for troubleshooting and testing command sequences. The oscilloscopes
can be controlled remotely by sending SCPI commands via NI-MAX.

Using SCPI with Telnet

Telnet provides a means of communicating with the oscilloscopes over a LAN

connection. The Telnet protocol sends SCPI commands to the oscilloscopes from a
PC and is similar to communicating with the oscilloscopes over USB. It sends and
receives information interactively: one command at a time. Windows operating
systems use a command prompt style interface for the Telnet client. The steps are as
follows:

1. On your PC, click Start > All Programs > Accessories > Command Prompt.

2. At the command prompt, type in telnet.

3. Press the Enter key. The Telnet display screen will be displayed.

4. At the Telnet command line, type:

open XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX 5024
Where XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX is the instrument’s IP address and 5024 is the port. You
should see a response similar to the following:

Programming Guide Page 17

5. At the SCPI> prompt, input the SCPI commands such as *IDN? to return the
company name, model number, serial number, and firmware version number.

6. To exit the SCPI> session, press the Ctrl+] keys simultaneously.

7. Type quit at the prompt or close the Telnet window to close the connection to the
instrument and exit Telnet.

Using SCPI with Sockets

Socket API can be used to control the T3DSO2000A series via LAN without
installing any other libraries. This can reduce the complexity of programming.

SOCKET ADDRESS IP address+port number

IP ADDRESS T3DSO2000A IP address

PORT NUMBER 5025

Please see the section "Examples of Using Sockets" for the details.

Programming Guide Page 18

Introduction to the SCPI Language

Command and Query Structure

Commands consist of set commands and query commands (usually called

commands and queries). Commands modify oscilloscope settings or tell the
oscilloscope to perform a specific action. Queries cause the oscilloscope to return
data and status information. Not all commands have both a set and a query form.
Some commands have set only and some have query only.

Commands usually start with a colon [:]. A keyword is separated by a colon (:)
followed by optional parameter settings. A question mark (?) is added after the
command line to indicate that this function is queried. The command keyword is
separated from the first parameter by spaces.
Example:
:CHANnel:SCALe <value>
:CHANnel:SCALe?

Long and Short Form

Each command has both a long and a short form. Note that elsewhere in this
document a special notation is employed to differentiate the short form keyword from
the long form of the same keyword. The long form of the keyword is shown, with the
short form portion shown in uppercase characters, and the rest of the keyword is
shown in lowercase characters. If you want to abbreviate, you have to type all the
capital letters in the command format.
Example:
:CHANnel1:SCALe?
CHAN1:SCAL?

Syntax Notation

The following notations are used in the commands:

< > (Angle Brackets)

Angle brackets enclose words that are used as placeholders, of which there are two
types: the header path and the data parameter of a command. Parameters are
distinguished by enclosing the type name in angle brackets.

Programming Guide Page 19

:= (Defined As)

A colon followed by an equals sign separates a placeholder from the description of

the type and range of values that may be used in a command instead of the
placeholder.

{ } (Braces)

Braces or curly brackets are used to enclose one or more parameters that may be
included zero or more times. The vertical bar (|) can be read as “or” and is used to
separate alternative parameter options.

[ ] (Square Brackets)

Square brackets are used to enclose a keyword that is optional when programming
the command; that is, the instrument shall process the command to have the same
effect whether the option node is omitted by the programmer or not.

… (Ellipsis)

An ellipsis (trailing dots) indicates that the preceding element may be repeated one
or more times.

Parameter Types

Enumeration

Enter these arguments as unquoted text words. Like keywords, enumeration

arguments follow the same convention where the portion indicated in uppercase is
required and that in lowercase is optional.

Numeric

Many oscilloscope commands require numeric arguments. The syntax shows the
format that the oscilloscope returns in response to a query. This is also the preferred
format when sending the command to the oscilloscope, though any of the formats will
be accepted. This documentation represents these arguments as described below.
Type

Meaning
<NR1> Signed integer value
<NR2> Floating point value without an exponent

Programming Guide Page 20

 <NR3> Floating point value with an exponent
<bin> Signed or unsigned integer in binary format

Quoted String

A quoted string is simply a group of ASCII characters enclosed by double quote (").
The following is an example of a quoted string: "This is a quoted string". This
documentation represents these arguments as follows: Some commands accept or
return data in the form of a quoted string
Type Meaning
<qstring> Quoted string of ASCII text

A quoted string can include any character defined in the 7-bit ASCII character set.
Follow these rules when you use quoted strings:
1. Use a double quote character to open and close the string.
Example: "this is a valid string".
2. You can mix quotation marks within a string as long as you follow the previous
rule. But cannot include a double quote character within a string by repeating the
quote.
Example: "this is an 'acceptable' string".
3. You cannot include double quotes character within a string by repeating the double
quote.
Example: "here is a "" mark". It will be recognized as "here is a ".
4. Strings can have upper or lower case characters. But the oscilloscope will
automatically convert it to uppercase.
5. A carriage return or line feed embedded in a quoted string does be recognized as
the string.

Here are some invalid strings:

� "Invalid string argument' (quotes are not of the same type)
� "here is a "" mark" (Duplicate double quotes inside double quotes)

Programming Guide Page 21

Commands & Queries

This chapter introduces each command subsystem of the Teledyne Test Tools Digital
Oscilloscope Series command set. The contents of this chapter are shown as below:

� Common (*) Commands

� Root(:) Commands
� ACQUire Commands
� CHANnel Commands
� CURSor Commands
� DECode Commands
� DIGital Commands [Option]
� DISPlay Commands
� FUNCtion Commands
� HISTORy Commands
� MEASure Commands
� MTEst Commands
� RECall Commands
� REF Commands
� SAVE Commands
� SYSTem Commands
� TIMebase Commands
� TRIGger Commands
� WAVeform Commands

Programming Guide Page 22

Common (*) Commands

The IEEE 488.2 standard defines some general commands for querying the basic
information of an instrument or performing common basic operations. These
commands usually start with *, and the command key length is 3 characters.

� *IDN
� *OPC
� *RST

Programming Guide Page 23

*IDN
Query

DESCRIPTION The command query identifies the instrument type and

software version. The response consists of four different
fields providing information on the manufacturer, the scope
model, the serial number and the firmware revision.

QUERY SYNTAX *IDN?

RESPONSE FORMAT LeCroy,<model>,<serial_number>,<firmware>

<model>:= The model number of the instrument.

<serial number>:= A 14-digit decimal code.

<firmware>:= The software revision of the instrument

EXAMPLE The following command queries the instrument type and

software version.

Query message:
*IDN?

Response message:
LeCroy,T3DSO2502A,T3D5XDSO2R0160,4.6.0.8.7R1

Programming Guide Page 24

*OPC
Query

DESCRIPTION The command query places an ASCII "1" in the output queue
when all pending device operations have completed. The
interface hangs until this query returns.

QUERY SYNTAX *OPC?

RESPONSE FORMAT 1

EXAMPLE Query message:

*OPC?

Response message:
1

Programming Guide Page 25

*RST
Command

DESCRIPTION Resets the oscilloscope to the default configuration,

equivalent to the Default button on the front panel.

COMMAND SYNTAX *RST

EXAMPLE The following command resets the oscilloscope.

Command message:
*RST

RELATED COMMANDS :RECall:FDEFault

:RECall:SETup
:SAVE:DEFault
:SAVE:SETup

Programming Guide Page 26

Root(:) Commands

The Root commands for querying the basic information of an instrument or

performing common basic operations. These commands are only located at the root
of the command tree, with no next level and no parameters.

� :AUToset
� :PRINt

Programming Guide Page 27

:AUToset
Command

DESCRIPTION This command attempts to automatically adjust the trigger,

vertical, and horizontal controls of the oscilloscope to deliver
a usable display of the input signal. Autoset is not
recommended for use on low frequency events (< 100 Hz).

COMMAND SYNTAX :AUToset

EXAMPLE Command message:

:AUToset
AUT

Programming Guide Page 28

:PRINt
Command

DESCRIPTION The command saves the screen image and specifies the
image format.

COMMAND SYNTAX :PRINt <type>

<type>:= {BMP|PNG}
� BMP selects bitmap format
� PNG selects Portable Networks Graphics format

EXAMPLE The following command saves the screen image of the BMP
type.

Command message:
:PRINt BMP
PRIN BMP

Programming Guide Page 29

ACQUire Commands

The :ACQUIRE subsystem commands control the way in which waveforms are
acquired. These commands set the parameters for acquiring and storing data.

� :ACQuire:AMODe
� :ACQuire:CSWeep
� :ACQuire:INTerpolation
� :ACQuire:MODE
� :ACQuire:MDEPth
� :ACQuire:POINts
� :ACQuire:SEQuence
� :ACQuire:SEQuence:COUNt
� :ACQuire:SRATe
� :ACQuire:TYPE

Programming Guide Page 30

:ACQuire:AMODe
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the rate of waveform capture. This

command can provide a high-speed waveform capture rate
to help capture signal anomalies.

The query returns the current acquisition rate mode.

COMMAND SYNTAX :ACQuire:AMODe <rate>

<rate>:= {FAST|SLOW}
� FAST selects fast waveform capture
� SLOW selects slow waveform capture

QUERY SYNTAX :ACQuire:AMODe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <rate>

<rate>:= {FAST|SLOW}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the FAST acquisition rate

mode.

Command message:
:ACQuire:AMODe FAST
ACQ:AMOD FAST

Query message:
ACQ:AMOD?

Response message:
FAST

Programming Guide Page 31

:ACQuire:CSWeep
Command

DESCRIPTION The command clears the sweep and restarts the

acquisition. It is equivalent to the Clear Sweeps button on
the front panel.

COMMAND SYNTAX :ACQuire:CSWeep

EXAMPLE The following command clears acquisition sweep.

Command message:
:ACQuire:CSWeep
ACQ:CSW

Programming Guide Page 32

:ACQuire:INTerpolation
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the method of interpolation.

The query returns the current method of interpolation.

COMMAND SYNTAX :ACQuire:INTerpolation <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}
� ON selects sinx/x (sinc) interpolation
� OFF selects linear interpolation

QUERY SYNTAX :ACQuire:INTerpolation?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command enables sinusoidal interpretation.

Command message:
:ACQuire:INTerpolation ON
ACQ:INT ON

Query message:
ACQ:INT?

Response message:
ON

Programming Guide Page 33

:ACQuire:MODE
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the acquisition mode of the

oscilloscope.

The query returns the current acquisition mode of the

oscilloscope.

COMMAND SYNTAX :ACQuire:MODE <mode_type>

<mode_type>:= {YT|XY|ROLL}
� YT mode plots amplitude (Y) vs. time (T)
� XY mode plots channel X vs. channel Y, commonly
referred to as a Lissajous curve
� Roll mode plots amplitude (Y) vs. time (T) as in YT
mode, but begins to write the waveforms from the
right-hand side of the display. This is similar to a
“strip chart” recording and is ideal for slow events
that happen a few times/second.

QUERY SYNTAX :ACQuire:MODE?

RESPONSE FORMAT <mode_type>

<mode_type>:= {YT|XY|ROLL}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the mode of the oscilloscope

as YT.

Command message:
:ACQuire:MODE YT
ACQ:MODE YT

Query message:
ACQ:MODE?

Response message:
YT

Programming Guide Page 34

:ACQuire:MDEPth
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the maximum memory depth.

The query returns the maximum memory depth.

COMMAND SYNTAX :ACQuire:MDEPth <memory_size>

<memory_size>:= Varies by model. See the table below

for details:

Model <memory_size>
Single Channel
T3DSO2000A
{20k|200k|2M|20M|200M}

Dual-Channel
{10k|100k|1M|10M|100M}

Note:
� Single Channel Mode: Only one of C1/C2 is turned
on, and only one of C3/C4 is turned on.
� Dual-Channel Mode: Both C1/C2 are turned on, or
both C3/C4 are turned on.
� Turn on digital channels or set the acquisition type to
AVERage/ERES or set the acquisition mode to
ROLL, will limit the memory depth.

QUERY SYNTAX :ACQuire:MDEPth?

RESPONSE FORMAT <memory_size>

EXAMPLE The following command sets the memory depth to 10

Mpts for the T3DSO2000A series.

Command message:
:ACQuire:MDEPth 10M
ACQ:MDEP 10M

Query message:
:ACQ:MDEP?
Response message:
10M

Programming Guide Page 35

RELATED COMMANDS :ACQuire:MODE
:ACQuire:TYPE
:DIGital

Programming Guide Page 36

:ACQuire:POINts
Query

DESCRIPTION The query returns the number of sampled points of the

current waveform on the screen.

QUERY SYNTAX :ACQuire:POINts?

RESPONSE FORMAT <point>

<point>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command queries the points of current

acquisition.

Query message:
ACQ:POIN?

Response message:
1.25E+08

Programming Guide Page 37

:ACQuire:SEQuence
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command enables or disables sequence acquisition

mode.

The query returns whether the current sequence acquisition

switch is on or not.

COMMAND SYNTAX :ACQuire:SEQuence <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :ACQuire:SEQuence?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command turns on sequence acquisition mode.

Command message:
:ACQuire:SEQuence ON
ACQ:SEQ ON

Query message:
ACQ:SEQ?

Response message:
ON

RELATED COMMANDS :ACQuire:SEQuence:COUNt

Programming Guide Page 38

:ACQuire:SEQuence:COUNt
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the number of memory segments to

acquire. The maximum number of segments may be limited
by the memory depth of your oscilloscope.

The query returns the current count setting.

COMMAND SYNTAX :ACQuire:SEQuence:COUNt <count>

<count>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value varies from the
models and the current timebase, see the user manual for
details.

QUERY SYNTAX : ACQuire:SEQuence:COUNt?

RESPONSE FORMAT <count_value>

<count_value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer

and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the count of sequence segment

as 5.

Command message:
:ACQuire:SEQuence:COUNt 5
ACQ:SEQ:COUN 5

Query message:
ACQ:SEQ:COUN?

Response message:
5

RELATED COMMANDS :ACQuire:SEQuence

Programming Guide Page 39

:ACQuire:SRATe
Query

DESCRIPTION The query returns the current sampling rate.

QUERY SYNTAX :ACQuire:SRATe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <sample_rate>

<sample_rate>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal

point and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command queries the current sampling rate.

Query message:
ACQ:SRAT?

Response message:
1.25E+09

Programming Guide Page 40

:ACQuire:TYPE
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the type of data acquisition that is to

take place.

The query returns the current acquisition type.

COMMAND SYNTAX :ACQuire:TYPE <type>

<type>:= {NORMal|PEAK|AVERage[,<times>]|ERES[,<bits>]}

<times>:= {4|16|32|64|128|256|512|1024}

<bits>:= {0.5|1.0|1.5|2.0|2.5|3.0}
� NORMal sets the oscilloscope to normal mode.
� PEAK sets the oscilloscope to peak detect mode.
� AVERage sets the oscilloscope acquisition to averaging
mode. You can set the number of averages by sending
the command followed by a numeric integer value
<times>.
� ERES sets the oscilloscope to the enhanced resolution
mode. This is essentially a digital boxcar filter and is used
to reduce noise at slower sweep speeds. You can set the
enhanced bits by sending the command followed by the
<bits>.

Note:
The AVERage|ERES type is not available when in sequence
mode (:ACQuire:SEQuence ON).

QUERY SYNTAX :ACQuire:TYPE?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {NORMal|PEAK|AVERage[,<times>]|ERES[,<bits>]}

<times>:= {4|16|32|64|128|256|512|1024}, when <type> is

AVERage.

<bits>:= {0.5|1.0|1.5|2.0|2.5|3.0} when <type> is ERES.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the acquisition type as AVERage,

and the average number as 16.

Programming Guide Page 41

Command message:
:ACQuire:TYPE AVERage,16
ACQ:TYPE AVER,16

Query message:
ACQ:TYPE?

Response message:
AVERage,16

Programming Guide Page 42

CHANnel Commands

The :CHANnel<n> subsystem commands control the analog channels. Channels are
independently programmable for offset, probe, coupling, bandwidth limit, inversion,
and more functions. The channel index (1, 2, 3, or 4) specified in the command
selects the analog channel that is affected by the command.

� :CHANnel<n>:BWLimit
� :CHANnel<n>:COUPling
� :CHANnel<n>:IMPedance
� :CHANnel<n>:INVert
� :CHANnel<n>:LABel
� :CHANnel<n>:LABel:TEXT
� :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet
� :CHANnel<n>:PROBe
� :CHANnel<n>:SCALe
� :CHANnel<n>:SKEW
� :CHANnel<n>:SWITch
� :CHANnel<n>:UNIT
� :CHANnel<n>:VISible

Programming Guide Page 43

:CHANnel<n>:BWLimit
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command enables or disables the bandwidth-limiting

low-pass filter. If the bandwidth filter is on, it will filter the
signal to reduce noise and other unwanted high frequency
components. When the filter is on, the bandwidth of the
specified channel is limited to approximately 20 MHz or 200
MHz.

The query returns the current setting of the low-pass filter.

COMMAND SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>:BWLimit <bwlimit>

<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<bwlimit>:= {FULL|20M|200M}
� FULL sets the oscilloscope bandwidth to full.
� 20M enables the 20 MHz bandwidth filter.
� 200M enables the 200 MHz bandwidth filter.

QUERY SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>:BWLimit?

RESPONSE FORMAT <bwlimit>

<bwlimit>:= {FULL|20M|200M}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the bandwidth filter of Channel

1 to 20 MHz.

Command message:
:CHANnel1:BWLimit 20M
CHAN1:BWL 20M

Query message:
CHAN1:BWL?

Response message:
20M

Programming Guide Page 44

:CHANnel<n>:COUPling
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the coupling mode of the specified

input channel.

The query returns the coupling mode of the specified

channel.

COMMAND SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>:COUPling <coupling_mode>

<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<coupling_mode>:= {DC|AC|GND}
� DC sets the channel coupling to DC.
� AC sets the channel coupling to AC.
� GND sets the channel coupling to Ground.

QUERY SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>: COUPling?

RESPONSE FORMAT <coupling_mode>

<coupling_mode>:= {DC|AC|GND}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the coupling mode of Channel 1

to AC.

Command message:
:CHANnel1:COUPling AC
CHAN1:COUP AC

Query message:
CHAN1:COUP?

Response message:
AC

Programming Guide Page 45

:CHANnel<n>:IMPedance
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the input impedance of the selected

channel. There are two impedance values available,
depending on model. They are 1 MOhm and 50.

The query returns the current impedance setting of the

selected channel.

COMMAND SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>:IMPedance <impedance>

<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<impedance>:= {ONEMeg|FIFTy}
� ONEMeg means 1 Mohm.
� FIFTy means 50 ohm.

Note:
When set to FIFTy, the range of legal values set by
the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe commands is limited to less than 1
V.

QUERY SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>:IMPedance?

RESPONSE FORMAT <impedance>

<impedance>:= {ONEMeg|FIFTy}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the impedance of Channel 2 to

1 MOhm.

Command message:
:CHANnel2:IMPedance ONEMeg
CHAN2:IMP ONEM

Query message:
CHAN2:IMP?

Response message:
ONEMeg

RELATED COMMANDS :CHANnel<n>:SCALe

Programming Guide Page 46

:CHANnel<n>:INVert
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects whether or not to mathematically

invert the input signal for the specified channel. This is a
mathematical operation and does not change the polarity of
the input signal with reference to ground.

The query returns the current state of the channel inversion.

COMMAND SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>:INVert <state>

<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<state>:= {ON|OFF}
� ON enables channel inversion.
� Off disables channel inversion.

QUERY SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>: INVert?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command inverts the display of Channel 2.

Command message:
:CHANnel2:INVert ON
CHAN2:INV ON

Query message:
CHAN2:INV?

Response message:
ON

Programming Guide Page 47

:CHANnel<n>:LABel
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command is to turn the specified channel label on or off.

The query returns the label associated with a particular

channel.

COMMAND SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>:LABel <state>

<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<state>:= {ON|OFF}
� ON enables the channel label.
� OFF disables the channel label.

QUERY SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>:LABel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command turns on the label of Channel 1.

Command message:
:CHANnel1:LABel ON
CHAN1:LAB ON

Query message:
CHAN1:LAB?

Response message:
ON

Programming Guide Page 48

:CHANnel<n>:LABel:TEXT
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the selected channel label to the string
that follows. Setting a label for a channel also adds the name
to the label list in non-volatile memory (replacing the oldest
label in the list)

The query returns the current label text of the selected

channel.

COMMAND SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>:LABel:TEXT <qstring>

<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<qstring>:= Quoted string of ASCII text. The length of the

string is limited to 20.

Note:
All characters will be automatically converted to uppercase.

QUERY SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>:LABel:TEXT?

RESPONSE FORMAT <string>

EXAMPLE The following command sets the label text of Channel 2 to

“VOUT”.

Command message:
:CHANnel2:LABel:TEXT ”VOUT”
CHAN2:LAB:TEXT “VOUT”

Query message:
CHAN2:LAB:TEXT?

Response message:
“ VOUT ”

RELATED COMMANDS :CHANnel<n>:LABel

Programming Guide Page 49

:CHANnel<n>:OFFSet
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command allows adjustment of the vertical offset of the

specified input channel. The maximum ranges depend on the
fixed sensitivity setting.

The query returns the offset value of the specified channel.

COMMAND SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet <offset_value>

<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<offset_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal

point and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

Note:
The range of legal values varies with the value set by
the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe commands.

QUERY SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet?

RESPONSE FORMAT <offset_value>

<offset_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal

point and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the offset of Channel 2 to -3.8

V.

Command message:
:CHANnel2:OFFSet -3.8E+00
CHAN1:OFFS -3.8E+00

Query message:
CHAN1:OFFS?

Response message:
-3.8E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :CHANnel<n>:SCALe

Programming Guide Page 50

:CHANnel<n>:PROBe
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command specifies the probe attenuation factor for the
selected channel. This command does not change the actual
input sensitivity of the oscilloscope. It changes the reference
constants for scaling the display factors, for making
automatic measurements, and for setting trigger levels.

The query returns the current probe attenuation factor for the
selected channel.

COMMAND SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>:PROBe <attenuation>[,<value>]

<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<attenuation>:= {DEFault|VALue}
� DEFault means set to the default value 1X.
� VALue means set to the <value>.

<value>:= Probe attenuation ratio in NR3 format when

<attenuation> is VALue, and the range is [1E-6, 1E6].

QUERY SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>:PROBe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the attenuation factor of

Channel 1 to 100:1. To ensure the data matches the true
signal voltage values, the physical probe attenuation must
match the scope attenuation values for that input channel.

Command message:
:CHANnel1:PROBe VALue,1.00E+02
CHAN1:PROB VAL,1.00E+02

Query message:
CHAN1:PROB?

Response message:
1.00E+02

Programming Guide Page 51

RELATED COMMANDS :CHANnel<n>:SCALe
:CHANnel<n>:OFFSet

Programming Guide Page 52

:CHANnel<n>:SCALe
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the vertical sensitivity in Volts/div. If the

probe attenuation is changed, the scale value is multiplied by
the probe's attenuation factor.

The query returns the current vertical sensitivity of the

specified channel.

COMMAND SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>:SCALe <scale>

<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<scale>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

Note:
The range of value varies from the models and the
bandwidth of the model. See the data sheet for details.

QUERY SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>:SCALe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <scale>

<scale>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2. The return value is affected by probe
attenuation.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the vertical sensitivity of

Channel 1 to 50 mV/div

Command message:
:CHANnel1:SCALe 5.00E-02
CHAN1:SCAL 5.00E-02

Query message:
CHAN1:SCAL?

Response message:
5.00E-02
5.00E-01 (when the probe attenuation ratio is 10:1)

RELATED COMMANDS :CHANnel<n>:PROBe

Programming Guide Page 53

:CHANnel<n>:SKEW
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the channel-to-channel skew factor for

the specified channel.

The query returns the current probe skew setting for the
selected channel.

COMMAND SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>:SKEW <skew_value>

<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<skew_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal

point and exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is [-
1.00E-07, 1.00E-07].

QUERY SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>:SKEW?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the skew of Channel 1 to 1.52

ns.

Command message:
:CHANnel1:SKEW 1.52E-09
CHAN1:SKEW 1.52E-09

Query message:
CHAN1:SKEW?

Response message:
1.52E-09

Programming Guide Page 54

:CHANnel<n>:SWITch
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command turns the display of the specified channel on

or off.

The query returns current status of the selected channel.

COMMAND SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>:SWITch <state>

<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<state>:= {OFF|ON}

QUERY SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>:SWITch?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {OFF|ON}

EXAMPLE The following command displays Channel 1.

Command message:
:CHANnel1:SWITch ON
CHAN1:SWIT ON

Query message:
CHAN1:SWIT?

Response message:
ON

Programming Guide Page 55

:CHANnel<n>:UNIT
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command change the unit of input signal of specified

channel. There is voltage (V) and current (A) two choice to
choose for each channel.

The query returns the current unit of the concerned channel.

COMMAND SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>:UNIT <unit>

<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<unit>:= {V|A}

Note:
The related parameter units are changed to the selected unit
after processing this command. This also effects
measurement results, cursors value, channel sensitivity, and
trigger level.

QUERY SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>:UNIT?

RESPONSE FORMAT <unit>

<unit>:= {V|A}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the unit of Channel 1 to A.

Command message:
:CHANnel1:UNIT A
CHAN1:UNIT A

Query message:
CHAN1:UNIT?

Response message:
A

Programming Guide Page 56

:CHANnel<n>:VISible
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command is used to whether display the waveform of

the specified channel or not. Different from the
command :CHANnel<n>:SWITch, it sets the state on the
display, and the latter sets the physical switch.

The query returns whether the waveform display function of

the selected channel is on or off.

COMMAND SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>:VISible <display_state>

<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<display_state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>:VISible?

RESPONSE FORMAT <display_state>

<display_state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the display of Channel 2 to ON.

Command message:
:CHANnel2:VISible ON
CHAN2:VIS ON

Query message:
CHAN2:VIS?

Response message:
ON

Programming Guide Page 57

CURSor Commands

The :CURSor subsystem commands control the cursor measurement function.

� :CURSor
� :CURSor:DISPlay
� :CURSor:IXDelta
� :CURSor:MODE
� :CURSor:SOURce1
� :CURSor:SOURce2
� :CURSor:X1
� :CURSor:X2
� :CURSor:XDELta
� :CURSor:XREFerence
� :CURSor:Y1
� :CURSor:Y2
� :CURSor:YDELta
� :CURSor:YREFerence

Programming Guide Page 58

:CURSor
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command chooses whether to open the cursor.

This query returns the current state of the cursor.

COMMAND SYNTAX :CURSor <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :CURSor?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command enables cursor function.

Command message:
:CURSor ON
CURS ON

Query message:
CURS?

Response message:
ON

Programming Guide Page 59

:CURSor:DISPlay
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the display type of the cursor value.

The query returns the current display type of cursor value.

COMMAND SYNTAX :CURSor:DISPlay <type>

<type>:= {M1|M2}

QUERY SYNTAX :CURSor:DISPlay?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {M1|M2}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the display type of cursor value
to M1.

Command message:
:CURSor:DISPlay M1
CURS:DISP M1

Query message:
:CURS:DISP?

Response message:
M1

Programming Guide Page 60

:CURSor:IXDelta
Query

DESCRIPTION The query returns the current value of cursor 1/(X1-X2).

QUERY SYNTAX :CURSor:IXDelta?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point
and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE Query message:

CURS:IXD?

Response message:
5.7143E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :CURSor:X1

:CURSor:X2
:CURSor:XDELta

Programming Guide Page 61

:CURSor:MODE
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command specifies the mode of cursor, and the type of
cursor to be displayed when the cursor mode is manual.

The query returns the current mode of cursor.

COMMAND SYNTAX :CURSor:MODE <type>

<type>:= {TRACk|MANual[,<mode>]}

<mode>:= {X|Y|XY}
� MANual means the manual cursors
� TRACk means the track cursors

QUERY SYNTAX :CURSor:MODE?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {TRACk|MANual[,<mode>]}
<mode>:= {X|Y|XY}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the cursor type to manual X,

when the cursor mode is manual.

Command message:
:CURSor:MODE MANual,X
CURS:MODE MAN,X

Query message:
CURS:MODE?

Response message:
MANual,X

Programming Guide Page 62

:CURSor:SOURce1
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command specifies the source of the cursor source 1.

The query returns the current source of the cursor source 1.

COMMAND SYNTAX :CURSor:SOURce1 <source>

<source>:=
{C<x>|F<x>|REFA|REFB|REFC|REFD|DIGital|HISTOGram}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

Note:
When the cursor mode is a TRACk, the source cannot be set
to HISTOGram or DIGital.

QUERY SYNTAX :CURSor:SOURce1?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:=
{C<x>|F<x>|REFA|REFB|REFC|REFD|DIGital|HISTOGram}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the source of the cursor source
1 as Channel 1.

Command message:
:CURSor:SOURce1 C1
CURS:SOUR1 C1

Query message:
CURS:SOUR1?
Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS :CURSor:SOURce2

Programming Guide Page 63

:CURSor:SOURce2
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command specifies the source of the cursor source 2.

The query returns the current source of the cursor source 2.

COMMAND SYNTAX :CURSor:SOURce2 <source>

<source>:=
{C<x>|F<x>|REFA|REFB|REFC|REFD|DIGital|HISTOGram}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

Note:
When the cursor mode is a TRACk, the source cannot be set
to HISTOGram or DIGital.

QUERY SYNTAX :CURSor:SOURce2?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:=
{C<x>|F<x>|REFA|REFB|REFC|REFD|DIGital|HISTOGram}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the source of the cursor source
2 as Channel 1.

Command message:
:CURSor:SOURce2 C1
CURS:SOUR2 C1

Query message:
CURS:SOUR2?
Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS :CURSor:SOURce1

Programming Guide Page 64

:CURSor:X1
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command specifies the position of the cursor X1.

The query returns the current position of the cursor X1.

COMMAND SYNTAX :CURSor:X1 <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is [-
horizontal_grid/2*timebase, horizontal_grid/2*timebase].

QUERY SYNTAX :CURSor:X1?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the value of the cursor X1 to 1

us.

Command message:
:CURSor:X1 1.00E-06
CURS:X1 1.00E-06

Query message:
CURS:X1?

Response message:
1.00E-06

RELATED COMMANDS :CURSor:X2

:CURSor:XDELta
:CURSor:IXDelta

Programming Guide Page 65

:CURSor:X2
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command specifies the position of the cursor X2.

The query returns the current position of the cursor X2.

COMMAND SYNTAX :CURSor:X2 <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is [-
horizontal_grid/2*timebase, horizontal_grid/2*timebase].

QUERY SYNTAX :CURSor:X2?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the value of the cursor X2 to 1

us.

Command message:
:CURSor:X2 1.00E-06
CURS:X2 1.00E-06

Query message:
CURS:X2?

Response message:
1.00E-06

RELATED COMMANDS :CURSor:X1

:CURSor:XDELta
:CURSor:IXDelta

Programming Guide Page 66

:CURSor:XDELta
Query

DESCRIPTION The query returns the horizontal difference between cursor

X1 and cursor X2.

QUERY SYNTAX :CURSor:XDELta?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command returns the current value of the

cursor X1-X2.

Query message:
CURS:XDEL?

Response message:
1.750E-01

RELATED COMMANDS :CURSor:X1

:CURSor:X2
:CURSor:IXDelta

Programming Guide Page 67

:CURSor:XREFerence
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command specifies the expansion strategy around the

cursor X.

The query returns the expansion strategy of the cursor X.

COMMAND SYNTAX :CURSor:XREFerence <type>

<type>:= {DELay|POSition}
� DELay means that the cursor value is fixed, and the on-
screen cursor position changes for different timebase
values.
� POSition means that the cursor position is fixed, and
does not change at any time. Timebase changes cause
an expansion or contraction of the waveforms around
the cursor position.

QUERY SYNTAX :CURSor:XREFerence?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

< type >:= {DELay|POSition}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the type of the X cursor

reference to delay.

Command message:
:CURSor:XREFerence DELay
CURS:XREF DEL

Query message:
CURS:XREF?

Response message:
DELay

Programming Guide Page 68

:CURSor:Y1
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command specifies the position of the cursor Y1.

The query returns the current position of the cursor Y1.

COMMAND SYNTAX :CURSor:Y1 <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point
and exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is [-
vertical_grid/2*vertical_scale, vertical_grid/2*vertical_scale].

QUERY SYNTAX :CURSor:Y1?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the value of the cursor Y1 to 12

V.

Command message:
:CURSor:Y1 1.20E+01
CURS:Y1 1.20E+01

Query message:
CURS:Y1?

Response message:
1.20E+01

RELATED COMMANDS :CURSor:Y2

:CURSor:YDELta

Programming Guide Page 69

:CURSor:Y2
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command specifies the position of the cursor Y2.

The query returns the current position of the cursor Y2.

COMMAND SYNTAX :CURSor:Y2 <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point
and exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is [-
vertical_grid/2*vertical_scale, vertical_grid/2*vertical_scale]

QUERY SYNTAX :CURSor:Y2?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the value of the cursor Y2 to 10

V.

Command message:
:CURSor:Y2 1.00E+01
CURS:Y2 1.00E+01

Query message:
CURS:Y2?

Response message:
1.00E+01

RELATED COMMANDS :CURSor:Y1

:CURSor:YDELta

Programming Guide Page 70

:CURSor:YDELta
Query

DESCRIPTION The query returns the vertical difference between the cursor
Y1 and cursor Y2.

QUERY SYNTAX :CURSor:YDELta?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command returns the current value of the

cursor Y1-Y2.

Query message:
CURS:YDEL?

Response message:
1.80E+01

RELATED COMMANDS :CURSor:Y1

:CURSor:Y2

Programming Guide Page 71

:CURSor:YREFerence
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command specifies the expansion strategy of the Y

cursor.

The query returns the expansion strategy of the Y cursor.

COMMAND SYNTAX :CURSor:YREFerence <type>

<type>:= {OFFSet|POSition}
� OFFSet means that the cursor value is fixed, and the
cursor position moves with vertical scale changes. The
cursors expand or contract if the vertical scale changes.
� POSition means that the cursor position is fixed, and
does not change at any time.

QUERY SYNTAX :CURSor:YREFerence?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {OFFSet|POSition}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the type of the Y cursor

reference to offset.

Command message:
:CURSor:YREFerence OFFSet
CURS:YREF OFFS

Query message:
CURS:YREF?

Response message:
OFFSet

Programming Guide Page 72

DECode Commands

The :DECode subsystem commands control the basic decode functions of the
oscilloscope.

� :DECode
� :DECode:LIST
� :DECode:LIST:LINE
� :DECode:LIST:SCRoll
� :DECode:BUS<n>
� :DECode:BUS<n>:COPY
� :DECode:BUS<n>:FORMat
� :DECode:BUS<n>:PROTocol
� :DECode:BUS<n>:IIC Commands
� :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI Commands
� :DECode:BUS<n>:UART Commands
� :DECode:BUS<n>:CAN Commands
� :DECode:BUS<n>:LIN Commands
� :DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray Commands [Option]
� :DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd Commands [Option]
� :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS Commands [Option]
� :DECode:BUS<n>:M1553 Commands

Programming Guide Page 73

:DECode
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the state of the decode function.

This query returns the current status of the decode function.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command enables the decode function.

Command message:
:DECode ON
DEC ON

Query message:
DEC?

Response message:
ON

Programming Guide Page 74

:DECode:LIST
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command enables or disables the list of decode result.

This query returns the current switch state of the decode list.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:LIST <state>

<state>:= {OFF|D1|D2}
� D1 means bus 1
� D2 means bus 2

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:LIST?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {OFF|D1|D2}

EXAMPLE The following command enables the D1 list.

Command message:
:DECode:LIST D1
DEC:LIST D1

Query message:
DEC:LIST?

Response message:
D1

Programming Guide Page 75

:DECode:LIST:LINE
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the number of lines displayed in the

decoding list on the screen.

This query returns the number of lines displayed in the

decoding list.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:LIST:LINE <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of value is [1, 7].

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:LIST:LINE?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the number of lines displayed

by decoding to 6.

Command message:
:DECode:LIST:LINE 6
DEC:LIST:LINE 6

Query message:
DEC:LIST:LINE?

Response message:
6

Programming Guide Page 76

:DECode:LIST:SCRoll
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the selected line when the decode list is
turned on.

This query returns the selected line of the decode list.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:LIST:SCRoll <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:LIST:SCRoll?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the third line 3 selected when
decoding the display.

Command message:
:DECode:LIST:SCRoll 3
DEC:LIST:SCR 3

Query message:
DEC:LIST:SCR?

Response message:
3

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:LIST

:DECode:LIST:LINE

Programming Guide Page 77

:DECode:BUS<n>
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the status of the decode bus.

This query returns the current status of the decode bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n> <state>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<state>:= {ON|OFF}.

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command sets decode bus 1 on.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1 ON
DEC:BUS1 ON

Query message:
DEC:BUS1?

Response message:
ON

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode

Programming Guide Page 78

:DECode:BUS<n>:COPY
Command

DESCRIPTION The command synchronizes the decoding settings with the

trigger settings.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:COPY <operation>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<operation>:= {FROMtrigger|TOTRigger}.
� FROMtrigger means copy trigger settings to the
decoding bus.
� TOTRigger means copy decoding settings to trigger.

EXAMPLE The following command copies the decode settings on bus 1

to the trigger settings.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:COPY FROMtrigger
DEC:BUS1:COPY FROM

Programming Guide Page 79

:DECode:BUS<n>:FORMat
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the display format of the specified

decode bus.

This query returns the display format of the specified decode

bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:FORMat <format>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<format>:= {BINary|DECimal|HEX|ASCii}

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:FORMat?

RESPONSE FORMAT <format>

<format>:= {BINary|DECimal|HEX|ASCii}

EXAMPLE The following command selects the display format of the bus
1 as HEX.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:FORMat HEX
DEC:BUS1:FORM HEX

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:FORM?

Response message:
HEX

Programming Guide Page 80

:DECode:BUS<n>:PROTocol
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the protocol of the specified bus.

This query returns the protocol of the specified bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:PROTocol <protocol>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<protocol>:=
{IIC|SPI|UART|CAN|LIN|FLEXray|CANFd|IIS|M1553}

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:PROTocol?

RESPONSE FORMAT <protocol>

<protocol>:=
{IIC|SPI|UART|CAN|LIN|FLEXray|CANFd|IIS|M1553}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the decoding protocol of bus 1

to IIC.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:PROTocol IIC
DEC:BUS1:PROT IIC

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:PROT?

Response message:
IIC

Programming Guide Page 81

:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC Commands

The :DECode:BUS<n>:IIC subsystem commands control the IIC decode settings of

the specified bus.

� :DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:RWBit
� :DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SCLSource
� :DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SCLThreshold
� :DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SDASource
� :DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SDAThreshold

Programming Guide Page 82

:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:RWBit
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command selects whether the decoding result includes

read bit and write bit.

This query returns whether the decoding result includes read

and write bits.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:RWBit <state>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<state>:= {ON|OFF}.

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:RWBit?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command selects to enable read and write bits
on bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:IIC:RWBit ON
DEC:BUS1:IIC:RWB ON

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIC:RWB?

Response message:
ON

Programming Guide Page 83

:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SCLSource
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the SCL source of the IIC bus.

This query returns the current SCL source of the IIC bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SCLSource <source>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}.

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including

an integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SCLSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including

an integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command selects the SCL source of the IIC
on bus 1 as C1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:IIC:SCLSource C1
DEC:BUS1:IIC:SCLS C1

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIC:SCLS?

Response message:
C1

Programming Guide Page 84

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SCLThreshold
:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SDASource

Programming Guide Page 85

:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SCLThreshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the SCL on IIC bus.

This query returns the current threshold of the SCL on IIC

bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SCLThreshold <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies, see below for details.

[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SCLThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the SCL to 1 V

on bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:IIC:SCLThreshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:IIC:SCLT 1.00E+00

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIC:SCLT?

Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SCLSource

Programming Guide Page 86

:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SDASource
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the SDA source of the IIC bus.

This query returns the current SDA source of the IIC bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SDASource <source>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including

an integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SDASource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including

an integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command selects the SDA source of the IIC
on bus 1 as C1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:IIC:SDASource C1
DEC:BUS1:IIC:SDAS C1

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIC:SDAS?

Response message:
C1

Programming Guide Page 87

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SDAThreshold
:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SCLSource

Programming Guide Page 88

:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SDAThreshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the SDA on IIC bus.

This query returns the current threshold of the SDA on IIC

bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SDAThreshold <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies, see below for details.

[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SDAThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the SDA to 1 V

on bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:IIC:SDAThreshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:IIC:SDAT 1.00E+00

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIC:SDAT?

Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SDASource

Programming Guide Page 89

:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI Commands

The :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI subsystem commands control the SPI decode settings of

the specified bus.

� :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:BITorder
� :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CLKSource
� :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CLKThreshold
� :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CSSource
� :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CSThreshold
� :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CSTYpe
� :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:DLENgth
� :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:LATChedge
� :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MISOSource
� :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MISOThreshold
� :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MOSISource
� :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MOSIThreshold
� :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:NCSSource
� :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:NCSThreshold

Programming Guide Page 90

:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:BITorder
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the bit order of the SPI bus.

This query returns the current bit order of the SPI bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:BITorder <order>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<order>:= {LSB|MSB}.

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:BITorder?

RESPONSE FORMAT <order>

<order>:= {LSB|MSB}

EXAMPLE The following command sets bit order of the SPI on BUS 1 to
LSB.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:SPI:BITorder LSB
DEC:BUS1:SPI:BIT LSB

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SPI:BIT?

Response message:
LSB

Programming Guide Page 91

:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CLKSource
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the CLK source of the SPI bus.

This query returns the current CLK source of the SPI bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CLKSource <source>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.
<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}.

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including
an integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CLKSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including
an integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command selects the CLK source of the SPI
on bus 1 as C1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:SPI:CLKSource C1
DEC:BUS1:SPI:CLKS C1

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SPI:CLKS?

Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CLKThreshold

Programming Guide Page 92

:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CLKThreshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the CLK on SPI bus.

This query returns the current threshold of the CLK on SPI

bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CLKThreshold <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies, see below for details.

[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:CLKThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the CLK to 1 V

on bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:SPI:CLKThreshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:SPI:CLKT 1.00E+00

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SPI:CLKT?

Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CLKSource

Programming Guide Page 93

:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CSSource
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the CS source of the SPI bus.

This query returns the current CS source of the SPI bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CSSource <source>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.
<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}.

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including

an integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CSSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including

an integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the CS source of the SPI on

bus 1 as C1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:SPI:CSSource C1
DEC:BUS1:SPI:CSS C1

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SPI:CSS?
Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CSThreshold

Programming Guide Page 94

:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CSThreshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the CS on SPI bus.

This query returns the current threshold of the CS on SPI

bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CSThreshold <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.
<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point
and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies, see below for details.

[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CSThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the CS to 1 V

on bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:SPI:CSThreshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:SPI:CST 1.00E+00

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SPI:CST?
Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CLKSource

Programming Guide Page 95

:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CSTYpe
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the chip selection type of the SPI bus.

This query returns the current chip selection type of the SPI
bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CSTYpe <type>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<type>:= {NCS|CS|TIMeout[,<time>]}
� CS means set to chip select state.
� NCS means set to non-chip select state.
� TIMeout indicates set to clock timeout status.

<time>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is
[1.00E-07, 5.00E-03].

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CSTYpe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {NCS|CS|TIMeout[,<time>]}

<time>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the chip selection type of the
SPI on bus 1 to CS.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:SPI:CSTYpe CS
DEC:BUS1:SPI:CSTY CS

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SPI:CSTY?

Response message:
CS

Programming Guide Page 96

:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:DLENgth
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the data length of the SPI bus.

This query returns the current data length of the SPI bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:DLENgth <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command
<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no
decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [4, 32].

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:DLENgth?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the data length of the SPI on
bus 1 to 5.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:SPI:DLENgth 5
DEC:BUS1:SPI:DLEN 5

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SPI:DLEN?

Response message:
5

Programming Guide Page 97

:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:LATChedge
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the sampling edge of CLK on SPI bus.

This query returns the sampling edge of CLK on SPI bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:LATChedge <slope>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<slope>:= {RISing|FALLing}

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:LATChedge?

RESPONSE FORMAT <slope>

<slope>:= {RISing|FALLing}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold judgment

condition of CLK on bus 1 to RISing.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:SPI:LATChege RISing
DEC:BUS1:SPI:LATC RIS

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SPI:LATC?

Response message:
RISing

Programming Guide Page 98

:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MISOSource
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the MISO source of the SPI bus.

This query returns the current MISO source of the SPI bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MISOSource <source>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>|DIS}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1. For example, C1 selects
analog channel 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including

an integer and no decimal point, like 1. For example, D1
selects digital channel 1.

� DIS means no source selected.

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MISOSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>|DIS}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including

an integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the MISO source of the SPI on
bus 1 as C1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:SPI:MISOSource C1
DEC:BUS1:SPI:MISOS C1

Programming Guide Page 99

 Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SPI:MISOS?

Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MISOThreshold

Programming Guide Page 100

:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MISOThreshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the MISO on SPI bus.

This query returns the current threshold of the MISO.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MISOThreshold <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.
<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point
and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies, see below for details.

[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MISOThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the MISO to 1

V on bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:SPI:MISOThreshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:SPI:MISOT 1.00E+00

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SPI:MISOT?

Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MISOSource

Programming Guide Page 101

:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MOSISource
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the MOSI source of the SPI bus.

This query returns the current MOSI source of the SPI bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MOSISource <source>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>|DIS}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including

an integer and no decimal point, like 1.

� DIS means no source selected

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MOSISource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>|DIS}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including

an integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command selects the MOSI source of the SPI
on bus 1 as C1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:SPI:MOSISource C1
DEC:BUS1:SPI:MOSIS C1

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SPI:MOSIS?

Programming Guide Page 102

 Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MOSIThreshold

Programming Guide Page 103

:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MOSIThreshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the MOSI.

This query returns the current threshold of the MOSI.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MOSIThreshold <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.
<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point
and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies, see below for details.

Model
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MOSIThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the MOSI to 1

V on bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:SPI:MOSIThreshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:SPI:MOSIT 1.00E+00

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SPI:MOSIT?

Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MOSISource

Programming Guide Page 104

:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:NCSSource
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the NCS source of the SPI bus.

This query returns the current NCS source of the SPI bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:NCSSource <source>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including

an integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:NCSSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including

an integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the NCS source of the SPI on
bus 1 as C1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:SPI:NCSSource C1
DEC:BUS1:SPI:NCSS C1

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SPI:NCSS?

Response message:
C1

Programming Guide Page 105

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:NCSThreshold

Programming Guide Page 106

:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:NCSThreshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the NCS on SPI bus.

This query returns the current threshold of the NCS on SPI

bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:NCSThreshold <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies, see below for details.

[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:NCSThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the NCS on

bus 1 to 1 V.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:SPI:NCSThreshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:SPI:NCST 1.00E+00

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SPI:NCST?

Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:NCSSource

Programming Guide Page 107

:DECode:BUS<n>:UART Commands

The :DECode:BUS<n>:UART subsystem commands control the UART decode

settings of the specified bus.

� :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:BAUD
� :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:BITorder
� :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:DLENgth
� :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:IDLE
� :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:PARity
� :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:RXSource
� :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:RXThreshold
� :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:STOP
� :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:TXSource
� :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:TXThreshold

Programming Guide Page 108

:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:BAUD
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the baud rate of the UART bus.

This query returns the current baud rate of the UART bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:BAUD <baud>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<baud>:=
{600bps|1200bps|2400bps|4800bps|9600bps|19200bps|384
00bps|57600bps|115200bps|CUSTom[,<value>]}

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [300,
20000000].

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:BAUD?

RESPONSE FORMAT <baud>

<baud>:=
{600bps|1200bps|2400bps|4800bps|9600bps|19200bps|384
00bps|57600bps|115200bps|CUSTom[,<value>]}

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the baud rate of the UART to
9600bps on bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:UART:BAUD 9600bps
DEC:BUS1:UART:BAUD 9600bps

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:UART:BAUD?

Response message:
9600bps

Programming Guide Page 109

:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:BITorder
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the bit order of the UART bus.

This query returns the current bit order of the UART bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:BITorder <order>

<n>= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<order>:= {LSB|MSB}

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:BITorder?

RESPONSE FORMAT <order>

<order>:= {LSB|MSB}
� LSB is Least Significant Bit order
� MSB is Most Significant Bit order

EXAMPLE The following command sets bit order of the UART bus on
bus 1 to LSB.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:UART:BITorder LSB
DEC:BUS1:UART:BIT LSB

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:UART:BIT?

Response message:
LSB

Programming Guide Page 110

:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:DLENgth
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the data length of the UART bus.

This query returns the current data length of the UART bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:DLENgth <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of value is [5, 8].

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:DLENgth?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the data length of the UART to
5 on bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:UART:DLENgth 5
DEC:BUS1:UART:DLEN 5

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:UART:DLEN?

Response message:
5

Programming Guide Page 111

:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:IDLE
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the idle level of the UART bus.

This query returns the current idle level of the UART bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:IDLE <idle>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<idle>:= {LOW|HIGH}

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:IDLE?

RESPONSE FORMAT <idle>

<idle>:= {LOW|HIGH}
� LOW means that the idle voltage value is low
� HIGH means that the idle voltage value is high

EXAMPLE The following command sets the idle level of the UART on
bus 1 to low.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:UART:IDLE LOW
DEC:BUS1:UART:IDLE LOW

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:UART:IDLE?

Response message:
LOW

Programming Guide Page 112

:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:PARity
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the parity check of the UART bus.

This query returns the current parity check of the UART

bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:PARity <parity>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<parity>:= {NONE|ODD|EVEN|MARK|SPACe}

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:PARity?

RESPONSE FORMAT <parity>

<parity>:= {NONE|ODD|EVEN|MARK|SPACe}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the parity check of the UART
on bus 1 to NONE.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:UART:PARity NONE
DEC:BUS1:UART:PAR NONE

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:UART:PAR?

Response message:
NONE

Programming Guide Page 113

:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:RXSource
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the RX source of the UART bus.

This query returns the current RX source of the UART bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:RXSource <source>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>|DIS}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including

an integer and no decimal point, like 1.

� DIS means no source selected

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:RXSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>|DIS}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including

an integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the RX source of the UART

on bus 1 as C1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:UART:RXSource C1
DEC:BUS1:UART:RXS C1

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:UART:RXS?

Programming Guide Page 114

 Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:RXThreshold

Programming Guide Page 115

:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:RXThreshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of RX on UART bus.

This query returns the current threshold of RX on UART bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:RXThreshold <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.
<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point
and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies, see below for details.

[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:RXThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the RX to 1 V

on bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:UART:RXThreshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:UART:RXT 1.00E+00

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:UART:RXT?

Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:RXSource

Programming Guide Page 116

:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:STOP
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the length of the stop bit on UART bus.

This query returns the current length of the stop bit on UART
bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:STOP <bit>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<bit>:= {1|1.5|2}

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:STOP?

RESPONSE FORMAT <bit>

<bit>:= {1|1.5|2}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the current length of the stop bit
to 1 on bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:UART:STOP 1
DEC:BUS1:UART:STOP 1

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:UART:STOP?

Response message:
1

Programming Guide Page 117

:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:TXSource
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the TX source of the UART bus.

This query returns the current TX source of the UART bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:TXSource <source>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>|DIS}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including

an integer and no decimal point, like 1.

� DIS means no source selected

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:TXSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>|DIS}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including

an integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the TX source of the UART on

bus 1 as C1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:UART:TXSource C1
DEC:BUS1:UART:TXS C1

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:UART:TXS?

Programming Guide Page 118

 Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:TXThreshold

Programming Guide Page 119

:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:TXThreshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of TX on UART bus.

This query returns the current threshold of TX on UART bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:TXThreshold <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.
<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and
exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies, see below for details.

[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:TXThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the TX to 1 V on

bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:UART:TXThreshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:UART:TXT 1.00E+00

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:UART:TXT?

Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:TXSource

Programming Guide Page 120

:DECode:BUS<n>:CAN Commands

The :DECode:BUS<n>:CAN subsystem commands control the CAN decode settings

of the specified bus.

� :DECode:BUS<n>:CAN:BAUD
� :DECode:BUS<n>:CAN:SOURce
� :DECode:BUS<n>:CAN:THReshold

Programming Guide Page 121

:DECode:BUS<n>:CAN:BAUD
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the baud rate of the CAN bus.

This query returns the current baud rate of the CAN bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:CAN:BAUD <baud>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<baud>:=
{5kbps|10kbps|20kbps|50kbps|100kbps|125kbps|250kbps|5
00kbps|800kbps|1Mbps|CUSTom[,<value>]}

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [5000,
1000000].

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:CAN:BAUD?

RESPONSE FORMAT <baud>

<baud>:=
{5kbps|10kbps|20kbps|50kbps|100kbps|125kbps|250kbps|5
00kbps|800kbps|1Mbps|CUSTom[,<value>]}

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the baud rate of the CAN on
bus 1 to 10kbps.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:CAN:BAUD 10kbps
DEC:BUS1:CAN:BAUD 10kbps

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:CAN:BAUD?

Response message:
10kbps

Programming Guide Page 122

:DECode:BUS<n>:CAN:SOURce
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the source of the CAN bus.

This query returns the current source of the CAN bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:CAN:SOURce <source>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.
<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including

an integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:CAN:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}
<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including

an integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command selects the source of the CAN on

bus 1 as C1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:CAN:SOURce C1
DEC:BUS1:CAN:SOUR C1

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:CAN:SOUR?

Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:CAN:THReshold

Programming Guide Page 123

:DECode:BUS<n>:CAN:THReshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the source on CAN

bus.

This query returns the current threshold of the source on

CAN bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:CAN:THReshold <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies, see the table below.

[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:CAN:THReshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the CAN bus
source to 1 V on bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:CAN:THReshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:CAN:THR 1.00E+00

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:CAN:THR?

Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:CAN:SOURce

Programming Guide Page 124

:DECode:BUS<n>:LIN Commands

The :DECode:BUS<n>:LIN subsystem commands control the LIN decode settings of

the specified bus.

� :DECode:BUS<n>:LIN:BAUD
� :DECode:BUS<n>:LIN:SOURce
� :DECode:BUS<n>:LIN:THReshold

Programming Guide Page 125

:DECode:BUS<n>:LIN:BAUD
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the baud rate for the LIN bus.

This query returns the current baud rate for the LIN bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:LIN:BAUD <baud>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<baud>:=
{600bps|1200bps|2400bps|4800bps|9600bps|19200bps|CUS
Tom[,<value>]}

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [300,
20000000].

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:LIN:BAUD?

RESPONSE FORMAT <baud>

<baud>:=
{600bps|1200bps|2400bps|4800bps|9600bps|19200bps|CUS
Tom[,<value>]}

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the baud rate for the LIN to
9600bps on bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:LIN:BAUD 9600bps
DEC:BUS1:LIN:BAUD 9600bps

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:LIN:BAUD?

Response message:
9600bps

Programming Guide Page 126

:DECode:BUS<n>:LIN:SOURce
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the source of the LIN bus.

This query returns the current source of the LIN bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:LIN:SOURce <source>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including

an integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:LIN:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including

an integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command selects the source of the LIN on bus
1 as C1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:LIN:SOURce C1
DEC:BUS1:LIN:SOUR C1

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:LIN:SOUR?

Response message:
C1

Programming Guide Page 127

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:LIN:THReshold

Programming Guide Page 128

:DECode:BUS<n>:LIN:THReshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the source on LIN bus.

This query returns the current threshold of the source on LIN

bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:LIN:THReshold <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies, see the table below.

[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:LIN:THReshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the LIN source
to 1 V on bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:LIN:THReshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:LIN:THR 1.00E+00

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:LIN:THR?

Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:LIN:SOURce

Programming Guide Page 129

:DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray Commands [Option]

The :DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray subsystem commands control the FLEXray decode

settings of the specified bus.

� :DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray:BAUD
� :DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray:SOURce
� :DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray:THReshold

Programming Guide Page 130

:DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray:BAUD
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the baud rate of the Flexray bus.

This query returns the current baud rate of the Flexray bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray:BAUD <baud>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<baud>:= {2500kbps|5Mbps|10Mbps|CUSTom[,<value>]}

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1000000,
20000000]

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray:BAUD?

RESPONSE FORMAT <baud>

<baud>:= {2500kbps|5Mbps|10Mbps|CUSTom[,<value>]}

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the baud rate of the Flexray to
5Mbps on bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:FLEXray:BAUD 5Mbps
DEC:BUS1:FLEX:BAUD 5Mbps

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:FLEX:BAUD?

Response message:
5Mbps

Programming Guide Page 131

:DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray:SOURce
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the source of the Flexray bus.

This query returns the current source of the Flexray bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray:SOURce <source>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the
bus that is affected by the command.
<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including

an integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including

an integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command selects the source of the Flexray on

bus 1 as C1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:FLEXray:SOURce C1
DEC:BUS1:FLEX:SOUR C1

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:FLEX:SOUR?

Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray:THReshold

Programming Guide Page 132

:DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray:THReshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the source on Flexray

bus.

This query returns the current threshold of the source on

Flexray bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray:THReshold <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies, see the table below.

[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray:THReshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the Flexray

source to 1 V on bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:FLEXray:THReshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:FLEX:THR 1.00E+00

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:FLEX:THR?

Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray:SOURce

Programming Guide Page 133

:DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd Commands [Option]

The :DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd subsystem commands control the CANFD decode

settings of the specified bus.

� :DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:BAUDData
� :DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:BAUDNominal
� :DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:SOURce
� :DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:THReshold

Programming Guide Page 134

:DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:BAUDData
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the data baud rate of the CAN FD bus.

This query returns the current data baud rate of the CAN FD
bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:BAUDData <baud>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<baud>:=
{500kbps|1Mbps|2Mbps|5Mbps|8Mbps|10Mbps|CUSTom[,<v
alue>]}

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [100000,
10000000]

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:BAUDData?

RESPONSE FORMAT <baud>

<baud>:=
{500kbps|1Mbps|2Mbps|5Mbps|8Mbps|10Mbps|CUSTom[,<v
alue>]}
<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no
decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the data baud rate of the CAN
FD to 500kbps on bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:CANFd:BAUDData 500kbps
DEC:BUS1:CANF:BAUDD 500kbps

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:CANF:BAUDD?

Response message:
500kbps

Programming Guide Page 135

:DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:BAUDNominal
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the nominal baud rate of the CAN FD
bus.

This query returns the current nominal baud rate of the

CAN FD bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:BAUDNominal <baud>

<n>:= {1|2} is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<baud>:=
{10kbps|25kbps|50kbps|100kbps|250kbps|1Mbps|CUSTom
[,<value>]}

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [10000,
1000000]

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:BAUDNominal?

RESPONSE FORMAT <baud>

<baud>:=
{10kbps|25kbps|50kbps|100kbps|250kbps|1Mbps|CUSTom
[,<value>]}

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the nominal baud rate of the
CAN FD to 50kbps on bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:CANFd:BAUDNominal 50kbps
DEC:BUS1:CANF:BAUDN 50kbps

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:CANF:BAUDN?

Response message:
50kbps

Programming Guide Page 136

:DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:SOURce
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the source of the CAN FD bus.

This query returns the current source of the CAN FD bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:SOURce <source>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including

an integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including

an integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command selects the source of the CAN FD on

bus 1 as C1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:CANFd:SOURce C1
DEC:BUS1:CANF:SOUR C1

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:CANF:SOUR?

Response message:
C1

Programming Guide Page 137

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:THReshold

Programming Guide Page 138

:DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:THReshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the source on CAN FD

bus.

This query returns the current threshold of the source on

CAN FD bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:THReshold <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies, see the table below.

[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:THReshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the CAN FD

source to 1 V on bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:CANFd:THReshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:CANF:THR 1.00E+0

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:CANF:THR?

Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:SOURce

Programming Guide Page 139

:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS Commands [Option]

The :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS subsystem commands control the IIS decode settings of

the specified bus.

� :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:ANNotate
� :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:AVARiant
� :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:BCLKSource
� :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:BCLKThreshold
� :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:BITorder
� :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:DLENgth
� :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:DSource
� :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:DTHReshold
� :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:LATChedge
� :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:LCH
� :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:SBIT
� :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:WSSource
� :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:WSTHreshold

Programming Guide Page 140

:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:ANNotate
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command specifies the channel for IIS bus to be

annotated.

This query returns the current annotated channel of IIS bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:ANNotate <type>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<type>:= {ALL|LEFT|RIGHt}

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:ANNotate?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {ALL|LEFT|RIGHt}

EXAMPLE The following command annotates all the channels of IIS on

bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:IIS:ANNotate ALL
DEC:BUS1:IIS:ANN ALL

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIS:ANN?

Response message:
ALL

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:LCH

Programming Guide Page 141

:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:AVARiant
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the audio variant for IIS bus.

This query returns the current audio variant for IIS bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:AVARiant <type>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<type>:= {I2S|LJ|RJ}
� I2S justified.
� LJ is left justified.
� RL is right justified.

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:AVARiant?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {I2S|LJ|RJ}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the audio variable of the IIS on
bus 1 to RJ.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:IIS:AVARiant RJ
DEC:BUS1:IIS:AVAR RJ

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIS:AVAR?

Response message:
RJ

Programming Guide Page 142

:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:BCLKSource
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the BCLK source of the IIS bus.

This query returns the current BCLK source of the IIS bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:BCLKSource <source>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including

an integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:BCLKSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including

an integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command selects the BCLK source of IIS on

bus 1 as C1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:IIS:BCLKSource C1
DEC:BUS1:IIS:BCLKS C1

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIS:BCLKS?

Response message:
C1

Programming Guide Page 143

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:BCLKThreshold

Programming Guide Page 144

:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:BCLKThreshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the BCLK on IIS bus.

This query returns the current threshold of the BCLK on IIS

bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:BCLKThreshold <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies, see the table below.

[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:BCLKThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the BCLK to 1

V on bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:IIS:BCLKThreshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:IIS:BCLKT 1.00E+00

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIS:BCLKT?

Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:BCLKSource

Programming Guide Page 145

:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:BITorder
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the bit order for the IIS bus.

This query returns the current bit order for the IIS bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:BITorder <order>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<order>:= {LSB|MSB}
� LSB is Least Significant Bit.
� MSB is Most Significant Bit.

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:BITorder?

RESPONSE FORMAT <order>

<order>:= {LSB|MSB}

EXAMPLE The following command sets bit order for the IIS on bus 1 to
LSB.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:IIS:BITorder LSB
DEC:BUS1:IIS:BIT LSB

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIS:BIT?

Response message:
LSB

Programming Guide Page 146

:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:DLENgth
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the data bits for the IIS bus.

This query returns the current data bits for the IIS bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:DLENgth <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1, 32].

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:DLENgth?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the data bits for the IIS to 5 on
bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:IIS:DLENgth 5
DEC:BUS1:IIS:DLEN 5

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIS:DLEN?

Response message:
5

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:SBIT

Programming Guide Page 147

:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:DSource
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the data source of the IIS bus.

This query returns the current data source of the IIS bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:DSource <source>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including

an integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:DSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including

an integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command selects the data source of the IIS
bus on bus 1 as C1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:IIS:DSource C1
DEC:BUS1:IIS:DS C1

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIS:DS?

Response message:
C1

Programming Guide Page 148

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:DTHReshold

Programming Guide Page 149

:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:DTHReshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the data source on IIS
bus.

This query returns the current threshold of the data source

on IIS bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:DTHReshold <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies, see the table below.

[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:DTHReshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the data source
to 1 V on bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:IIS:DTHReshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:IIS:DTHR 1.00E+00

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIS:DTHR?

Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:DSource

Programming Guide Page 150

:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:LATChedge
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the sampling edge of BCLK on IIS

bus.

This query returns the sampling edge of BCLK on IIS bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:LATChedge <slope>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<slope>:= {RISing|FALLing}

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:LATChedge?

RESPONSE FORMAT <slope>

<slope>:= {RISing|FALLing}
� RISing selects the rising edge.
� FALLing selects the falling edge.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the sampling edge of BCLK on

bus 1 to RISing.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:IIS:LATChege RISing
DEC:BUS1:IIS:LATC RIS

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIS:LATC?

Response message:
RISing

Programming Guide Page 151

:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:LCH
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the level of the left channel.

This query returns the current level of the left channel.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:LCH <left>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<left>:= {LOW|HIGH}

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:LCH?

RESPONSE FORMAT <left>

<left>:= {LOW|HIGH}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the left channel on bus 1 to

LOW.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:IIS:LCH LOW
DEC:BUS1:IIS:LCH LOW

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIS:LCH?

Response message:
LOW

Programming Guide Page 152

:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:SBIT
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the start bit of the data.

This query returns the start bit of the data.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:SBIT <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 31].

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:SBIT?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the number of the data bit to 1
on bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:IIS:SBIT 1
:DEC:BUS1:IIS:SBIT 1

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIS:SBIT?

Response message:
1

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:DLENgth

Programming Guide Page 153

:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:WSSource
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the WS source of the IIS bus.

This query returns the current WS source of the IIS bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:WSSource <source>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including

an integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:WSSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including

an integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command selects the WS source of the IIS bus
on bus 1 as C1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:IIS:WSSource C1
DEC:BUS1:IIS:WSS C1

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIS:WSS?

Response message:
C1

Programming Guide Page 154

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:WSTHreshold

Programming Guide Page 155

:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:WSTHreshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the WS on IIS bus.

This query returns the current threshold of the WS on IIS

bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:WSTHreshold <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies, see the table below.

[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:WSTHreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the WS to 1 V

on bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:IIS:WSTHreshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:IIS:WSTH 1.00E+00

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIS:WSTH?

Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:WSSource

Programming Guide Page 156

:DECode:BUS<n>:M1553 Commands [Option]

The :DECode:BUS<n>:M1553 subsystem commands control the M1553 decode

settings of the specified bus.

� :DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:LTHReshold
� :DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:SOURce
� :DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:UTHReshold

Programming Guide Page 157

:DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:LTHReshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the lower threshold of the M1553 source.

This query returns the current lower threshold of the M1553

source.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:LTHReshold <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies, see the table below.

[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

Note:
The lower threshold value cannot be greater than the upper
threshold value set by the command
:DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:UTHReshold.

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:LTHReshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the lower threshold of the

M1553 source to 1 V on bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:M1553:LTHReshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:M1553:LTHR 1.00E+00

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:M1553:LTHR?

Response message:
1.00E+00

Programming Guide Page 158

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:SOURce
:DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:UTHReshold

Programming Guide Page 159

:DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:SOURce
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the source of the M1553 bus.

This query returns the current source of the M1553 bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:SOURce <source>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<source>:= {C<x>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command selects the source of the M1553 as

C1 on bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:M1553:SOURce C1
DEC:BUS1:M1553:SOUR C1

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:M1553:SOUR?

Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:UTHReshold

:DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:LTHReshold

Programming Guide Page 160

:DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:UTHReshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the upper threshold of the M1553

source.

This query returns the current upper threshold of the

M1553 source.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:UTHReshold <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies, see the table Below.

[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

Note:
The upper threshold value cannot be less than the lower
threshold value set by the command
:DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:LTHReshold.

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:UTHReshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the upper threshold of the

M1553 bus source to 2 V on bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:M1553:UTHReshold 2.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:M1553:UTHR 2.00E+00

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:M1553:UTHR?

Response message:
2.00E+00

Programming Guide Page 161

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:SOURce
:DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:LTHReshold

Programming Guide Page 162

DIGital Commands [Option]

The :DIGital subsystem commands control the viewing of digital channels. They also
control threshold settings for groups of digital channels.

� :DIGital
� :DIGital:ACTive
� :DIGital:BUS<n>:DEFault
� :DIGital:BUS<n>:DISPlay
� :DIGital:BUS<n>:FORMat
� :DIGital:BUS<n>:MAP
� :DIGital:D<n>
� :DIGital:HEIGht
� :DIGital:LABel<n>
� :DIGital:POINts
� :DIGital:POSition
� :DIGital:SKEW
� :DIGital:SRATe
� :DIGital:THReshold<n>

Programming Guide Page 163

:DIGital
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command set the switch of the digital.

This query returns the current state of the digital.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DIGital <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}
� ON enables the channel.
� OFF disables the channel.

QUERY SYNTAX :DIGital?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command enables digital function.

Command message:
:DIGital ON
DIG ON

Query message:
DIG?

Response message:
ON

Programming Guide Page 164

:DIGital:ACTive
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command activates the specified digital channel.

This query returns the active digital channel.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DIGital:ACTive <digital>

<digital>:= {D<x>}

<x>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :DIGital:ACTive?

RESPONSE FORMAT <digital>

<digital>:= {D<x>}

<x>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command selects the digital channel 5

waveform.

Command message:
:DIGital:ACTive D5
DIG:ACT D5

Query message:
DIG:ACT?

Response message:
D5

Programming Guide Page 165

:DIGital:BUS<n>:DEFault
Command

DESCRIPTION This command resets the digital channel bus bit order

COMMAND SYNTAX :DIGital:BUS<n>:DEFault

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

EXAMPLE The following command resets the digital channel bus1 data.

Command message:
:DIGital:BUS1:DEFault
DIG:BUS1:DEF

RELATED COMMANDS :DIGital:BUS<n>:MAP

Programming Guide Page 166

:DIGital:BUS<n>:DISPlay
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the display of the specified digital bus.

This query returns the current display of the specified digital

bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DIGital:BUS<n>:DISPlay <state>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :DIGital:BUS<n>:DISPlay?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}
� ON displays the selected bus.
� OFF removes the selected bus from the display.

EXAMPLE The following command sets digital bus 1 on.

Command message:
:DIGital:BUS1:DISPlay ON
DIG:BUS1:DISP ON

Query message:
DIG:BUS1:DISP?

Response message:
ON

Programming Guide Page 167

:DIGital:BUS<n>:FORMat
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the display format of the specified

digital bus.

This query returns the current display format of the specified

digital bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DIGital:BUS<n>:FORMat <format>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<format>:= {BINary|DECimal|HEX|ASCii}
� BINary presents the decoded data in binary format
� DECimal presents the decoded data in decimal format
� HEX presents the decoded data in hexadecimal format
� ASCii presents the decoded data in ASCII format

QUERY SYNTAX :DIGital:BUS<n>:FORMat?

RESPONSE FORMAT <format>

<format>:= {BINary|DECimal|HEX|ASCii}

EXAMPLE The following command selects the display format of the

digital bus 1 to HEX.

Command message:
:DIGital:BUS1:FORMat HEX
DIG:BUS1:FORM HEX

Query message:
DIG:BUS1:FORM?

Response message:
HEX

Programming Guide Page 168

:DIGital:BUS<n>:MAP
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the bit order of each digital channel in the
digital bus and the bit width of the digital bus.

The query returns the current digital bus data composition in

the LSB order.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DIGital:BUS<n>:MAP <source>[...[,<source>]]

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the

bus that is affected by the command.

<source>:= {D<x>}

<x>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

Note:
� It will synchronously set the bit width of the digital bus,
which is determined by the number of parameters.
� Use the command :DIGital:BUS<n>:DEFault to reset the
bit sequence to d0-d15 according to the current digital
bus bit width.

QUERY SYNTAX :DIGital:BUS<n>:MAP?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>[...[,<source>]]

<source>:= {D<x>}

<x>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command data of the digital bus 1 to

D0,D3,D7,D15.

Command message:
:DIGital:BUS1:MAP D0,D3,D7,D15
DIG:BUS1:MAP D0,D3,D7,D15

Query message:
DIG:BUS1:MAP?

Programming Guide Page 169

 Response message:
D0,D3,D7,D15

RELATED COMMANDS :DIGital:BUS<n>:DEFault

:DIGital:D<n>

Programming Guide Page 170

:DIGital:D<n>
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command enables or disables the specified digital

channel.

This query returns the switch of the specified digital channel.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DIGital:D<n> <state>

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<state>:= {ON|OFF}
� ON enables the specified digital channel.
� OFF disables the specified digital channel.

QUERY SYNTAX :DIGital:D<n>?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command closes the digital channel 5.

Command message:
:DIGital:D5 OFF
DIG:D5 OFF

Query message:
DIG:D5?

Response message:
OFF

RELATED COMMANDS :DIGital

Programming Guide Page 171

:DIGital:HEIGht
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the height of digital channel waveform

display.

This query returns the height of digital channel waveform

display.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DIGital:HEIGht <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2. This value indicates the number
of divisions occupied by the digital waveform in the vertical
direction when the waveform area is not compressed.

The range of the value is [4.00E+00, 8.00E+00].

QUERY SYNTAX :DIGital:HEIGht?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the height of the digital channel
display area to 6 div.

Command message:
:DIGital:HEIGht 6.00E+00
DIG:HEIG 6.00E+00

Query message:
DIG:HEIG?

Response message:
6.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :DIGital:POSition

Programming Guide Page 172

:DIGital:LABel<n>
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the label text of the selected digital
channel.

This query returns the current label text of the selected digital
channel.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DIGital:LABel<n> <string>

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<string>:= Quoted string of ASCII text. The length of the

string is limited to 7.

QUERY SYNTAX :DIGital:LABel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <string>

EXAMPLE The following command sets the label name of the digital
channel 15 to "IIC_DATA".

Command message:
:DIGital:LABel15 "IIC_DATA"
DIG:LAB15 "IIC_DATA"

Query message:
DIG:LAB15?

Response message:
“ IIC_DATA ”

RELATED COMMANDS :DIGital:LABel<n>

Programming Guide Page 173

:DIGital:POINts
Query

DESCRIPTION This query returns the number of sampling points of the

digital channel.

QUERY SYNTAX :DIGital:POINts?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command query returns the number of

sampling points of the digital channel.

Query message:
DIG:POIN?

Response message:
6.25E+02

RELATED COMMANDS :DIGital:SRATe

Programming Guide Page 174

:DIGital:POSition
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the position of the digital channel

waveform display.

The query returns the position of the digital channel

waveform display.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DIGital:POSition <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2. This value indicates the number
of divisions the digital waveform moves from top to bottom of
the waveform area when the waveform area is not
compressed

Note:
The range of legal values varies with the number of digital
channels displayed.

QUERY SYNTAX :DIGital:POSition?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the position of the digital

channel display area to 4 div when the digital channel height
is 4.

Command message:
:DIGital:POSition 4.00E+00
DIG:POS 4.00E+00

Query message:
DIG:POS?

Response message:
4.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :DIGital:HEIGht

Programming Guide Page 175

:DIGital:SKEW
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the skew of the digital channel.

This query returns the current skew of the digital channel.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DIGital:SKEW <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value is [-1.00E-07, 1.00E-07].

QUERY SYNTAX :DIGital:SKEW?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the skew of the digital channel
to 100 ns.

Command message:
:DIGital:SKEW 1.00E-07
DIG:SKEW 1.00E-07

Query message:
DIG:SKEW?

Response message:
1.00E-07

Programming Guide Page 176

:DIGital:SRATe
Query

DESCRIPTION This command query returns the sampling rate of the digital
channel.

QUERY SYNTAX :DIGital:SRATe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command query returns the sampling rate of

the digital channel.

Query message:
DIG:SRAT?

Response message:
1.25E+09

Programming Guide Page 177

:DIGital:THReshold<n>
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the threshold value of the digital channel
group.

This query returns the threshold value of the digital channel

group.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DIGital:THReshold<n> <type>

<n>:= {1|2}
� 1 means D0-D7
� 2 means D8-D15
<type>:=
{TTL|CMOS|LVCMOS33|LVCMOS25|CUSTom[,<value>]}

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value is [-1.00E+01, 1.00E+01]

QUERY SYNTAX :DIGital:THReshold<n>?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:=
{TTL|CMOS|LVCMOS33|LVCMOS25|CUSTom[,<value>]}

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold value of D0-D7 to

CMOS.

Command message:
:DIGital:THReshold1 CMOS
DIG:THR1 CMOS

Query message:
DIG:THR1?

Response message:
CMOS

Programming Guide Page 178

DISPlay Commands

The :DISPlay subsystem commands control waveforms and screen displays.

� :DISPlay:BACKlight
� :DISPlay:CLEar
� :DISPlay:COLor
� :DISPlay:GRATicule
� :DISPlay:GRID
� :DISPlay:INTensity
� :DISPlay:PERSistence
� :DISPlay:TRANsparence
� :DISPlay:TYPE

Programming Guide Page 179

:DISPlay:BACKlight
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the backlight level of the screen.

The query returns the current backlight level of the screen.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DISPlay:BACKlight <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 100]. 0 is
the least bright and 100 is the brightest.

QUERY SYNTAX :DISPlay:BACKlight?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command changes the backlight level to 100%.

Command message:
:DISPlay:BACKlight 100
DISP:BACK 100

Query message:
DISP:BACK?

Response message:
100

Programming Guide Page 180

:DISPlay:CLEar
Command

DESCRIPTION The command clears the waveform displayed on the screen.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DISPlay:CLEar

EXAMPLE The following command clears the waveform displayed on

the screen.

Command message:
:DISPlay:CLEar
DISP:CLE

RELATED COMMANDS :ACQuire:CSWeep

Programming Guide Page 181

:DISPlay:COLor
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the state of the color grade.

The query returns the state of the current color grade.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DISPlay:COLor <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :DISPlay:COLor?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command turns on the color grade.

Command message:
:DISPlay:COLor ON
DISP:COL ON

Query message:
DISP:COL?

Response message:
ON

Programming Guide Page 182

:DISPlay:GRATicule
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the brightness level of the grid.

The query returns the current brightness level of the grid.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DISPlay:GRATicule <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 100]. 0 is
the least bright and 100 is the brightest.

QUERY SYNTAX :DISPlay:GRATicule?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command changes the grid brightness level to

50%.

Command message:
:DISPlay:GRATicule 50
DISP:GRAT 50

Query message:
DISP:GRAT?

Response message:
50

Programming Guide Page 183

:DISPlay:GRID
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command selects the type of grid to display.

The query returns the current type of grid to display.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DISPlay:GRID <type>

<type>:= {FULL|HALF|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :DISPlay:GRID?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {FULL|HALF|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the grid type to a half grid.

Command message:
:DISPlay:GRID HALF
DISP:GRID HALF

Query message:
DISP:GRID?

Response message:
HALF

Programming Guide Page 184

:DISPlay:INTensity
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the intensity level of the waveform.

The query returns the current intensity level of the waveform.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DISPlay:INTensity <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 100]. 0 is
the least bright and 100 is the brightest.

QUERY SYNTAX :DISPlay:INTensity?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the intensity level of the

waveform to 75%.

Command message:
:DISPlay:INTensity 75
DISP:INT 75

Query message:
DISP:INT?

Response message:
75

Programming Guide Page 185

:DISPlay:PERSistence
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the persistence duration of the

display, in seconds, in persistence mode.

The query returns the current status of the persistence

setting.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DISPlay:PERSistence <time>

<time>:= {OFF|INFinite|1S|5S|10S|30S}

QUERY SYNTAX :DISPlay:PERSistence?

RESPONSE FORMAT <time>

<time>:= {OFF|INFinite|1S|5S|10S|30S}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the variable persistence at 5

seconds.

Command message:
:DISPlay:PERSistence 5S
DISP:PERS 5S

Query message:
DISP:PERS?

Response message:
5S

Programming Guide Page 186

:DISPlay:TRANsparence
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the transparency level of the information

bar.

The query returns the transparency level of the current

information bar.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DISPlay:TRANsparence <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 100]. 0 is
the least transparent and 100 is the most transparent.

QUERY SYNTAX :DISPlay:TRANsparence?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command changes the transparency level to

80%.

Command message:
:DISPlay:TRANsparence 80
DISP:TRAN 80

Query message:
DISP:TRAN?

Response message:
80

Programming Guide Page 187

:DISPlay:TYPE
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the interpolation lines between data

points.

The query returns the interpolation lines between data points.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DISPlay:TYPE <type>

<type>:= {VECTor|DOT}
� VECTor is the default mode and draws lines between
points.
� DOT mode displays data more quickly than vector mode
but does not draw lines between sample points.

QUERY SYNTAX :DISPlay:TYPE?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {VECTor|DOT}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the interpolation lines between

data points to vector.

Command message:
:DISPlay:TYPE VECTor
DISP:TYPE VECT

Query message:
DISP:TYPE?

Response message:
VECTor

Programming Guide Page 188

FUNCtion Commands

The :FUNCtion subsystem commands control the math functions in the oscilloscope.

� :FUNCtion:FFTDisplay
� :FUNCtion:INTGate
� :FUNCtion:INTGate:GA
� :FUNCtion:INTGate:GB
� :FUNCtion<n>
� :FUNCtion<n>:DIFF:DX
� :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:AUToset
� :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:HCENter
� :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:HSCale
� :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:LOAD
� :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:MODE
� :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:POINts
� :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:RESET
� :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:RLEVel
� :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SCALe
� :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SEARch
� :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SEARch:EXCursion
� :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SEARch:THReshold
� :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:UNIT
� :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:WINDow
� :FUNCtion<n>:INTegrate:OFFSet
� :FUNCtion<n>:INVert
� :FUNCtion<n>:LABel
� :FUNCtion<n>:LABel:TEXT
� :FUNCtion<n>:OPERation
� :FUNCtion<n>:POSition
� :FUNCtion<n>:SCALe
� :FUNCtion<n>:SOURce1
� :FUNCtion<n>:SOURce2

Programming Guide Page 189

:FUNCtion:FFTDisplay
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the display mode of the FFT waveform.

This query returns the current display mode of the FFT

waveform.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion:FFTDisplay <mode>

<mode>:= {SPLit|FULL|EXCLusive}
� SPLit means that the channel waveform and the FFT
waveform are displayed on the screen separately.
� FULL means a full-screen display of the FFT waveform.
� EXCLusive means that only the FFT waveform is
displayed on the screen.

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion:FFTDisplay?

RESPONSE FORMAT <mode>

<mode>:= {SPLit|FULL|EXCLusive}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the display mode of the FFT
waveform to split.

Command message:
:FUNCtion:FFTDisplay SPLit
FUNC:FFTD SPL

Query message:
FUNC:FFTD?

Response message:
SPLit

Programming Guide Page 190

:FUNCtion:INTGate
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command selects whether to enable the threshold of the

integral operation.

This query returns the threshold status of the integral

operation.

Note:
The command is valid for all math integral waveforms at the
same time. The query returns the integration threshold state
of F1.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion:INTGate <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion:INTGate?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command turns on the threshold for the

integral operation.

Command message:
:FUNCtion:INTGate ON
FUNC:INTG ON

Query message:
FUNC:INTG?

Response message:
ON

RELATED COMMANDS :FUNCtion:INTGate:GA

:FUNCtion:INTGate:GB

Programming Guide Page 191

:FUNCtion:INTGate:GA
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the position of gate A.

The query returns the current position of gate A.

Note:
The command is valid for all math integral waveforms at the
same time. And the query returns the integration gate A of
F1.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion:INTGate:GA <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is [-
horizontal_grid/2*timebase, horizontal_grid/2*timebase].

Note:
The value of GA cannot be greater than that of GB. If you set
the value greater than GB, it will automatically be set to the
same value as GB.

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion:INTGate:GA?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the position of gate A to -100

ns.

Command message:
:FUNCtion:INTGate:GA -1.00E-07
FUNC:INTG:GA -1.00E-07

Query message:
FUNC:INTG:GA?

Response message:
-1.00E-07

Programming Guide Page 192

RELATED COMMANDS :FUNCtion:INTGate
:FUNCtion:INTGate:GB

Programming Guide Page 193

:FUNCtion:INTGate:GB
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the position of gate B.

This query returns the current position of gate B.

Note:
The command is valid for all math integral waveforms at the
same time. And the query returns the integration gate B of
F1.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion:INTGate:GB <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is [-
horizontal_grid/2*timebase, horizontal_grid/2*timebase].

Note:
The value of GB cannot be less than that of GA. If you set
the value less than GA, it will automatically be set to the
same value as GA.

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion:INTGate:GB?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the position of gate B to 200 ns.

Command message:
:FUNCtion:INTGate:GB 2.00E-07
FUNC:INTG:GB 2.00E-07

Query message:
FUNC:INTG:GB?

Response message:
2.00E-07

RELATED COMMANDS :FUNCtion:INTGate

:FUNCtion:INTGate:GA

Programming Guide Page 194

:FUNCtion<n>
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command set the switch of the math function.

This query returns the current state of the math function.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n> <state>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to FUNCtion and defines

the math that is affected by the command.

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command enables Function1 of math.

Command message:
:FUNCtion1 ON
FUNC1 ON

Query message:
FUNC1?

Response message:
ON

Programming Guide Page 195

:FUNCtion<n>:DIFF:DX
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the step size of the differential operation.

This query returns the current step size of the differential

operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:DIFF:DX <dx>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to FUNCtion and defines

the math that is affected by the command

<dx>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [2, 20]

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:DIFF:DX?

RESPONSE FORMAT <dx>

<dx>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the step of the differential

operation to 6 on Function1.

Command message:
:FUNCtion1:DIFF:DX 6
FUNC1:DIFF:DX 6

Query message:
FUNC1:DIFF:DX?

Response message:
6

Programming Guide Page 196

:FUNCtion<n>:FFT:AUToset
Command

DESCRIPTION This command causes the FFT waveform to be displayed at

the best position on the screen.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:AUToset

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to on FUNCtion and

defines the math that is affected by the command.

EXAMPLE The following command causes the FFT waveform to be

displayed at the best position on the screen on Function2.

Command message:
:FUNCtion2:FFT:AUToset
FUNC2:FFT:AUT

Programming Guide Page 197

:FUNCtion<n>:FFT:HCENter
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the center frequency of FFT.

This query returns the current center frequency of FFT.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:HCENter <center>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to FUNCtion and defines

the math that is affected by the command.

<center>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

Note:
The range of legal values varies with the value set by the
command :TIMebase:SCALe.

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:HCENter?

RESPONSE FORMAT <center>

<center>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the center frequency of FFT to

2 MHz on Function2.

Command message:
:FUNCtion2:FFT:HCENter 2.00E+06
FUNC2:FFT:HCEN 2.00E+06

Query message:
FUNC2:FFT:HCEN?

Response message:
2.00E+06Hz

RELATED COMMANDS :TIMebase:SCALe

Programming Guide Page 198

:FUNCtion<n>:FFT:HSCale
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the horizontal scale of the FFT.

This query returns the current horizontal scale of FFT.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:HSCale <scale>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to FUNCtion and defines

the math that is affected by the command.

<scale>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

Note:
The range of legal values varies with the value set by the
command :TIMebase:SCALe.

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:HSCale?

RESPONSE FORMAT <scale>

<scale>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the horizontal scale of FFT to

100 MHz/div on Function2.

Command message:
:FUNCtion2:FFT:HSCale 1.00E+08
FUNC2:FFT:HSC 1.00E+08

Query message:
FUNC2:FFT:HSC?

Response message:
1.00E+08

RELATED COMMANDS :TIMebase:SCALe

Programming Guide Page 199

:FUNCtion<n>:FFT:LOAD
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the external load of the FFT.

This query returns the current external load of FFT.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:LOAD <load>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to FUNCtion and defines

the math that is affected by the command.

<load>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1, 1000000]

Note:
The load can be set only when the FFT unit is dBm.

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:LOAD?

RESPONSE FORMAT <load>

<load>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the load of FFT to 50Ω on

Function2.

Command message:
:FUNCtion2:FFT:LOAD 50
FUNC2:FFT:LOAD 50

Query message:
FUNC2:FFT:LOAD?

Response message:
50

RELATED COMMANDS :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:UNIT

Programming Guide Page 200

:FUNCtion<n>:FFT:MODE
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command selects the acquisition mode of the FFT

operation.

This query returns the current acquisition mode of the FFT

operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:MODE <mode>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to FUNCtion and defines

the math that is affected by the command.

<mode>:= {NORMal|MAXHold|AVERage[,<num>]}
� NORMal sets the FFT in the normal mode.
� MAXHold sets the FFT in the max detect mode.
� AVERage sets the FFT in the averaging mode.

<num>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

The range of the value is [4, 1024].

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:MODE?

RESPONSE FORMAT <mode>

<mode>:= {NORMal|MAXHold|AVERage[,<num>]}

<num>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the acquisition mode of the FFT
operation on Function2 to normal.

Command message:
:FUNCtion2:FFT:MODE NORMaL
FUNC2:FFT:MODE NORM

Query message:
FUNC2:FFT:MODE?

Programming Guide Page 201

Response message:
NORMal

Programming Guide Page 202

:FUNCtion<n>:FFT:POINts
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the maximum number of points for the
FFT operation.

This query returns the current maximum number of points for

the FFT operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:POINts <point>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to FUNCtion and defines

the math that is affected by the command.

<point>:= Vary from models, see the table below for details.

Model Value Range

T3DSO2000A {2k|4k|8k|16k|32k|64k|128k|256k|
512k|1M|2M}

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:POINts?

RESPONSE FORMAT <point>

EXAMPLE The following command changes the maximum number of

points for the FFT operation to 2M on Function2.

Command message:
:FUNCtion2:FFT:POINts 2M
FUNC2:FFT:POIN 2M

Query message:
FUNC2:FFT:POIN?

Response message:
2M

Programming Guide Page 203

:FUNCtion<n>:FFT:RESET
Command

DESCRIPTION This command restarts counting when the acquisition mode

is average.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:RESET

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to FUNCtion and defines

the math that is affected by the command.

EXAMPLE The following command restarts counting on Function2

when the acquisition mode is average.

Command message:
:FUNCtion2:FFT:RESET
FUNC2:FFT:RESET

RELATED COMMANDS :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:MODE

Programming Guide Page 204

:FUNCtion<n>:FFT:RLEVel
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the reference level of the FFT

operation.

The query returns the current reference level of the FFT

operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:RLEVel <level>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to FUNCtion and defines

the math that is affected by the command.

<level>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the values is related to the probe of the FFT

source.
Probe dBVrms Vrms dBm
1E6 X [-40,200] [1E-2,1E10] [-27,213]
1E5 X [-60,180] [1E-3,1E9] [-47,193]
1E4 X [-80,160] [1E-4,1E8] [-67,173]
1000X [-100,140] [1E-5,1E7] [-87,153]
100X [-120,120] [1E-6,1E6] [-107,133]
10X [-140,100] [1E-7,1E5] [-127,113]
1 [-160,80] [1E-8,1E4] [-147,93]
0.1X [-180,60] [1E-9,1E3] [-167,73]
0.01X [-200,40] [1E-10,1E2] [-187,53]
1E-3 X [-220,20] [1E-11,10] [-207,33]
1E-4 X [-240,0] [1E-12,1] [-227,13]
1E-5 X [-260,-20] [1E-13,1E-1] [-247,-7]
1E-6 X [-280,-40] [1E-14,1E-2] [-267,-27]

Note:
The smaller the :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SCALe, the greater the
accuracy of the level value.

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:RLEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <level>

<level>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

Programming Guide Page 205

 and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the reference level of FFT

operation to 10 dBV on Function2 when the FFT unit is
dBVrms.

Command message:
:FUNCtion2:FFT:RLEVel 1.00E+01
FUNC2:FFT:RLEV 1.00E+01

Query message:
FUNC2:FFT:RLEV?

Response message:
1.00E+01

RELATED COMMANDS :CHANnel<n>:PROBe

:FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SCALe

Programming Guide Page 206

:FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SCALe
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the vertical scale of the FFT.

The query returns the current vertical scale of FFT.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SCALe <scale>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to FUNCtion and defines

the math that is affected by the command.

<scale>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the values is related to the vertical unit.

Unit Range
dBVrms [1.00E-01, 2.00E+01]
Vrms [1.00E-03, 1.00E+01]
dBm [1.00E-01, 2.00E+01]

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SCALe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <scale>

<scale>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the vertical scale of FFT to 20

dB on Function2 when the FFT unit is dBVrms.

Command message:
:FUNCtion2:FFT:SCALe 2.00E+01
FUNC2:FFT:SCAL 2.00E+01

Query message:
FUNC2:FFT:SCAL?

Response message:
2.00E+01

RELATED COMMANDS :CHANnel<n>:PROBe

Programming Guide Page 207

:FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SEARch
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command selects the search tools type of the FFT
operation.

This query returns the current search tools type of the FFT
operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SEARch <type>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to FUNCtion and defines

the math that is affected by the command.

<type>:= {OFF|PEAK|MARKer}

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SEARch?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {OFF|PEAK|MARKer}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the search tools type of FFT
operation on Function2 to marker.

Command message:
:FUNCtion2:FFT:SEARch MARKer
FUNC2:FFT:SEAR MARK

Query message:
FUNC2:FFT:SEAR?

Response message:
MARKer

RELATED COMMANDS :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SEARch:THReshold

:FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SEARch:EXCursion

Programming Guide Page 208

:FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SEARch:EXCursion
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the search excursion of the search tool
(marker or peak) for the FFT operation.

This query returns the current search excursion of the search

tool for the FFT operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SEARch:EXCursion <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to FUNCtion and defines

the math that is affected by the command.

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the values is [0, 1.60E+02] when the FFT unit is
dBVrms. The value range varies with the corresponding unit.

Note:
The range of values varies with the value set by
the :CHANnel<n>:PROBe commands.

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SEARch:EXCursion?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the search excursion of the

marker of the FFT operation to 20 dB on Function2 when the
FFT unit is dBVrms.

Command message:
:FUNCtion2:FFT:SEARch:EXCursion 2.00E+01
FUNC2:FFT:SEAR:EXC 2.00E+01

Query message:
FUNC2:FFT:SEAR:EXC?

Response message:
2.00E+01

Programming Guide Page 209

RELATED COMMANDS :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SEARch:THReshold

Programming Guide Page 210

:FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SEARch:THReshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the search threshold of the search tool
(marker or peak) for the FFT operation.

The query returns the current search threshold of the search

tool for the FFT operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SEARch:THReshold <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to FUNCtion and defines

the math that is affected by the command.

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the values is [-1.60E+02, 8.00E+01], when FFT

unit is dBVrms. The value changes to match the set Units
value.

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SEARch:THReshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the search threshold of the

marker of the FFT operation to -100 dBV on Function2 when
the FFT unit is dBVrms.

Command message:
:FUNCtion2:FFT:SEARch:THReshold -1.00E+2
FUNC2:FFT:SEAR:THR -1.00E+2

Query message:
FUNC2:FFT:SEAR:THR?

Response message:
-1.00E+02

RELATED COMMANDS :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SEARch:EXCursion

Programming Guide Page 211

:FUNCtion<n>:FFT:UNIT
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the unit type of the FFT operation.

This query returns the current unit type of the FFT operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:UNIT <unit>

<n>:= {1|2} is attached as a suffix to FUNCtion and defines

the math that is affected by the command.

<unit>:= {DBVrms|Vrms|DBm}

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:UNIT?

RESPONSE FORMAT <unit>

<unit>:= {DBVrms|Vrms|DBm}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the unit type of FFT operation
on Function2 to dBVrms.

Command message:
:FUNCtion2:FFT:UNIT DBVrms
FUNC2:FFT:UNIT DBVrms

Query message:
FUNC2:FFT:UNIT?

Response message:
DBVrms

Programming Guide Page 212

:FUNCtion<n>:FFT:WINDow
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command selects the window type of the FFT operation.

This query returns the current window type of the FFT

operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:WINDow <window>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to FUNCtion and defines

the math that is affected by the command.

<window>:=
{RECTangle|BLACkman|HANNing|HAMMing|FLATtop}
� RECTangle is useful for transient signals, and signals
where there are an integral number of cycles in the time
record.
� BLACkman reduces time resolution compared to the
rectangular window, but it improves the capacity to
detect smaller impulses due to lower secondary lobes
(provides minimal spectral leakage).
� HANNing is useful for frequency resolution and general-
purpose use. It is good for resolving two frequencies that
are close together, or for making frequency
measurements.
� HAMMing means Hamming.
� FLATtop is the best for making accurate amplitude
measurements of frequency peaks.

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:WINDow?

RESPONSE FORMAT <window>

<window>:=
{RECTangle|BLACkman|HANNing|HAMMing|FLATtop}

Programming Guide Page 213

EXAMPLE The following command sets the windowing of the FFT
operation on Function2 to Flattop.

Command message:
:FUNCtion2:FFT:WINDow FLATtop
FUNC2:FFT:WIND FLAT

Query message:
FUNC2:FFT:WIND?

Response message:
FLATtop

Programming Guide Page 214

:FUNCtion<n>:INTegrate:OFFSet
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the dc offset of the integrate operation.

The query returns the current dc offset of the integrate

operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:INTegrate:OFFSet <offset>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to FUNCtion and defines

the math that is affected by the command.

<offset>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value is [-1.67E+00, 1.67E+00].

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:INTegrate:OFFSet?

RESPONSE FORMAT <offset>

<offset>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command changes the offset of the integral

operation to 100 mV on Function1.

Command message:
:FUNCtion1:INTegrate:OFFSet 1.00E-01
FUNC1:INT:OFFS 1.00E-01

Query message:
FUNC1:INT:OFFS?

Response message:
1.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS :CHANnel<n>:PROBe

Programming Guide Page 215

:FUNCtion<n>:INVert
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command inverts the math waveform.

This query returns whether the math waveform is inverted or

not.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:INVert <state>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to FUNCtion and defines

the math that is affected by the command.

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:INVert?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command inverts the Function1 waveform.

Command message:
:FUNCtion1:INVert ON
FUNC1:INV ON

Query message:
FUNC1:INV?

Response message:
ON

Programming Guide Page 216

:FUNCtion<n>:LABel
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command is to turn the specified math label on or off.

This query returns the label associated with a particular math

function.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:LABel <state>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to FUNCtion and defines

the math that is affected by the command.

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:LABel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command turns on the label of the Function1.

Command message:
:FUNCtion1:LABel ON
FUNC1:LAB ON

Query message:
FUNC1:LAB?

Response message:
ON

RELATED COMMANDS :FUNCtion<n>:LABel:TEXT

Programming Guide Page 217

:FUNCtion<n>:LABel:TEXT
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the selected math label to the string that
follows. Setting a label for a math function also adds the
name to the label list in non-volatile memory (replacing the
oldest label in the list)

This query returns the current label text of the selected math.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:LABel:TEXT <string>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to FUNCtion and defines

the math that is affected by the command.

<string>:= Quoted string of ASCII text. The length of the

string is limited to 20.

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:LABel:TEXT?

RESPONSE FORMAT <string>

EXAMPLE The following command sets the label text of the Function1
to “MATH”.

Command message:
:FUNCtion1:LABel:TEXT "MATH"
FUNC1:LAB:TEXT "MATH"

Query message:
FUNC1:LAB:TEXT?

Response message:
“ MATH ”

RELATED COMMANDS :FUNCtion<n>:LABel

Programming Guide Page 218

:FUNCtion<n>:OPERation
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the desired waveform math operation.

This query returns the current operation for the selected

function.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:OPERation <operation>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to FUNCtion and defines

the math that is affected by the command.

<operation>:=
{ADD|SUBTract|MULTiply|DIVision|INTegrate|DIFF|FFT|SQ
RT|ERES|AVERage}

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:OPERation?

RESPONSE FORMAT <operation>

<operation>:=
{ADD|SUBTract|MULTiply|DIVision|INTegrate|DIFF|FFT|SQ
RT|ERES|AVERage}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the Function1 operation to

Multiplication.

Command message:
:FUNCtion1:OPERation MULTiply
FUNC1:OPER MULT

Query message:
FUNC1:OPER?

Response message:
MULTiply

Programming Guide Page 219

:FUNCtion<n>:POSition
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the vertical position of the selected math
operation (arithmetic and algebra operation).

This query returns the current position value for the selected
operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:POSition <offset>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to FUNCtion and defines

the math that is affected by the command.

<offset>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

Note:
The range of values is uniform and related to an operation.

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:POSition?

RESPONSE FORMAT <offset>

<offset>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command changes the vertical position of

Function1 waveform to 1 V.

Command message:
:FUNCtion1:POSition 5.00E-01
FUNC1:POS 5.00E-01

Query message:
FUNC1:POS?

Response message:
5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS :FUNCtion<n>:OPERation

Programming Guide Page 220

:FUNCtion<n>:SCALe
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the vertical scale of the selected math
operation (arithmetic and algebra operation).

The query returns the current scale value for the selected
operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:SCALe <scale>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to FUNCtion and defines

the math that is affected by the command.

<scale>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

Note:
� The range of the function scale is related to the scale of
the function source.
� When the operation is INTegrate and DIFF, the scale
range is related to the timebase.

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:SCALe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <scale>

<scale>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command changes the vertical scale of

Function1 waveform to 1 V.

Command message:
:FUNCtion1:SCALe 1.00E+00
FUNC1:SCAL 1.00E+00

Query message:
FUNC1:SCAL?

Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :CHANnel<n>:SCALe

Programming Guide Page 221

:FUNCtion<n>:SOURce1
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the source1 of the math operation.

This query returns the current source1 of the math

operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:SOURce1 <source>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to FUNCtion and defines

the math that is affected by the command.

<source>:= {C<x>|Z<x>|F<x>}
� C is analog channel <x>
� Z is zoom channel <x>
� F is math function <x>, for math-on-math operations

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

Note:
� Z<x> is optional only when Zoom is on.
� FUNCtion<n> cannot set itself as the source.

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:SOURce1?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|Z<x>|F<x>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the source 1 of Function2 to

C1.

Command message:
:FUNCtion2:SOURce1 C1
FUNC2:SOUR1 C1

Query message:
FUNC2:SOUR1?

Programming Guide Page 222

 Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS :FUNCtion<n>:SOURce2

Programming Guide Page 223

:FUNCtion<n>:SOURce2
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the source2 of the math operation.

This query returns the current source2 of the math operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:SOURce2 <source>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to FUNCtion and defines

the math that is affected by the command.

<source>:= {C<x>|Z<x>|F<x>}
� C is analog channel <x>
� Z is zoom channel <x>
� F is math function <x>, for math-on-math operations

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

Note:
� Z<x> is optional only when Zoom is on.
� FUNCtion<n> cannot set itself as the source.

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:SOURce2?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|Z<x>|F<x>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the source2 of Function2 to C1.

Command message:
:FUNCtion2:SOURce2 C1
FUNC2:SOUR2 C1

Query message:
FUNC2:SOUR2?

Response message:
C1

Programming Guide Page 224

RELATED COMMANDS :FUNCtion<n>:SOURce1

Programming Guide Page 225

HISTORy Commands

The :HISTORy subsystem commands control the waveform recording function and
the history waveform play function.

� :HISTORy
� :HISTORy:FRAMe
� :HISTORy:INTERval
� :HISTORy:LIST
� :HISTORy:PLAY
� :HISTORy:TIME

Programming Guide Page 226

:HISTORy
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the mode of the history function.

This query returns the current status of the history function.

COMMAND SYNTAX :HISTORy <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :HISTORy?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command turns on the history function.

Command message:
:HISTORy ON
HISTOR ON

Query message:
HISTOR?

Response message:
ON

Programming Guide Page 227

:HISTORy:FRAMe
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the number of the history frame.

This query returns the current number of history frames.

COMMAND SYNTAX :HISTORy:FRAMe <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

Note:
The maximum number of frames is related to the number of
samples set for the acquisition (memory depth). More
points/frame means less total frames available. Fewer
points/frame equals more frames available.

QUERY SYNTAX :HISTORy:FRAMe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the number of the history frame
to 4.

Command message:
:HISTORy:FRAMe 4
HISTOR:FRAM 4

Query message:
HISTOR:FRAM?

Response message:
4

Programming Guide Page 228

:HISTORy:INTERval
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the play interval of the history frame.

This query returns the current play interval of the history

frame.

COMMAND SYNTAX :HISTORy:INTERval <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is
[1.00E-06, 1].

QUERY SYNTAX :HISTORy:INTERval?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the play interval of the history
frame to 1 ms.

Command message:
:HISTORy:INTERval 1.00E-03
HISTOR:INTER 1.00E-03

Query message:
HISTOR:INTER?

Response message:
1.00E-03

Programming Guide Page 229

:HISTORy:LIST
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the state of the history list.

This query returns the current state of the history list.

COMMAND SYNTAX :HISTORy:LIST <state>

<state>:= {OFF|ON[,<type>]}

<type>:= {TIME|DELTa}
� TIME indicates that the time column is displayed by
sampling time
� DELTa indicates that the time column is displayed by the
sampling interval.

QUERY SYNTAX :HISTORy:LIST?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {OFF|ON[,<type>]}

<type>:= {TIME|DELTa}

EXAMPLE The following command turns on the history list and displays
it by sampling time.

Command message:
:HISTORy:LIST ON,TIME
HISTOR:LIST ON,TIME

Query message:
HISTOR:LIST?

Response message:
ON,TIME

Programming Guide Page 230

:HISTORy:PLAY
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the play state of the history waveform.

This query returns the current play state of the history

waveform.

COMMAND SYNTAX :HISTORy:PLAY <state>

<state>:= {BACKWards|PAUSe|FORWards}
� BACKWards indicates that the frame number is played
from highest frame number to lowest (last-to-first,
chronologically).
� FORWards indicates that the frame number is played
from the lowest frame number to the highest (first-to-last,
chronologically).
� PAUSe will pause playback.

QUERY SYNTAX :HISTORy:PLAY?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {BACKWards|PAUSe|FORWards}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the playback state of the history
waveform to backwards.

Command message:
:HISTORy:PLAY BACKWards
HISTOR:PLAY BACKW

Query message:
HISTOR:PLAY?

Response message:
BACKWards

Programming Guide Page 231

:HISTORy:TIME
Query

DESCRIPTION The query returns the acquire timestamp of the current

frame.

QUERY SYNTAX :HISTORy:TIME?

RESPONSE FORMAT <time>

<time>:= hours:minutes:seconds.microseconds in NR1

format, including an integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command returns the time of acquisition of the

current frame.

Query message:
:HISTOR:TIME?

Response message:
07:48:09.253827

RELATED COMMANDS :HISTORy:FRAMe

Programming Guide Page 232

MEASure Commands

The :MEASure subsystem commands are used to control automatic measurements.

� :MEASure
� :MEASure:ADVanced:LINenumber
� :MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>
� :MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:SOURce1
� :MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:SOURce2
� :MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:STATistics
� :MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:TYPE
� :MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:VALue
� :MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics
� :MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:HISTOGram
� :MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:MAXCount
� :MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:RESet
� :MEASure:ADVanced:STYLe
� :MEASure:GATE
� :MEASure:GATE:GA
� :MEASure:GATE:GB
� :MEASure:MODE
� :MEASure:SIMPle:ITEM
� :MEASure:SIMPle:SOURce
� :MEASure:SIMPle:VALue

Programming Guide Page 233

:MEASure
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the state of the measurement function.

This query returns the current state of the measurement

function.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MEASure <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :MEASure?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command enables the measurement function.

Command message:
:MEASure ON
:MEAS ON

Query message:
MEAS?

Response message:
ON

Programming Guide Page 234

:MEASure:ADVanced:LINenumber
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the total number of advanced

measurement items displayed.

The query returns the current total number of advanced

measurement items displayed.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MEASure:ADVanced:LINenumber <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1, 12].

QUERY SYNTAX :MEASure:ADVanced:LINenumber?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the total number of advanced

measurement items displayed to 12.

Command message:
:MEASure:ADVanced:LINenumber 12
MEAS:ADV:LIN 12

Query message:
MEAS:ADV:LIN?

Response message:
12

RELATED COMMANDS :MEASure:MODE

Programming Guide Page 235

:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the state of the specified measurement

item.

This query returns the current state of the measurement

item.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MEASure:ADVanced:P<n> <state>

P is the physical location of the specified measurement on

the display.

<n>:= 1 to 12

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command turns on the first (leftmost/topmost)

measurement item.

Command message:
:MEASure:ADVanced:P1 ON
MEAS:ADV:P1 ON

Query message:
MEAS:ADV:P1?

Response message:
ON

RELATED COMMANDS :MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:TYPE

:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:SOURce1
:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:SOURce2

Programming Guide Page 236

:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:SOURce1
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the source1 of the specified advanced

measurement item.

This query returns the current source1 of the specified

advanced measurement item.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:SOURce1 <source>

<n>:= 1 to 12

<source>:=
{C<x>|Z<x>|F<x>|D<m>|ZD<m>|REFA|REFB|REFC|REFD}
� C denotes an analog input channel.
� Z denotes a zoomed input.
� F denotes a math function.
� D denotes a digital input channel.
� ZD denotes a zoomed digital input channel.
� REF denotes a reference waveform.

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including

an integer and no decimal point, like 1.

Note:
� Z<x> and ZD<m> are optional only when Zoom is on.
� The source can only be set to C<x> when the type is
delay measurement.

QUERY SYNTAX :MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:SOURce1?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:=
{C<x>|Z<x>|F<x>|D<m>|ZD<m>|REFA|REFB|REFC|REFD}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including

an integer and no decimal point, like 1.

Programming Guide Page 237

EXAMPLE The following command sets the source1 of the first
measurement item to C1.

Command message:
:MEASure:ADVanced:P1:SOURce1 C1
MEAS:ADV:P1:SOUR1 C1

Query message:
MEAS:ADV:P1:SOUR1?

Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS :MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:SOURce2

:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:TYPE

Programming Guide Page 238

:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:SOURce2
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the source2 of the specified advanced

measurement item.

This query returns the source2 of the specified advanced

measurement item.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:SOURce2 <source>

<n>:= 1 to 12

<source>:=
{C<x>|Z<x>|F<x>|D<m>|ZD<m>|REFA|REFB|REFC|REFD}
� C denotes an analog input channel. For example, C1 is
analog input 1.
� Z denotes a zoomed waveform. For example, Z1 is zoom
waveform 1.
� F denotes a math function. For example, F1 is math
function 1.
� D denotes a digital waveform. For example, D1 denotes
digital input 1.
� ZD denotes a zoomed digital input.
� REF denotes a reference waveform.

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including

an integer and no decimal point, like 1.

Note:
� Z<x> and ZD<m> are optional only when Zoom is on.
� The source can only be set to C<x> when the type is
delay measurement.

UERY SYNTAX :MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:SOURce2?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:=
{C<x>|Z<x>|F<x>|D<m>|ZD<m>|REFA|REFB|REFC|REFD}

Programming Guide Page 239

 <x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including

an integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the source2 of the first

measurement item to C2.

Command message:
:MEASure:ADVanced:P1:SOURce2 C2
MEAS:ADV:P1:SOUR2 C2

Query message:
MEAS:ADV:P1:SOUR2?

Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS :MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:SOURce1

:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:TYPE

Programming Guide Page 240

:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:STATistics
Query

DESCRIPTION This query returns statistics for the specified advanced

measurement item.

QUERY SYNTAX :MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:STATistics? <type>

<n>:= 1 to 12

<type>:=
{ALL|CURRent|MEAN|MAXimum|MINimum|STDev|COUNt}
� ALL returns all the statistics
� CURRent returns the current value of the statistics
� MEAN returns the mean value of the statistics
� MAXimum returns the maximum value of the statistics
� MINimum returns the minimum value of the statistics
� STDev returns the standard deviation of the statistics
� COUNt returns the current number of counts used to
calculate the statistical data

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

Note:
When measurement statistics are off, it returns OFF.

EXAMPLE The following query returns the statistical current value of the
first measurement item.

Query message:
MEAS:ADV:P1:STAT? CURR

Response message:
6.7E-02

RELATED COMMANDS :MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics

Programming Guide Page 241

:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:TYPE
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the type for the specified measurement
item.

This query returns the type for the specified measurement

item.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:TYPE <parameter>

<n>:= 1 to 12

<parameter>:=
{PKPK|MAX|MIN|AMPL|TOP|BASE|LEVELX|CMEAN|MEAN|
STDEV|VSTD|RMS|CRMS|MEDIAN|CMEDIAN|OVSN|FPRE
|OVSP|RPRE|PER|FREQ|TMAX|TMIN|PWID|NWID|DUTY|N
DUTY|WID|NBWID|DELAY|TIMEL|RISE|FALL|RISE20T80|F
ALL80T20|CCJ|PAREA|NAREA|AREA|ABSAREA|CYCLES|
REDGES|FEDGES|EDGES|PPULSES|NPULSES|PHA|SKE
W|FRR|FRF|FFR|FFF|LRR|LRF|LFR|LFF}

Description of Parameters
Parameter Description
PKPK Vertical peak-to-peak
MAX Maximum vertical value
MIN Minimum vertical value
AMPL Vertical amplitude
TOP Waveform top value
BASE Waveform base value
LEVELX Level measure at trigger position
CMEAN Average value in the first cycle
MEAN Average value
STDEV Standard deviation of the data
VSTD Standard deviation of the first cycle
RMS RMS value
CRMS RMS value in the first cycle
MEDIAN Value at which 50% of the
measurement are above and 50% are
below
CMEDIAN Median of the first cycle
OVSN Overshoot of a falling edge
FPRE Preshoot of a falling edge

Programming Guide Page 242

OVSP Overshoot of a rising edge
RPRE Preshoot of a rising edge
PER Period
FREQ Frequency
TMAX Time of maximum value
TMIN Time of minimum value
PWID Positive pulse width
NWID Negative pulse width
WID Time from the first rising edge to the
last falling edge at the 50% crossing
DUTY Positive duty cycle
NDUTY Negative duty cycle
NBWID Time from the first falling edge to the
last rising edge at the 50% crossing
DELAY Time from the trigger to the first
transition at the 50% crossing
TIMEL Time from the trigger to each rising
edge at the 50% crossing
RISE Duration of rising edge from 10-90%
FALL Duration of falling edge from 10-90%
RISE20T80 Duration of rising edge from 20-80%
FALL80T20 Duration of falling edge from 80-20%
CCJ The difference between two continuous
periods
PAREA Area of the waveform above zero
NAREA Area of the waveform below zero
AREA Area of the waveform
ABSAREA Absolute area of the waveform
CYCLES Number of cycles in a periodic
waveform
EDGES Number of edges in a waveform
REDGES Number of rising edges in a waveform
FEDGES Number of falling edges in a waveform
PPULSES Number of edges a periodic waveform
NPULSES Number of positive pulses in a
waveform
PHA Number of negative pulses in a
waveform
SKEW Phase difference between two edges
FRR Time of source A edge minus time of
nearest source B edge
FRF The time between the first rising edge

Programming Guide Page 243

 of source A and the following first rising
edge of source B at the 50% crossing
FFR The time between the first rising edge
of source A and the following first falling
edge of source B at the 50% crossing
FFF The time between the first falling edge
of source A and the following first falling
edge of source B at the 50% crossing
LRR The time between the first rising edge
of source A and the following last rising
edge of source B at the 50% crossing
LRF The time between the first rising edge
of source A and the last falling edge of
source B at the 50% crossing
LFR The time between the first falling edge
of source A and the last rising edge of
source B at the 50% crossing
LFF The time between the first falling edge
of source A and the last falling edge of
source B at the 50% crossing

QUERY SYNTAX :MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:TYPE?

RESPONSE FORMAT <parameter>

EXAMPLE The following command sets the type of the first

measurement to maximum.

Command message:
:MEASure:ADVanced:P1:TYPE MAX
MEAS:ADV:P1:TYPE MAX

Query message:
MEAS:ADV:P1:TYPE?

Response message:
MAX

RELATED COMMANDS :MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>

Programming Guide Page 244

:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:VALue
Query

DESCRIPTION The query returns the value of the specified advanced

measurement item.

QUERY SYNTAX :MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:VALue?

<n>:= 1 to 12

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following query returns the value of the first

measurement item.

Query message:
MEAS:ADV:P1:VAL?

Response message:
4.033E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:TYPE

Programming Guide Page 245

:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the state of the measurement statistics.

This query returns the current state of the measurement

statistics function.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command enables the statistics function.

Command message:
:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics ON
MEAS:ADV:STAT ON

Query message:
MEAS:ADV:STAT?

Response message:
ON

RELATED COMMANDS :MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:STATistics

Programming Guide Page 246

:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:HISTOGram
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the state of the histogram function.

This query returns the current state of the histogram function.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:HISTOGram <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:HISTOGram?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command enables histogram function.

Command message:
:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:HISTOGram ON
MEAS:ADV:STAT:HISTOG ON

Query message:
MEAS:ADV:STAT:HISTOG?

Response message:
ON

RELATED COMMANDS :MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics

Programming Guide Page 247

:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:MAXCount
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the maximum value of the statistics

count.

The query returns the current value of statistics count.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:MAXCount <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 1024].

Note:
When the value is set to 0, it means unlimited statistics.

QUERY SYNTAX :MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:MAXCount?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the maximum value of statistics

count to 1024.

Command message:
:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:MAXCount 1024
MEAS:ADV:STAT:MAXC 1024

Query message:
MEAS:ADV:STAT:MAXC?

Response message:
1024

RELATED COMMANDS :MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics

Programming Guide Page 248

:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:RESet
Command

DESCRIPTION The command resets the measurement statistics.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:RESet

EXAMPLE The following command restarts statistics.

Command message:
:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:RESet
MEAS:ADV:STAT:RES

RELATED COMMANDS :MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics

Programming Guide Page 249

:MEASure:ADVanced:STYLe
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the display mode of the advanced

measurements.

This query returns the current display mode of the

advanced measurement.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MEASure:ADVanced:STYLe <type>

<type>:= {M1|M2}
� M1 lists a measurement, corresponding statistics, and
histogram vertically on the display.
� M2 lists a measurement and corresponding statistics
horizontally on the display. No histogram is available
with M2.

QUERY SYNTAX :MEASure:ADVanced:STYLe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {M1|M2}

EXAMPLE The following command selects the display mode of the

advanced measurement to M1.

Command message:
:MEASure:ADVanced:STYLe M1
MEAS:ADV:STYL M1

Query message:
MEAS:ADV:STYL?

Response message:
M1

Programming Guide Page 250

:MEASure:GATE
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the state of the measurement gate.

This query returns the current state of the measurement

gate.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MEASure:GATE <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :MEASure:GATE?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command enables the measurement gate.

Command message:
:MEASure:GATE ON
MEAS:GATE ON

Query message:
MEAS:GATE?

Response message:
ON

RELATED COMMANDS :MEASure:GATE:GA

:MEASure:GATE:GB

Programming Guide Page 251

:MEASure:GATE:GA
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the position of gate A.

This query returns the current position of gate A.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MEASure:GATE:GA <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is [-
horizontal_grid/2*timebase, horizontal_grid/2*timebase].

Note:
The value of GA cannot be greater than that of GB. If you set
the value greater than GB, it will automatically be set to the
same value as GB.

QUERY SYNTAX :MEASure:GATE:GA?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the position of gate A to -100

ns.

Command message:
:MEASure:GATE:GA -1.00E-07
MEAS:GATE:GA -1.00E-07

Query message:
MEAS:GATE:GA?

Response message:
-1.00E-07

RELATED COMMANDS :MEASure:GATE

:MEASure:GATE:GB

Programming Guide Page 252

:MEASure:GATE:GB
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the position of gate B.

This command returns the current position of gate B.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MEASure:GATE:GB <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is [-
horizontal_grid/2*timebase, horizontal_grid/2*timebase].

Note:
The value of GB cannot be less than that of GA. If you set
the value less than GA, it will automatically be set to the
same value as GA.

QUERY SYNTAX :MEASure:GATE:GB?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the position of gate B to 100 ns.

Command message:
:MEASure:GATE:GB 1.00E-07
MEAS:GATE:GB 1.00E-07

Query message:
MEAS:GATE:GB?

Response message:
1.00E-07

RELATED COMMANDS :MEASure:GATE

:MEASure:GATE:GA

Programming Guide Page 253

:MEASure:MODE
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command specifies the mode of measurement.

The query returns the current mode of measurement.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MEASure:MODE <type>

<type>:= {SIMPle|ADVanced}
� SIMPle shows measurements only
� ADVanced shows measurements and includes selections
for statistics, view mode (M1, M2), histogram, and
trending.

QUERY SYNTAX :MEASure:MODE?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {SIMPle|ADVanced}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the measurement mode to

simple.

Command message:
:MEASure:MODE SIMPle
MEAS:MODE SIMP

Query message:
MEAS:MODE?

Response message:
SIMPle

Programming Guide Page 254

:MEASure:SIMPle:ITEM
Command

DESCRIPTION This command sets the type of simple measurement.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MEASure:SIMPle:ITEM <parameter>,<state>

<parameter>:=
{PKPK|MAX|MIN|AMPL|TOP|BASE|LEVELX|CMEAN|MEAN|
STDEV|VSTD|RMS|CRMS|MEDIAN|CMEDIAN|OVSN|FPRE
|OVSP|RPRE|PER|FREQ|TMAX|TMIN|PWID|NWID|DUTY|N
DUTY|WID|NBWID|DELAY|TIMEL|RISE|FALL|RISE20T80|F
ALL80T20|CCJ|PAREA|NAREA|AREA|ABSAREA|CYCLES|
REDGES|FEDGES|EDGES|PPULSES|NPULSES}

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

Note:
See the table Description of Parameter for details.

EXAMPLE The following command adds maximum to the simple

measurements window.

Command message:
:MEASure:SIMPle:ITEM MAX,ON
MEAS:SIMP:ITEM MAX,ON

RELATED COMMANDS :MEASure:SIMPle:VALue

Programming Guide Page 255

:MEASure:SIMPle:SOURce
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the source of the simple measurement.

This query returns the current source of the simple

measurement.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MEASure:SIMPle:SOURce <source>

<source>:=
{C<x>|Z<x>|F<x>|D<m>|ZD<m>|REFA|REFB|REFC|REFD}
� C denotes an analog input channel. For example, C1 is
analog input 1.
� Z denotes a zoomed waveform. For example, Z1 is zoom
waveform 1.
� F denotes a math function. For example, F1 is math
function 1.
� D denotes a digital waveform. For example, D1 denotes
digital input 1.
� REF denotes a reference waveform.

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including

an integer and no decimal point, like 1.

Note:
Z<x> and ZD<m> are optional only when Zoom is on.

QUERY SYNTAX :MEASure:SIMPle:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:=
{C<x>|Z<x>|F<x>|D<m>|ZD<m>|REFA|REFB|REFC|REFD}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including

an integer and no decimal point, like 1.

Programming Guide Page 256

EXAMPLE The following command sets the source of simple
measurement to C1.

Command message:
:MEASure:SIMPle:SOURce C1
MEAS:SIMP:SOUR C1

Query message:
MEAS:SIMP:SOUR?

Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS

Programming Guide Page 257

:MEASure:SIMPle:VALue
Query

DESCRIPTION This query returns the specified measurement value that

appears on the simple measurement.

QUERY SYNTAX :MEASure:SIMPle:VALue? <type>

<type>:=
{PKPK|MAX|MIN|AMPL|TOP|BASE|LEVELX|CMEAN|MEAN|
STDEV|VSTD|RMS|CRMS|MEDIAN|CMEDIAN|OVSN|FPRE
|OVSP|RPRE|PER|FREQ|TMAX|TMIN|PWID|NWID|DUTY|N
DUTY|WID|NBWID|DELAY|TIMEL|RISE|FALL|RISE20T80|F
ALL80T20|CCJ|PAREA|NAREA|AREA|ABSAREA|CYCLES|
REDGES|FEDGES|EDGES|PPULSES|NPULSES|ALL}

Note:
� See the table Description of Parameter for details.
� ALL is only valid for queries, and it returns all
measurement values of all measurement types except
for delay measurements.

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following query returns the maximum value.

Query message:
MEAS:SIMP:VAL? MAX

Response message:
2.000E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :MEASure:SIMPle:ITEM

Programming Guide Page 258

MTEst Commands

The :MTEst subsystem commands control the mask test features.

� :MTESt
� :MTESt:COUNt
� :MTESt:FUNCtion:BUZZer
� :MTESt:FUNCtion:COF
� :MTESt:FUNCtion:FTH
� :MTESt:FUNCtion:SOF
� :MTESt:IDISplay
� :MTESt:MASK:CREate
� :MTESt:MASK:LOAD
� :MTESt:OPERate
� :MTESt:RESet
� :MTESt:SOURce
� :MTESt:TYPE

Programming Guide Page 259

:MTESt
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the state of the mask test.

This query returns the current state of the mask test.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MTESt <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :MTESt?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command enables the mask test function.

Command message:
:MTESt ON
MTES ON

Query message:
MTES?

Response message:
ON

Programming Guide Page 260

:MTESt:COUNt
Query

DESCRIPTION The query returns the result of the mask test.

QUERY SYNTAX :MTESt:COUNt?

RESPONSE FORMAT FAIL,<num>,PASS,<num>,TOTAL,<num>

<num>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command returns the count of the mask test.

Query message:
MTES:COUN?

Response message:
FAIL,38176,PASS,5617,TOTAL,43793

RELATED COMMANDS :MTESt:OPERate

Programming Guide Page 261

:MTESt:FUNCtion:BUZZer
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the state of the buzzer when failure
frames are detected.

This command query returns the status of the buzzer.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MTESt:FUNCtion:BUZZer <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :MTESt:FUNCtion:BUZZer?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command enables the buzzer.

Command message:
:MTESt:FUNCtion:BUZZer ON
MTES:FUNC:BUZZ ON

Query message:
MTES:FUNC:BUZZ?

Response message:
ON

Programming Guide Page 262

:MTESt:FUNCtion:COF
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the state of the mask test

function "Capture on Fail". When this function is
enabled, the image will be saved to the default
path.

This command query returns the status of

“Capture on Fail”.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MTESt:FUNCtion:COF <state>

<state>:= {OFF|ON}

QUERY SYNTAX :MTESt:FUNCtion:COF?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {OFF|ON}

EXAMPLE The following command turns on the Capture on

Fail and saves the screenshot to the U disk path.

Command message:
:MTESt:FUNCtion:COF ON
MTES:FUNC:COF ON

Query message:
MTES:FUNC:COF?

Response message:
ON

Programming Guide Page 263

:MTESt:FUNCtion:FTH
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the state of the mask test

function "Failure to History".

This command query returns the status of

“Failure to History”.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MTESt:FUNCtion:FTH <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :MTESt:FUNCtion:FTH?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command enables Failure to

History.

Command message:
:MTESt:FUNCtion:FTH ON
MTES:FUNC:FTH ON

Query message:
MTES:FUNC:FTH?

Response message:
ON

RELATED COMMANDS :MTESt:OPERate

Programming Guide Page 264

:MTESt:FUNCtion:SOF
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the state of the mask test

function “Stop-on-Fail”.

This command query returns the status of “Stop-

on-Fail”.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MTESt:FUNCtion:SOF <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :MTESt:FUNCtion:SOF?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command enables Stop-on-Fail.

Command message:
:MTESt:FUNCtion:SOF ON
MTES:FUNC:SOF ON

Query message:
MTES:FUNC:SOF?

Response message:
ON

Programming Guide Page 265

:MTESt:IDISplay
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the state of the mask test result display.

This command query returns the status of the mask test

result display.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MTESt:IDISplay <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :MTESt:IDISplay?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command enables the display of the mask test.

Command message:
:MTESt:IDISplay ON
MTES:IDIS ON

Query message:
MTES:IDIS?

Response message:
ON

RELATED COMMANDS :MTESt:COUNt

Programming Guide Page 266

:MTESt:MASK:CREate
Command

DESCRIPTION This command sets the mask X and mask Y of mask test.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MTESt:MASK:CREate <XMARgin>,<YMARgin>

<XMARgin>:= Value in NR2 format. The range of the value is

[0.08, 4.00]

<YMARgin>:= Value in NR2 format. The range of the value is

[0.08, 4.00]

EXAMPLE The following command sets the mask X to 0.8, the mask Y
to 0.08.

Command message:
:MTESt:MASK:CREate 0.8,0.08
MTES: MASK:CRE 0.8,0.08

Programming Guide Page 267

:MTESt:MASK:LOAD
Command

DESCRIPTION The command recalls the mask from internal or external

memory locations.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MTESt:MASK:LOAD <location>

<location>:= {INTernal,<num>|EXTernal,<path>}

<num>:= {1|2|3|4}

<path>:= Quoted string of path name with an extension

“.msk” or “.smsk”

Note:
The file format is not automatically determined by the file
name extension. You need to choose a file name with an
extension which is consistent with the selected file format.

EXAMPLE The following command recalls the mask from internal 1.

Command message:
:MTESt:MASK:LOAD INTernal,1
MTES: MASK:LOAD INT,1

The following command recalls the mask from an external file

named “T3DSO/TEST.msk”.

Command message:
MTES:MASK:LOAD EXTernal,”T3DSO/TEST.msk”

Programming Guide Page 268

:MTESt:OPERate
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the state of the mask test operation.

This command query returns the status of the mask test

operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MTESt:OPERate <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :MTESt:OPERate?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command enables the operation of the mask

test.

Command message:
:MTESt:OPERate ON
MTES:OPER ON

Query message:
MTES:OPER?

Response message:
ON

Programming Guide Page 269

:MTESt:RESet
Command

DESCRIPTION This command resets the mask test.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MTESt:RESet

EXAMPLE The following command resets the mask test.

Command message:
:MTESt:RESet
MTES:RES

RELATED COMMANDS :MTESt:OPERate

Programming Guide Page 270

:MTESt:SOURce
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command specifies the source of the mask test.

The query returns the current source of the mask test.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MTESt:SOURce <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|Z<x>}
� C denotes an analog input. C1 is analog input channel 1,
for example.
� Z denotes a zoomed input. Z1 denotes zoom 1.

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

Note:
Only Z<x> can be selected when Zoom is on.

QUERY SYNTAX :MTESt:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|Z<x>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the source of the mask test
source as C1.

Command message:
:MTESt:SOURce C1
MTES:SOUR C1

Query message:
MTES:SOUR?

Response message:
C1

Programming Guide Page 271

:MTESt:TYPE
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command specifies the type of mask test.

The query returns the current type of mask test.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MTESt:TYPE <type>

<type>:= {ALL_IN|ALL_OUT|ANY_IN|ANY_OUT}
� ALL_IN means that all of the waveform elements must
fall within the mask area.
� ALL_OUT means that all of the waveform elements are
all outside of the mask area.
� ANY_IN means that the waveform is partially within the
mask area.
� ANY_OUT means that the waveform is partially outside
the mask area.

QUERY SYNTAX :MTESt:TYPE

RESPONSE FORMAT <type

<type>:= {ALL_IN|ALL_OUT|ANY_IN|ANY_OUT}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the type of the mask test source
as all in.

Command message:
:MTESt:TYPE ALL_IN
MTES:TYPE ALL_IN

Query message:
MTES:TYPE?

Response message:
ALL_IN

Programming Guide Page 272

RECall Commands

The :RECall subsystem commands control the recall of setups or waveform data to
the oscilloscope.

� :RECall:FDEFault
� :RECall:REFerence
� :RECall:SERase
� :RECall:SETup

Programming Guide Page 273

:RECall:FDEFault
Command

DESCRIPTION This command recalls the factory settings.

COMMAND SYNTAX :RECall:FDEFault

EXAMPLE The following command recalls the factory settings.

Command message:
:RECall:FDEFault
REC:FDEF

RELATED COMMANDS :RECall:SETup

Programming Guide Page 274

:RECall:REFerence
Command

DESCRIPTION This command recalls the specified waveform file from an

external USB memory device and copies it to the selected
reference waveform.

COMMAND SYNTAX :RECall:REFerence <location>,<path>

<location>:= {REFA|REFB|REFC|REFD}
� REF is the reference waveform name

<path>:= Quoted string of path with an extension “.ref”

Note:
The file format is not automatically determined by the file
name extension. You need to choose a file name with an
extension which is consistent with the selected file format.

EXAMPLE The following command recalls the waveform

"T3DSO\math.ref" from an external U disk/USB memory
device and applies it to REFD.

Command message:
:RECall:REFerence REFD,"T3DSO\math.ref"
REC:REF REFD,"T3DSO\math.ref"

RELATED COMMANDS :SAVE:REFerence

Programming Guide Page 275

:RECall:SERase
Command

DESCRIPTION This command deletes user defined files stored inside the
oscilloscope, includes reference waveforms, internal
setups, internal mask files, custom default setups, the
waveform files copied from analog trace to AWG.

COMMAND SYNTAX :RECall:SERase

EXAMPLE The following command deletes user defined files stored

inside the oscilloscope.

Command message:
:RECall:SERase
REC:SER

Programming Guide Page 276

:RECall:SETup
Command

DESCRIPTION This command will recall the saved settings file from internal
or external sources.

COMMAND SYNTAX :RECall:SETup <state>

<state>:= {INTernal,<num>|EXTernal,<path>}

<num>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model Value Range
T3DSO2000A [1, 10]

<path>:= Quoted string of path with an extension “.xml”

Note:
The file format is not automatically determined by the file
name extension. You need to choose a file name with an
extension which is consistent with the selected file format.

EXAMPLE The following command recalls the settings from internal 1.

Command message:
:RECall:SETup INTernal,1
REC:SET INT,1

The following command recalls the settings from the

external file "T3DSO\default.xml".

Command message:
:RECall:SETup EXTernal,”T3DSO\default.xml”
REC:SET EXT,”T3DSO\default.xml”

RELATED COMMANDS :RECall:FDEFault

:SAVE:SETup

Programming Guide Page 277

REF Commands

The :REF<r> subsystem commands control the reference waveforms.

� :REF<r>:LABel
� :REF<r>:LABel:TEXT
� :REF<r>:DATA
� :REF<r>:DATA:SOURce
� :REF<r>:DATA:SCALe
� :REF<r>:DATA:POSition

Programming Guide Page 278

:REF<r>:LABel
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command is to turn the specified reference label on or

off.

The query returns the state of the label associated with the
specified reference.

COMMAND SYNTAX :REF<r>:LABel <state>

<r>:= {A|B|C|D}
� Reference waveform name

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :REF<r>:LABel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command turns on the label display.

Command message:
:REFA:LABel ON
REFA:LAB ON

Query message:
REFA:LAB?

Response message:
ON

RELATED COMMANDS :REF<r>:LABel:TEXT

Programming Guide Page 279

:REF<r>:LABel:TEXT
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the selected REF label to the string that
follows. Setting a label for a REF also adds the name to the
label list in non-volatile memory (replacing the oldest label in
the list).

The query returns the current label text of the selected

reference waveform.

COMMAND SYNTAX :REF<r>:LABel:TEXT <string>

<r>:= {A|B|C|D}
� Reference waveform name

<string>:= Quoted string of ASCII text. The length of the

string is limited to 20 characters.

QUERY SYNTAX :REF<r>:LABel:TEXT?

RESPONSE FORMAT <string>

EXAMPLE The following command sets the reference waveform label

text to REFA.

Command message:
:REFA:LABel:TEXT “REFA”
REFA:LAB:TEXT “REFA”

Query message:
REFA:LAB:TEXT?

Response message:
“REFA”

RELATED COMMANDS :REF<r>:LABel

Programming Guide Page 280

:REF<r>:DATA
Command

DESCRIPTION The command controls the display and saving of reference

waveforms.

COMMAND SYNTAX :REF<r>:DATA <operation>

<r>:= {A|B|C|D}
� Reference waveform name

<operation>:= {LOAD|UNLoad|SAVE,<source>}
� LOAD means to call up the reference waveform display.
� UNLoad means to turn off the reference waveform
display.
� SAVE means to save the waveform to the reference
waveform.

<source>:= {C<x>|F<x>|D<n>}
� C denotes an analog input channel. For example, C1 is
analog input 1.
� F denotes a math function. For example, F1 is math
function 1.
� D denotes a digital waveform. For example, D1 denotes
digital input 1.

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command turns on REFA.

Command message:
:REFA:DATA LOAD
REFA:DATA LOAD

Programming Guide Page 281

:REF<r>:DATA:SOURce
Query

DESCRIPTION This query returns the source of the current reference

channel.

QUERY SYNTAX :REF<r>:DATA:SOURce?

<r>:= {A|B|C|D}

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|F<x>|D<n>}
� C denotes an analog input channel. For example, C1 is
analog input 1.
� F denotes a math function. For example, F1 is math
function 1.
� D denotes a digital waveform. For example, D1 denotes
digital input 1.

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following query returns the source of REFA.

Query message:
REFA:DATA:SOUR?

Response message:
C1

Programming Guide Page 282

:REF<r>:DATA:SCALe
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the vertical scale of the current reference
channel. This command is only used when the current
reference channel has been stored, and the display state is
on.

The query returns the vertical scale of the current reference

channel.

COMMAND SYNTAX :REF<r>:DATA:SCALe <value>

<r>:= {A|B|C|D}
� Reference waveform name

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

Note:
The scale range of the reference waveform is the same as
that of the reference source.

QUERY SYNTAX :REF<r>:DATA:SCALe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE When the Reference function is on, and REFA has been
saved, the following command sets the vertical scale of
REFA to 100 mV.

Command message:
:REFA:DATA:SCALe 1.00E-01
REFA:DATA:SCAL 1.00E-01

Query message:
REFA:DATA:SCAL?

Response message:
1.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS :REF<r>:DATA:POSition

Programming Guide Page 283

:REF<r>:DATA:POSition
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the vertical offset of the current reference
channel. This command is only used when the current
reference channel has been saved, and the display state is
on.

This query returns the vertical offset of the current reference

channel.

COMMAND SYNTAX :REF<r>:DATA:POSition <value>

<r>:= {A|B|C|D}
� Reference channel name

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

Note:
The position range of the reference waveform is the same as
that of the reference source.

QUERY SYNTAX :REF<r>:DATA:POSition?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE When the Reference function is on, REFB has been saved
and the scale is 2 V, the following command sets the current
reference channel vertical offset to 0.2 V.

Command message:
:REFA:DATA:POSition 2.00E-01
REFA:DATA:POS 2.00E-01

Query message:
REFA:DATA:POS?

Response message:
2.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS :REF<r>:DATA:SCALe

Programming Guide Page 284

SAVE Commands

The SAVE subsystem commands control to save oscilloscope setups and waveform
data to internal or external memory locations.

� :SAVE:BINary
� :SAVE:CSV
� :SAVE:DEFault
� :SAVE:IMAGe
� :SAVE:MATLab
� :SAVE:REFerence
� :SAVE:SETup

Programming Guide Page 285

:SAVE:BINary
Command

DESCRIPTION This command saves the binary data of the channel

displayed on the screen to an external USB memory device.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SAVE:BINary <path>

<path>:= Quoted string of path with an extension “.bin”

Note:
The file format is not automatically determined by the file
name extension. You need to choose a file name with an
extension which is consistent with the selected file format.

EXAMPLE Here is an example of saving a file to an external drive when

channel 1 and a digital channel are enabled. The following
command will save their waveform data to the external file
"c1_digital.bin".

Command message:
:SAVE:BINary "T3DSO/c1_digital.bin"
SAVE:BIN "T3DSO/c1_digital.bin"

Programming Guide Page 286

:SAVE:CSV
Command

DESCRIPTION This command saves the waveform data of the specified

channel to an external U disk/USB memory device in CSV
format.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SAVE:CSV <path>,<source>,<state>

<path>:= Quoted string of path with an extension “.csv”.

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}
� C denotes an analog input channel. For example, C1 is
analog input 1.
� D denotes a digital waveform. For example, D1 denotes
digital input 1.

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<state>:= {OFF|ON}
� ON enables parameter save. This adds vertical scale
values, horizontal timebase settings, and more
instrument configuration information to the file.
� OFF means to disables parameter save.

Note:
The file format is not automatically determined by the file
name extension. You need to choose a file name with an
extension which is consistent with the selected file format.

EXAMPLE The following command saves data and parameters of

channel 1 to the external file “T3DSO/channel1.csv”.

Command message:
:SAVE:CSV "T3DSO/channel1.csv",C1,ON
SAVE:CSV "T3DSO/channel1.csv",C1,ON

RELATED COMMANDS :SAVE:MATLab

Programming Guide Page 287

:SAVE:DEFault
Command

DESCRIPTION This command saves the current settings or factory settings

as default settings.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SAVE:DEFault <set>

<set>:= {CUSTom|FACTory}
� CUSTom means the current settings.
� FACTory means factory settings.

EXAMPLE The following command saves the current settings to default

settings.

Command message:
:SAVE:DEFault CUSTom
SAVE:DEF CUST

RELATED COMMANDS :RECall:SETup

Programming Guide Page 288

:SAVE:IMAGe
Command

DESCRIPTION This command saves the screenshot to external storage.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SAVE:IMAGe <path>,<type>,<invert>

<path>:= Quoted string of path with an extension

“.bmp”/”.jpg”/”.png”

<type>:= {BMP|JPG|PNG}

<invert>:= {OFF|ON}}
� ON will store images that have inverted colors. This
means that a normally black background will be white
when inverted. This setting is recommended if you plan
on printing the image as an inverted image with a white
background will save on ink.
� OFF will store images that are identical to the display of
the instrument.

EXAMPLE The following command saves the screenshot in BMP format

to the external file “TELEDYNE/screen.bmp”.

Command message:
:SAVE:IMAGe “TELEDYNE/screen.bmp”,BMP,ON
SAVE:IMAG “TELEDYNE/screen.bmp",BMP,ON

RELATED COMMANDS :PRINt

Programming Guide Page 289

:SAVE:MATLab
Command

DESCRIPTION This command saves the waveform data of the specified

channel to an external USB memory device in Matlab format.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SAVE:MATLab <path>,<source>

<path>:= Quoted string of path with an extension “.dat”.

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}
� C denotes an analog input channel. For example, C1 is
analog input 1.
� D denotes a digital waveform. For example, D1 denotes
digital input 1.

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

Note:
The file format is not automatically determined by the file
name extension. You need to choose a file name with an
extension which is consistent with the selected file format.

EXAMPLE The following command saves data of channel 1 to the

external file “TELEDYNE/channel1.dat”.

Command message:
:SAVE:MATLab "TELEDYNE/channel.dat",C1
SAVE:MATL "TELEDYNE/channel.dat",C1

RELATED COMMANDS :SAVE:CSV

Programming Guide Page 290

:SAVE:REFerence
Command

DESCRIPTION This command saves the selected channel waveform to

external memory as reference.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SAVE:REFerence <path>,<source>

<path>:= Quoted string of path with an extension “.ref”.

<source>:= {C<x>|F<x>|D<n>}
� C denotes an analog input channel. For example, C1 is
analog input 1.
� F denotes a math function. For example, F1 is math
function 1.
� D denotes a digital waveform. For example, D1 denotes
digital input 1.

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including
an integer and no decimal point, like 1.

Note:
The file format is not automatically determined by the file
name extension. You need to choose a file name with an
extension which is consistent with the selected file format.

EXAMPLE The following command saves the waveform of channel 1

as a reference to the external file “TELEDYNE/channel.ref".

Command message:
:SAVE:REFerence "TELEDYNE/channel.ref",C1
SAVE:REF "TELEDYNE/channel.ref",C1

RELATED COMMANDS :RECall:REFerence

Programming Guide Page 291

:SAVE:SETup
Command

DESCRIPTION This command saves the current settings to internal or

external memory locations.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SAVE:SETup <setup_num>

<setup_num>:= {INTernal,<num>|EXTernal,<path>}

<num>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table

below for details.
Model Value Range
T3DSO2000A [1, 10]

<path>:= Quoted string of path with an extension “.xml”.

Note:
The file format is not automatically determined by the file
name extension. You need to choose a file name with an
extension which is consistent with the selected file format.

EXAMPLE The following command saves the current settings to

internal file 1.

Command message:
:SAVE:SETup INTernal,1
SAVE:SET INT,1

RELATED COMMANDS :SAVE:DEFault

:RECall:SETup

Programming Guide Page 292

SYSTem Commands

The :SYSTem subsystem commands control the basic system functions of the
oscilloscope.

� :SYSTem:BUZZer
� :SYSTem:CLOCk
� :SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATeway
� :SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:IPADdress
� :SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:MAC
� :SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SMASk
� :SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TYPE
� :SYSTem:DATE
� :SYSTem:EDUMode
� :SYSTem:MENU
� :SYSTem:PON
� :SYSTem:REBoot
� :SYSTem:REMote
� :SYSTem:SELFCal
� :SYSTem:SHUTdown
� :SYSTem:SSAVer
� :SYSTem:TIME
� :SYSTem:TOUCh
� :SYSTem:VNCPort

Programming Guide Page 293

:SYSTem:BUZZer
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command status of the buzzer.

The query returns the current status of the buzzer.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SYSTem:BUZZer <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :SYSTem:BUZZer?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command enables the oscilloscope buzzer.

Command message:
:SYSTem:BUZZer ON
SYST:BUZZ ON

Query message:
SYST:BUZZ?

Response message:
ON

Programming Guide Page 294

:SYSTem:CLOCk
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the oscilloscope clock source and the
state of the 10 MHz clock output.

The query returns the oscilloscope current clock source and

the state of the 10 MHz clock output.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SYSTem:CLOCk <source>

<source>:= {EXT|IN_ON|IN_OFF}
� EXT selects the external clock source. The 10 MHz
output will be automatically disabled.
� IN_ON selects the internal clock source and enables the
10 MHz output.
� IN_OFF selects the internal clock source and disables
the 10M output.

QUERY SYNTAX :SYSTem:CLOCk?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {EXT|IN_ON|IN_OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the oscilloscope clock source to

inner and turns on the 10 MHz output.

Command message:
:SYSTem:CLOCk IN_ON
SYST:CLOC IN_ON

Query message:
SYST:CLOC?

Response message:
IN_ON

Programming Guide Page 295

:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATeway
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command is used to set the gateway of the internal

network of the oscilloscope.

The query returns the gateway of the network.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATeway <string>

<string>:=quoted string of ASCII text.

QUERY SYNTAX :SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATeway?

RESPONSE FORMAT <string>

EXAMPLE The following command sets the gateway of the

oscilloscope’s internal network to “10.12.0.1”.

Command message:
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:GATeway "10.12.0.1"
SYST:COMM:LAN:GAT "10.12.0.1"

Query message:
SYST:COMM:LAN:GAT?

Response message:
"10.12.0.1"

RELATED COMMANDS :SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:IPADdress

:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SMASk
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TYPE

Programming Guide Page 296

:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:IPADdress
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the IP address of the oscilloscope’s

internal network interface.

The query returns the IP address of the oscilloscope’s

internal network interface.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:IPADdress <string>

<string>:=quoted string of ASCII text.

QUERY SYNTAX :SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:IPADdress?

RESPONSE FORMAT <string>

EXAMPLE The following command sets the IP address of the

oscilloscope’s internal network interface to “10.12.255.229”.

Command message:
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:IPADdress "10.12.255.229"
SYST:COMM:LAN:IPAD "10.12.255.229"

Query message:
SYST:COMM:LAN:IPAD?

Response message:
"10.12.255.229"

RELATED COMMANDS :SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATeway

:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SMASk
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TYPE

Programming Guide Page 297

:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:MAC
Query

DESCRIPTION The query returns the MAC address of the oscilloscope.

QUERY SYNTAX :SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:MAC?

RESPONSE FORMAT <byte1>:<byte2>:<byte3>:<byte4>:<byte5>:<byte6>

EXAMPLE The following query returns the MAC address of the

oscilloscope.

Query message:
SYST:COMM:LAN:MAC?

Response message:
00:01:D2:0C:00:A0

Programming Guide Page 298

:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SMASk
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the subnet mask of the oscilloscope’s

internal network interface.

The query returns the subnet mask of the oscilloscope’s

internal network interface.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SMASK <string>

<string>:=quoted string of ASCII text.

QUERY SYNTAX :SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SMASK?

RESPONSE FORMAT <string>

EXAMPLE The following command sets the subnet mask of the

oscilloscope’s internal network interface to “10.12.255.229”.

Command message:
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:SMASk "255.255.0.0"
SYST:COMM:LAN:SMAS "255.255.0.0"

Query message:
SYST:COMM:LAN:SMAS?

Response message:
"255.255.0.0"

RELATED COMMANDS :SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATeway

:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:IPADdress
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TYPE

Programming Guide Page 299

:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TYPE
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the type of LAN configuration settings.

The query returns the current type of the LAN configuration

settings.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TYPE <state>

<state>:= {STATIC|DHCP}
� STATIC means that the Ethernet settings will be
configured manually, using
commands :SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:IPADdress, :S
YSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SMASK,
and :SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATeway
� DHCP means that the oscilloscope’s IP address, subnet
mask and gateway settings will be received from a
DHCP server on the local network.

QUERY SYNTAX :SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TYPE?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {STATIC|DHCP}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the type of the LAN

configuration to DHCP.

Command message:
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TYPE DHCP
SYST:COMM:LAN:TYPE DHCP

Query message:
SYST:COMM:LAN:TYPE?

Response message:
DHCP

RELATED COMMANDS :SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATeway

:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:IPADdress
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SMASk

Programming Guide Page 300

:SYSTem:DATE
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the system date of the oscilloscope.

This query returns the oscilloscope current date.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SYSTem:DATE <date>

<date>:= 8-digit NR1 format, from high to low, is expressed

as a 4-digit year, 2-digit month, and 2-digit day.

QUERY SYNTAX :SYSTem:DATE?

RESPONSE FORMAT <date>

EXAMPLE The following command sets the oscilloscope current date to

December 20, 2019.

Command message:
:SYSTem:DATE 20191220
SYST:DATE 20190819

Query message:
SYST:DATE?

Response message:
20190819

RELATED COMMANDS :SYSTem:TIME

Programming Guide Page 301

:SYSTem:EDUMode
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the education mode (locks of

AutoSetup, measure and cursors) of the
oscilloscope.

The query returns the education mode of the

oscilloscope.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SYSTem:EDUMode <func>, <lock>

<func>:= {AUTOSet|MEASure|CURSor}

<lock>:= {ON|OFF}
� ON means the enable the function.
� OFF means disable the function.

QUERY SYNTAX :SYSTem:EDUMode?

:SYSTem:EDUMode? <func>

Note:
The query without parameters will return the lock
status of all functions.

RESPONSE FORMAT Format 1:

AUTOSet,<lock>;MEASure,<lock>;CURSor,<lock
>

Format 2:
<lock>

<lock>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command disables the AutoSetup

function.

Command message:
:SYSTem:EDUMode AUTOSet,OFF
SYST:EDUM AUTOS,OFF

Query message:
SYST:EDUM? AUTOS

Programming Guide Page 302

Response message:
OFF

Programming Guide Page 303

:SYSTem:LANGuage
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the oscilloscope language display.

This query returns the oscilloscope language display.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SYSTem:LANGuage <language>

<language>:=
{SCHinese|TCHinese|ENGLish|FRENch|JAPanese|KORean|
DEUTsch|ESPan|RUSSian|ITALiana|PORTuguese}

QUERY SYNTAX :SYSTem:LANGuage?

RESPONSE FORMAT <language>

<language>:=
{SCHinese|TCHinese|ENGLish|FRENch|JAPanese|KORean|
DEUTsch|ESPan|RUSSian|ITALiana|PORTuguese}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the Oscilloscope language to

English.

Command message:
:SYSTem:LANGuage ENGLish
SYST:LANG ENGL

Query message:
SYST:LANG?

Response message:
ENGLish

Programming Guide Page 304

:SYSTem:MENU
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the state of the menu.

The query returns the current state of the menu.

Note:
This command is only valid for models with the menu switch.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SYSTem:MENU <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :SYSTem:MENU?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command turns on the menu.

Command message:
:SYSTem:MENU ON
SYST:MENU ON

Query message:
SYST:MENU?

Response message:
ON

Programming Guide Page 305

:SYSTem:PON
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the state of the Power-On-Line function.

When enabled, the instrument will reboot automatically if the
power is removed and re-established.

The query returns the current state of the Power-On-Line

function.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SYSTem:PON <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :SYSTem:PON?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the state of the Power-On-Line

to on.

Command message:
:SYSTem:PON ON
SYST:PON ON

Query message:
SYST:PON?

Response message:
ON

Programming Guide Page 306

:SYSTem:REBoot
Command

DESCRIPTION The command restarts the oscilloscope.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SYSTem:REBoot

EXAMPLE The following command restarts the oscilloscope.

Command message:
:SYSTem:REBoot
SYST:REB

RELATED COMMANDS :SYSTem:SHUTdown

Programming Guide Page 307

:SYSTem:REMote
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the status of the remote control. When
the remote control is turned on, the touch screen, the front
panel and the touch screen, front panel and peripheral will be
locked, and there will be a remote prompt on the screen.

This query returns the current status of the remote setting.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SYSTem:REMote <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :SYSTem:REMote?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command enables the remote setting.

Command message:
:SYSTem:REMote ON
SYST:REM ON

Query message:
SYST:REM?

Response message:
ON

Programming Guide Page 308

:SYSTem:SELFCal
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command instructs the oscilloscope to perform self-

calibration.

The query returns the oscilloscope self-calibration status.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SYSTem:SELFCal

QUERY SYNTAX :SYSTem:SELFCal?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {DOING|DONE}

EXAMPLE The following command asks for the oscilloscope self-cal

status.

Command message:
:SYSTem:SELFCal
SYST:SELFC

Query message:
SYST:SELFC?

Response message:
DONE

Programming Guide Page 309

:SYSTem:SHUTdown
Command

DESCRIPTION The command shut down the oscilloscope.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SYSTem:SHUTdown

EXAMPLE The following command shut down the oscilloscope.

Command message:
:SYSTem:SHUTdown
SYST:SHUT

RELATED COMMANDS :SYSTem:REBoot

Programming Guide Page 310

:SYSTem:SSAVer
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command controls the automatic screensaver, which

automatically shuts down the internal color monitor after a
preset time.

The query returns whether the automatic screensaver

feature is on.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SYSTem:SSAVer <time>

<time>:= {OFF|1MIN|5MIN|10MIN|30MIN|60MIN}

QUERY SYNTAX :SYSTem:SSAVer?

RESPONSE FORMAT <time>

<time>:= {OFF|1MIN|5MIN|10MIN|30MIN|60MIN}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the automatic screensaver to

10 minutes.

Command message:
:SYSTem:SSAVer 10MIN
SYST:SSAV 10MIN

Query message:
SYST:SSAV?

Response message:
10MIN

Programming Guide Page 311

:SYSTem:TIME
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the oscilloscope current time using a 24-
hour format.

This query returns the oscilloscope current time.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SYSTem:TIME <time>

<time>:= 8-digit NR1 format, from high to low, is expressed
as 2-digit hour, 2-digit minute, and 2-digit second.

QUERY SYNTAX :SYSTem:TIME?

RESPONSE FORMAT <time>

EXAMPLE The following command sets the current time of the

oscilloscope to 08:10:40.

Command message:
:SYSTem:TIME 081040
SYST:TIME 081040

Query message:
SYST:TIME?

Response message:
081040

RELATED COMMANDS :SYSTem:DATE

Programming Guide Page 312

:SYSTem:TOUCh
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the status of the touch screen.

The query returns the current status of the touch screen.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SYSTem:TOUCh <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :SYSTem:TOUCh?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command enables the touch setting.

Command message:
:SYSTem:TOUCh ON
SYST:TOUC ON

Query message:
SYST:TOUC?

Response message:
ON

Programming Guide Page 313

:SYSTem:VNCPort
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the VNC port of the oscilloscope.

The query returns the current VNC port of the oscilloscope.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SYSTem:VNCPort <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [5900, 5999].

QUERY SYNTAX :SYSTem:VNCPort?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the VNC port to 5903.

Command message:
:SYSTem:VNVPort 5903
SYST:VNCP 5903

Query message:
SYST:VNCP?

Response message:
5903

Programming Guide Page 314

TIMebase Commands

The :TIMEBASE subsystem commands control the horizontal (X-axis) functions. The
time per division, delay, and reference can be controlled for the main and window
(zoomed) time bases.

� :TIMebase:DELay
� :TIMebase:SCALe
� :TIMebase:WINDow
� :TIMebase:WINDow:DELay
� :TIMebase:WINDow:SCALe

Programming Guide Page 315

:TIMebase:DELay
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command specifies the main timebase delay. This delay
is the time between the trigger event and the delay reference
point on the screen.

The query returns the current delay value.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TIMebase:DELay <delay_value>

<delay_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal

point and exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is [-
5000div*timebase, 5div*timebase].

QUERY SYNTAX :TIMebase:DELay?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command specifies a 10 us delay of main time

base.

Command message:
:TIMebase:DELay 1.00E-05
TIM:DEL 1.00E-05

Query message:
TIM:DEL?

Response message:
1.00E-05

RELATED COMMANDS :TIMebase:SCALe

Programming Guide Page 316

:TIMebase:SCALe
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the horizontal scale per division for the
main window.

The query returns the current horizontal scale setting in

seconds per division for the main window.

Note:
Due to the limitation of the expansion strategy, when the time
base is set from large to small, it will automatically adjust to
the minimum time base that can be set currently.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TIMebase:SCALe <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

Note:
The range of value varies from the models. See the
datasheet for details.

QUERY SYNTAX :TIMebase:SCALe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the horizontal scale to 100

ns/div.
Command message:
:TIMebase:SCALe 1.00E-07
TIM:SCAL 1.00E-07

Query message:
TIM:SCAL?

Response message:
1.00E-07

RELATED COMMANDS :TIMebase:DELay

Programming Guide Page 317

:TIMebase:WINDow
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command turns on or off the zoomed window.

The query returns the state of the zoomed window.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TIMebase:WINDow <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :TIMebase:WINDow?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command turns on the zoomed window.

Command message:
:TIMebase:WINDow ON
TIM:WIND ON

Query message:
TIM:WIND?

Response message:
ON

RELATED COMMANDS :TIMebase:WINDow:DELay

:TIMebase:WINDow:SCALe

Programming Guide Page 318

:TIMebase:WINDow:DELay
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the horizontal position in the zoomed

view of the main sweep.

The query returns the current delay value between the

zoomed window and the main sweep.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TIMebase:WINDow:DELay <delay_value>

<delay_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal

point and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

Note:
� The main sweep range and the main sweep horizontal
position determine the range for the delay value of the
zoomed window. It must keep the zoomed view window
within the main sweep range.
� If you set the delay to a value outside of the legal range,
the delay value is automatically set to the nearest legal
value.

QUERY SYNTAX :TIMebase:WINDow:DELay?

RESPONSE FORMAT <delay_value>

<delay_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal

point and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets 1 ms delay value to change the

position of the zoomed window.

Command message:
:TIMebase:WINDow:DELay 1.00E-03
TIM:WIND:DEL 1.00E-03

To query current delay.

Query message:
TIM:WIND:DEL?

Response message:
1.00E-03

Programming Guide Page 319

RELATED COMMANDS :TIMebase:WINDow:SCALe
:TIMebase:SCALe
:TIMebase:DELay

Programming Guide Page 320

:TIMebase:WINDow:SCALe
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the zoomed window horizontal scale

(seconds/division).

The query returns the current zoomed window scale setting.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TIMebase:WINDow:SCALe <scale_value>

<scale_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal

point and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

Note:
The scale of the zoomed window cannot be greater than that
of the main window. If you set the value greater than, it will
automatically be set to the same value as the main window.

QUERY SYNTAX :TIMebase:WINDow:SCALe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <scale_value>

<scale_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal

point and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets a 1 ms/div horizontal scale for

the zoomed window.

Command message:
:TIMebase:WINDow:SCALe 1.00E-03
TIM:WIND:SCAL 1.00E-03

Query message:
TIM:WIND:SCAL?

Response message:
1.00E-03

RELATED COMMANDS :TIMebase:WINDow:DELay

:TIMebase:SCALe
:TIMebase:DELay

Programming Guide Page 321

TRIGger Commands

The :TRIGGER subsystem commands control the trigger modes and parameters for
each trigger type.

� :TRIGger:MODE
� :TRIGger:RUN
� :TRIGger:STATus
� :TRIGger:STOP
� :TRIGger:TYPE
� :TRIGger:EDGE Commands
� :TRIGger:SLOPe Commands
� :TRIGger:PULSe Commands
� :TRIGger:VIDeo Commands
� :TRIGger:WINDow Commands
� :TRIGger:INTerval Commands
� :TRIGger:DROPout Commands
� :TRIGger:PATTern Commands
� :TRIGger:QUALified Commands
� :TRIGger:IIC Commands
� :TRIGger:SPI Commands
� :TRIGger:UART Commands
� :TRIGger:CAN Commands
� :TRIGger:LIN Commands
� :TRIGger:FLEXray Commands [Option]
� :TRIGger:CANFd Commands [Option]
� :TRIGger:IIS Commands [Option]

Programming Guide Page 322

:TRIGger:MODE

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the mode of the trigger.

The query returns the current mode of trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:MODE <mode>

<mode>:= {SINGle|NORMal|AUTO}
� AUTO: The oscilloscope begins to search for the trigger
signal that meets the conditions. If the trigger signal is
satisfied, the running state on the top left corner of the
user interface shows Trig'd, and the interface shows
stable waveform.
Otherwise, the running state always shows Auto, and the
interface shows unstable waveform.
� NORMal: The oscilloscope enters the wait trigger state
and begins to search for trigger signals that meet the
conditions. If the trigger signal is satisfied, the running
state shows Trig'd, and the interface shows stable
waveform.
Otherwise, the running state shows Ready, and the
interface displays the last triggered waveform (previous
trigger) or does not display the waveform (no previous
trigger).
� SINGle: The backlight of SINGLE key lights up, the
oscilloscope enters the waiting trigger state and begins
to search for the trigger signal that meets the conditions.
If the trigger signal is satisfied, the running state shows
Trig'd, and the interface shows stable waveform. Then,
the oscilloscope stops scanning, the RUN/STOP key
becomes red, and the running status shows Stop
Otherwise, the running state shows Ready, and the
interface does not display the waveform.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:MODE?

RESPONSE FORMAT <mode>

<mode>:= {SINGle|NORMal|AUTO}

Programming Guide Page 323

EXAMPLE The following command sets the oscilloscope to SINGLE
trigger mode.

Command message:
:TRIGger:MODE SINGle
TRIG:MODE SING

Query message:
TRIG:MODE?

Response message:
SINGle

Programming Guide Page 324

:TRIGger:RUN
Command

DESCRIPTION The command sets the oscilloscope to run.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:RUN

EXAMPLE The following command sets the oscilloscope to run.

Command message:
:TRIGger:RUN
TRIG:RUN

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:STOP

Programming Guide Page 325

:TRIGger:STATus
Query

DESCRIPTION The command query returns the current state of the trigger.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:STATus?

RESPONSE FORMAT <status>

<status>:= {Arm|Ready|Auto|Trig'd|Stop|Roll}

EXAMPLE The following command queries the state of trigger mode.

Query message:
TRIG:STAT?

Response message:
Stop

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:MODE

Programming Guide Page 326

:TRIGger:STOP
Command

DESCRIPTION The command sets the oscilloscope from run to stop.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:STOP

EXAMPLE The following command stops the oscilloscope.

Command message:
:TRIGger:STOP
TRIG:STOP

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:RUN

Programming Guide Page 327

:TRIGger:TYPE

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the type of trigger.

The query returns the current type of trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:TYPE <type>

<type>:=
{EDGE|PULSe|SLOPe|INTerval|PATTern|RUNT|QUALified|
WINDow|DROPout|VIDeo|IIC|SPI|UART|LIN|CAN|FLEXray|
CANFd|IIS}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:TYPE?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:=
{EDGE|PULSE|SLOPe|INTerval|PATTern|RUNT|QUALified|
WINDow|DROPout|VIDeo|IIC|SPI|UART|LIN|CAN|FLEXray|
CANFd|IIS}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the type of trigger to edge

trigger.

Command message:
:TRIGger:TYPE EDGE
TRIG:TYPE EDGE

Query message:
TRIG:TYPE?

Command message:
EDGE

Programming Guide Page 328

:TRIGger:EDGE Commands

The :TRIGGER:EDGE subsystem commands control the edge trigger parameters.

� :TRIGger:EDGE:COUPling
� :TRIGger:EDGE:HLDEVent
� :TRIGger:EDGE:HLDTime
� :TRIGger:EDGE:HOLDoff
� :TRIGger:EDGE:HSTart
� :TRIGger:EDGE:LEVel
� :TRIGger:EDGE:NREJect
� :TRIGger:EDGE:SLOPe
� :TRIGger:EDGE:SOURce

Programming Guide Page 329

:TRIGger:EDGE:COUPling
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the coupling mode of the edge trigger.

The query returns the current coupling mode of the edge

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:EDGE:COUPling <mode>

<mode>:= {DC|AC|LFREJect|HFREJect}
� DC coupling allows dc and ac signals into the trigger
path.
� AC coupling places a high-pass filter in the trigger path,
removing dc offset voltage from the trigger waveform.
Use AC coupling to get a stable edge trigger when your
waveform has a large dc offset.
� HFREJect which is a high-frequency rejection filter that
adds a low-pass filter in the trigger path to remove high-
frequency components from the trigger waveform. Use
the high-frequency rejection filter to remove high-
frequency noise, such as AM or FM broadcast stations,
from the trigger path.
� LFREJect which is a low frequency rejection filter adds a
high-pass filter in series with the trigger waveform to
remove any unwanted low-frequency components from
a trigger waveform, such as power line frequencies, that
can interfere with proper triggering.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:EDGE:COUPling?

RESPONSE FORMAT <mode>

<mode>:= {DC|AC|LFREJect|HFREJect}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the coupling mode of the edge
trigger to DC.

Command message:
:TRIGger:EDGE:COUPling DC
TRIG:EDGE:COUP DC

Query message:
TRIG:EDGE:COUP?

Programming Guide Page 330

Response message:
DC

Programming Guide Page 331

:TRIGger:EDGE:HLDEVent

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the number of holdoff events of the edge
trigger.

The query returns the current number of holdoff events of the

edge trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:EDGE:HLDEVent <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1,
100000000].

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:EDGE:HLDEVent?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the number of holdoff events of

the edge trigger to 3.

Command message:
:TRIGger:EDGE:HLDEVent 3
TRIG:EDGE:HLDEV 3

Query message:
TRIG:EDGE:HLDEV?

Response message:
3

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:EDGE:HOLDoff

Programming Guide Page 332

:TRIGger:EDGE:HLDTime

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the holdoff time of the edge trigger.

The query returns the current holdoff time of the edge trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:EDGE:HLDTime <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model Value Range
T3DSO2000A [8.00E-09, 3.00E+01]

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:EDGE:HLDTime?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the holdoff time of the edge
trigger to 15 ns.

Command message:
:TRIGger:EDGE:HLDTime 1.50E-08
TRIG:EDGE:HLDT 1.50E-08

Query message:
TRIG:EDGE:HLDT?

Response message:
1.50E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:DROPout:HOLDoff

Programming Guide Page 333

:TRIGger:EDGE:HOLDoff

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the holdoff type of the edge trigger.

The query returns the current holdoff type of the edge trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:EDGE:HOLDoff <holdoff_type>

<holdoff_type>:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}
� OFF means to turn off the holdoff.
� EVENts means the number of trigger events that the
oscilloscope counts before re-arming the trigger circuitry.
� TIME means the amount of time that the oscilloscope
waits before re-arming the trigger circuitry.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:EDGE:HOLDoff?

RESPONSE FORMAT <holdoff_type>

<holdoff_type>:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}

EXAMPLE The following command turns off the holdoff of the edge
trigger.

Command message:
:TRIGger:EDGE:HOLDoff OFF
TRIG:EDGE:HOLD OFF

Query message:
TRIG:EDGE:HOLD?

Response message:
OFF

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:EDGE:HLDEVent

:TRIGger:EDGE:HLDTime
:TRIGger:EDGE:HSTart

Programming Guide Page 334

:TRIGger:EDGE:HSTart
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command defines the initial position of the edge trigger
holdoff.

The query returns the initial position of the edge trigger

holdoff.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:EDGE:HSTart <start_holdoff>

<start_holdoff>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START}
� LAST_TRIG means the initial position of holdoff is the
first time point satisfying the trigger condition.
� ACQ_START means the initial position of holdoff is the
time of the last trigger.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:EDGE:HSTart?

RESPONSE FORMAT <start_holdoff>

<start_holdoff>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the start holdoff mode to last
trigger.

Command message:
:TRIGger:EDGE:HSTart LAST_TRIG
TRIG:EDGE:HST LAST_TRIG

Query message:
TRIG:EDGE:HST?

Response message:
LAST_TRIG

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:EDGE:HOLDoff

Programming Guide Page 335

:TRIGger:EDGE:LEVel
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the trigger level of the edge trigger.

The query returns the current trigger level value of the edge
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:EDGE:LEVel <level_value>

<level_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal

point and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies, see the table below.

[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:EDGE:LEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <level_value>

<level_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal

point and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the trigger level of the edge
trigger to 0.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:EDGE:LEVel 5.00E-01
TRIG:EDGE:LEV 5.00E-01

Query message:
TRIG:EDGE:LEV?

Response message:
5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:EDGE:SOURce

Programming Guide Page 336

:TRIGger:EDGE:NREJect
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the state of the noise rejection.

The query returns the current state of the noise rejection.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:EDGE:NREJect <state>

<state>:= {OFF|ON}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:EDGE:NREJect?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {OFF|ON}

EXAMPLE The following command turns on noise rejection.

Command message:
:TRIGger:EDGE:NREJect ON
TRIG:EDGE:NREJ ON

Query message:
TRIG:EDGE:NREJ?

Response message:
ON

Programming Guide Page 337

:TRIGger:EDGE:SLOPe
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the slope of the edge trigger.

The query returns the current slope setting of the edge

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:EDGE:SLOPe <slope_type>

<slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing|ALTernate}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:EDGE:SLOPe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <slope_type>

<slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing|ALTernate}

EXAMPLE The following command set the rising slope as trigger edge.

Command message:
:TRIGger:EDGE:SLOPe RISing
TRIG:EDGE:SLOP RIS

Query message:
TRIG:EDGE:SLOP?

Response message:
RISing

Programming Guide Page 338

:TRIGger:EDGE:SOURce

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the trigger source of the edge trigger.

The query returns the current trigger source of the edge

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:EDGE:SOURce <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>|EX|EX5|LINE}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:EDGE:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>|EX|EX5|LINE}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the trigger source of the edge
trigger as C1.

Command message:
:TRIGger:EDGE:SOURce C1
TRIG:EDGE:SOUR C1

Query message:
TRIG:EDGE:SOUR?

Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:EDGE:LEVel

Programming Guide Page 339

:TRIGger:SLOPe Commands

The :TRIGGER:SLOPe subsystem commands control the slope trigger parameters.

� :TRIGger:SLOPe:COUPling
� :TRIGger:SLOPe:HLDEVent
� :TRIGger:SLOPe:HLDTime
� :TRIGger:SLOPe:HLEVel
� :TRIGger:SLOPe:HOLDoff
� :TRIGger:SLOPe:HSTart
� :TRIGger:SLOPe:LIMit
� :TRIGger:SLOPe:LLEVel
� :TRIGger:SLOPe:NREJect
� :TRIGger:SLOPe:SLOPe
� :TRIGger:SLOPe:SOURce
� :TRIGger:SLOPe:TLOWer
� :TRIGger:SLOPe:TUPPer

Programming Guide Page 340

:TRIGger:SLOPe:COUPling
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the coupling mode of the slope trigger.

The query returns the current the coupling mode of the

slope trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:COUPling <mode>

<mode>:= {DC|AC|LFREJect|HFREJect}
� DC coupling allows dc and ac signals into the trigger
path.
� AC coupling places a high-pass filter in the trigger
path, removing dc offset voltage from the trigger
waveform. Use AC coupling to get a stable edge
trigger when your waveform has a large dc offset.
� HFREJect which is a high-frequency rejection filter
adds a low-pass filter in the trigger path to remove
high frequency components from the trigger
waveform. Use the high-frequency reject filter to
remove high-frequency noise, such as AM or FM
broadcast stations, from the trigger path.
� LFREJect which is a low frequency rejection filter
adds a high-pass filter in series with the trigger
waveform to remove any unwanted low frequency
components from a trigger waveform, such as power
line frequencies, that can interfere with proper
triggering.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:COUPling?

RESPONSE FORMAT <mode>

<mode>:= {DC|AC|LFREJect|HFREJect}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the coupling mode of the

slope trigger to DC.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SLOPe:COUPling DC
TRIG:SLOP:COUP DC

Programming Guide Page 341

Query message:
TRIG:SLOP:COUP?

Response message:
DC

Programming Guide Page 342

:TRIGger:SLOPe:HLDEVent

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the number of holdoff events of the slope
trigger.

The query returns the current number of holdoff events of the

slope trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:HLDEVent <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1,
100000000].

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:HLDEVent?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the number of holdoff events of

the slope trigger to 3.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SLOPe:HLDEVent 3
TRIG:SLOP:HLDEV 3

Query message:
TRIG:SLOP:HLDEV?

Response message:
3

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:SLOPe:HOLDoff

Programming Guide Page 343

:TRIGger:SLOPe:HLDTime

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the holdoff time of the slope trigger.

The query returns the current holdoff time of the slope

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:HLDTime <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model Value Range
T3DSO2000A [8.00E-09, 3.00E+01]

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:HLDTime?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the holdoff time of the slope
trigger to 15 ns.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SLOPe:HLDTime 1.50E-08
TRIG:SLOP:HLDT 1.50E-08

Query message:
TRIG:SLOP:HLDT?

Response message:
1.50E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:SLOPe:HOLDoff

Programming Guide Page 344

:TRIGger:SLOPe:HLEVel
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the high level of the slope trigger.

The query returns the current high level of the slope trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:HLEVel <high_level_value>

<high_level_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a

decimal point and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies, see the table below.

[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

Note:
The high level value cannot be less than the low level value
using by the command :TRIGger:SLOPe:LLEVel.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:HLEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <high_level_value>

<high_level_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a

decimal point and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the high level of the slope
trigger to 0.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SLOPe:HLEVel 5.00E-01
TRIG:SLOP:HLEV 5.00E-01

Query message:
TRIG:SLOP:HLEV?

Response message:
5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:SLOPe:LLEVel

Programming Guide Page 345

:TRIGger:SLOPe:HOLDoff
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the holdoff type of the slope trigger.

The query returns the curent holdoff type of the slope

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:HOLDoff <holdoff_type>

<holdoff_type>:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}
� OFF means to turn off the holdoff
� EVENts means the amount of events that the
oscilloscope counts before re-arming the trigger
circuitry
� TIME means the amount of time that the oscilloscope
waits before re-arming the trigger circuitry

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:HOLDoff?

RESPONSE FORMAT <holdoff_type>

< holdoff_type>:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}

EXAMPLE The following command turns off the holdoff of the slope
trigger.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SLOPe:HOLDoff OFF
TRIG:SLOP:HOLD OFF

Query message:
TRIG:SLOP:HOLD?

Response message:
OFF

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:SLOPe:HLDTime

:TRIGger:SLOPe:HLDEVent
:TRIGger:SLOPe:HSTart

Programming Guide Page 346

:TRIGger:SLOPe:HSTart
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command defines the initial position of the slope

trigger holdoff.

The query returns the initial position of the slope trigger

holdoff.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:HSTart <type>

<start_type>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START}
� LAST_TRIG means the initial position of holdoff is the
first time point satisfying the trigger condition.
� ACQ_START means the initial position of holdoff is
the time of the last trigger.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:HSTart?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the start holdoff mode to

LAST_TRIG (last trigger).

Command message:
:TRIGger:SLOPe:HSTart LAST_TRIG
TRIG:SLOP:HST LAST_TRIG

Query message:
TRIG:SLOP:HST?

Response message:
LAST_TRIG

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:SLOPe:HOLDoff

Programming Guide Page 347

:TRIGger:SLOPe:LIMit
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the limit range type of the slope
trigger.

The query returns the current limit range type of the slope
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:LIMit <type>

<type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:LIMit?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the limit of the slope trigger
to LESSthan.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SLOPe:LIMit LESSthan
TRIG:SIOP:LIM LESS

Query message:
TRIG:SIOP:LIM?

Response message:
LESSthan

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:SLOPe:TLOWer

:TRIGger:SLOPe:TUPPer

Programming Guide Page 348

:TRIGger:SLOPe:LLEVel
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the low level of the slope trigger.

The query returns the current low level of the slope

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:LLEVel <low_level_value>

<low_level_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a

decimal point and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies, see the table below.

[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

Note:
The low level value cannot be greater than the low level
value using by the command :TRIGger:SLOPe:HLEVel.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:LLEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <low_level_value>

<low_level_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a

decimal point and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the low level of the slope
trigger to -0.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SLOPe:LLEVel -5.00E-01
TRIG:SLOP:LLEV -5.00E-01

Query message:
TRIG:SLOP:LLEV?

Response message:
-5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:SLOPe:HLEVel

Programming Guide Page 349

:TRIGger:SLOPe:NREJect
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the state of noise rejection.

The query returns the current state of noise rejection.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:NREJect <state>

<state>:= {OFF|ON}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:NREJect?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {OFF|ON}

EXAMPLE The following command turns on the noise rejection.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SLOPe:NREJect ON
TRIG:SLOP:NREJ ON

Query message:
TRIG:SLOP:NREJ?

Response message:
ON

Programming Guide Page 350

:TRIGger:SLOPe:SLOPe
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the slope of the slope trigger.

The query returns the current slope of the slope trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:SLOPe <slope_type>

<slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing|ALTernate}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:SLOPe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <slope_type>

<slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing|ALTernate}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the rising slope of the slope
trigger.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SLOPe:SLOPe RISing
TRIG:SLOP:SLOP RIS

Query message:
TRIG:SLOP:SLOP?

Response message:
RISing

Programming Guide Page 351

:TRIGger:SLOPe:SOURce
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the trigger source of the slope trigger.

The query returns the current trigger source of the slope

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:SOURce <source>

<source>:= {C<x>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the trigger source of the slope
trigger to C2 (channel 2).

Command message:
:TRIGger:SLOPe:SOURce C2
TRIG:SLOP:SOUR C2

Query message:
TRIG:SLOP:SOUR?

Response message:
C2

Programming Guide Page 352

:TRIGger:SLOPe:TLOWer
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the lower value of the slope trigger limit
type.

The query returns the current lower value of the slope trigger
limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:TLOWer <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is
[2.00E-09, 2.00E+01].

Note:
� The lower value cannot be greater than the upper value
using by the command :TRIGger:SLOPe:TUPPer.
� The command is not valid when the limit range type is
LESSthan.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:TLOWer?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the lower time of the slope
trigger to 10 ns.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SLOPe:TLOWer 1.00E-08
TRIG:SLOP:TLOW 1.00E-08

Query message:
TRIG:SLOP:TLOW?

Response message:
1.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:SLOPe:LIMit

:TRIGger:SLOPe:TUPPer

Programming Guide Page 353

:TRIGger:SLOPe:TUPPer
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the upper value of the slope trigger limit
type.

The query returns the current upper value of the slope trigger
limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:TUPPer <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is
[3.00E-09, 2.00E+01].

Note:
� The upper value cannot be less than the lower value
using by the command :TRIGger:SLOPe:TLOWer.
� The command is not valid when the limit range type is
GREATerthan.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:TUPPer?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the upper value of the slope
trigger to 30 ns, when the limit range type is OUTer.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SLOPe:TUPPer 3.00E-08
TRIG:SLOP:TUPP 3.00E-08

Query message:
TRIG:SLOP:TUPP?

Response message:
3.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:SLOPe:LIMit

:TRIGger:SLOPe:TLOWer

Programming Guide Page 354

:TRIGger:PULSe Commands

The :TRIGGER:PULSe subsystem commands control the pulse trigger parameters.

� :TRIGger:PULSe:COUPling
� :TRIGger:PULSe:HLDEVent
� :TRIGger:PULSe:HLDTime
� :TRIGger:PULSe:HOLDoff
� :TRIGger:PULSe:HSTart
� :TRIGger:PULSe:LEVel
� :TRIGger:PULSe:LIMit
� :TRIGger:PULSe:NREJect
� :TRIGger:PULSe:POLarity
� :TRIGger:PULSe:SOURce
� :TRIGger:PULSe:TLOWer
� :TRIGger:PULSe:TUPPer

Programming Guide Page 355

:TRIGger:PULSe:COUPling
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the coupling mode of the pulse trigger.

The query returns the coupling mode of the pulse trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULSe:COUPling <mode>

<mode>:= {DC|AC|LFREJect|HFREJect}
� DC coupling allows dc and ac signals into the trigger
path.
� AC coupling places a high-pass filter in the trigger path,
removing dc offset voltage from the trigger waveform.
Use AC coupling to get a stable edge trigger when your
waveform has a large dc offset.
� HFREJect which is a high-frequency rejection filter adds
a low-pass filter in the trigger path to remove high
frequency components from the trigger waveform. Use
the high-frequency rejection filter to remove high-
frequency noise, such as AM or FM broadcast stations,
from the trigger path.
� LFREJect which is a low frequency rejection filter adds a
high-pass filter in series with the trigger waveform to
remove any unwanted low frequency components from a
trigger waveform, such as power line frequencies, that
can interfere with proper triggering.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULSe:COUPling?

RESPONSE FORMAT <mode>

<mode>:= {DC|AC|LFREJect|HFREJect}

EXAMPLE The following command sets coupling mode of the pulse

trigger to DC.

Command message:
:TRIGger:PULSe:COUPling DC
TRIG:PULS:COUP DC

Query message:
TRIG:PULS:COUP?

Programming Guide Page 356

Response message:
DC

Programming Guide Page 357

:TRIGger:PULSe:HLDEVent
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the number of holdoff events of the pulse
trigger.

The query returns the current number of holdoff events of the

pulse trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULSe:HLDEVent <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1,
100000000].

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULSe:HLDEVent?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the number of holdoff events of

the pulse trigger to 3.

Command message:
:TRIGger:PULSe:HLDEVent 3
TRIG:PULS:HLDEV 3

Query message:
TRIG:PULS:HLDEV?

Response message:
3

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:PULSe:HOLDoff

Programming Guide Page 358

:TRIGger:PULSe:HLDTime
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the holdoff time of the pulse trigger.

The query returns the current holdoff time of the pulse

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULSe:HLDTime <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model Value Range
T3DSO2000A [8.00E-09, 3.00E+01]

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULSe:HLDTime?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the holdoff time of the pulse
trigger to 15 ns.

Command message:
:TRIGger:PULSe:HLDTime 1.50E-08
TRIG:PULS:HLDT 1.50E-08

Query message:
TRIG:PULS:HLDT?

Response message:
1.50E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:PULSe:HOLDoff

Programming Guide Page 359

:TRIGger:PULSe:HOLDoff
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the holdoff type of the pulse trigger.

The query returns the current holdoff type of the pulse

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULSe:HOLDoff <holdoff_type>

<holdoff_type>:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}
� OFF means to turn off the holdoff.
� EVENts means the amount of events that the
oscilloscope counts before re-arming the trigger circuitry.
� TIME means the amount of time that the oscilloscope
waits before re-arming the trigger circuitry.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULSe:HOLDoff?

RESPONSE FORMAT <holdoff_type>

< holdoff_type >:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}

EXAMPLE The following command turns off the holdoff of the pulse
trigger.

Command message:
:TRIGger:PULSe:HOLDoff OFF
TRIG:PULS:HOLD OFF

Query message:
TRIG:PULS:HOLD?

Response message:
OFF

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:PULSe:HLDEVent

:TRIGger:PULSe:HLDTime
:TRIGger:PULSe:HSTart

Programming Guide Page 360

:TRIGger:PULSe:HSTart
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command defines the initial position of the pulse trigger
holdoff.

The query returns the initial position of the pulse trigger

holdoff.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULSe:HSTart <start_holdoff>

<start_holdoff>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START}
� LAST_TRIG means the initial position of holdoff is the
first time point satisfying the trigger condition.
� ACQ_START means the initial position of holdoff is the
time of the last trigger.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULSe:HSTart?

RESPONSE FORMAT <start_holdoff>

<start_holdoff>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the start holdoff mode of pulse
trigger to LAST_TRIG (last trigger).

Command message:
:TRIGger:PULSe:HSTart LAST_TRIG
TRIG:PULS:HST LAST_TRIG

Query message:
TRIG:PULS:HST?

Response message:
LAST_TRIG

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:PULSe:HOLDoff

Programming Guide Page 361

:TRIGger:PULSe:LEVel
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the trigger level of the pulse trigger.

The query returns the current trigger level of the pulse

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULSe:LEVel <level_value>

<level_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal

point and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies, see the table below.

[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULSe:LEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <level_value>

<level_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal

point and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the trigger level of the pulse
trigger to 0.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:PULSe:LEVel 5.00E-01
TRIG:PULS:LEV 5.00E-01

Query message:
TRIG:PULS:LEV?

Response message:
5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:PULSe:SOURce

Programming Guide Page 362

:TRIGger:PULSe:LIMit
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the limit range type of the pulse trigger.

The query returns the current limit range type of the pulse
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULSe:LIMit <type>

<type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULSe:LIMit?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the trigger limit of the pulse
trigger to inner.

Command message:
:TRIGger:PULSe:LIMit INNer
TRIG:PULS:LIM INN

Query message:
TRIG:PULS:LIM?

Response message:
INNer

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:PULSe:TLOWer

:TRIGger:PULSe:TUPPer

Programming Guide Page 363

:TRIGger:PULSe:NREJect
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the state of noise rejection.

The query returns the current state of the noise rejection

function.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULSe:NREJect <state>

<state>:= {OFF|ON}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULSe:NREJect?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {OFF|ON}

EXAMPLE The following command turns on noise rejection.

Command message:
:TRIGger:PULSe:NREJect ON
TRIG:PULS:NREJ ON

Query message:
TRIG:PULS:NREJ?

Response message:
ON

Programming Guide Page 364

:TRIGger:PULSe:POLarity
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the polarity of the pulse trigger.

The query returns the current polarity of the pulse trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULSe:POLarity <polarity_type>

<polarity_type>:= {POSitive|NEGative}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULSe:POLarity?

RESPONSE FORMAT <polarity_type>

<polarity_type>:= {POSitive|NEGative}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the polarity of the pulse trigger
to POSitive.

Command message:
:TRIGger:PULSe:POLarity POSitive
TRIG:PULS:POL POS

Query message:
TRIG:PULS:POL?

Response message:
POSitive

Programming Guide Page 365

:TRIGger:PULSe:SOURce
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the trigger source of the pulse trigger.

The query returns the current trigger source of the pulse

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULSe:SOURce <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULSe:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the polarity of the pulse trigger
as channel 2.

Command message:
:TRIGger:PULSe:SOURce C2
TRIG:PULS:SOUR C2

Query message:
TRIG:PULS:SOUR?

Response message:
C2

Programming Guide Page 366

:TRIGger:PULSe:TLOWer
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the lower value of the pulse trigger limit
type.

The query returns the current lower value of the pulse trigger
limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULSe:TLOWer <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is
[2.00E-09, 2.00E+01].

Note:
� The lower value cannot be greater than the upper value
using by the command :TRIGger:PULSe:TUPPer.
� The command is not valid when the limit range type is
LESSthan.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULSe:TLOWer?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the lower time of the pulse
trigger to 10 ns.

Command message:
:TRIGger:PULSe:TLOWer 1.00E-08
TRIG:PULS:TLOW 1.00E-08

Query message:
TRIG:PULS:TLOW?

Response message:
1.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:PULSe:LIMit

:TRIGger:PULSe:TUPPer

Programming Guide Page 367

:TRIGger:PULSe:TUPPer
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the upper value of the pulse trigger limit
type.

The query returns the current upper value of the pulse trigger
limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULse:TUPPer <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

The range of the value is [3.00E-09, 2.00E+01].

Note:
� The upper value cannot be less than the lower value
using by the command :TRIGger:PULse:TLOWer.
� The command is not valid when the limit range type is
GREATerthan.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULSe:TUPPer?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format

EXAMPLE The following command sets the upper time of the pulse
trigger to 30 ns.

Command message:
:TRIGger:PULSe:TUPPer 3.00E-08
TRIG:PULS:TUPP 3.00E-08

Query message:
TRIG:PULS:TUPP?

Response message:
3.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:PULSe:LIMit

:TRIGger:PULSe:TLOWer

Programming Guide Page 368

:TRIGger:VIDeo Commands

The :TRIGGER:VIDeo subsystem commands control the video trigger parameters.

� :TRIGger:VIDeo:FCNT
� :TRIGger:VIDeo:FIELd
� :TRIGger:VIDeo:FRATe
� :TRIGger:VIDeo:INTerlace
� :TRIGger:VIDeo:LCNT
� :TRIGger:VIDeo:LEVel
� :TRIGger:VIDeo:LINE
� :TRIGger:VIDeo:SOURce
� :TRIGger:VIDeo:STANdard
� :TRIGger:VIDeo:SYNC

Programming Guide Page 369

:TRIGger:VIDeo:FCNT
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the fields of the custom video trigger.

The query returns the current fields of the custom video

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:VIDeo:FCNT <field_cnt>

<field_cnt>:= {1|2|4|8}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:VIDeo:FCNT?

RESPONSE FORMAT <field_cnt>

<field_cnt>:= {1|2|4|8}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the fields of the custom video
trigger to 8.

Command message:
:TRIGger:VIDeo:FCNT 8
TRIG:VID:FCNT 8

Query message:
TRIG:VID:FCNT?

Response message:
8

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:VIDeo:STANdard

Programming Guide Page 370

:TRIGger:VIDeo:FIELd
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the synchronous trigger field when the
video standard is NTSC, PAL, 1080i/50 or 1080i/60.

The query returns the current synchronous trigger field when

the video standard is NTSC, PAL, 1080i/50 or 1080i/60.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:VIDeo:FIELd <field>

<field>:= {1|2}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:VIDeo:FIELd?

RESPONSE FORMAT <field>

<field>:= {1|2}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the synchronous trigger field to

field 2 when the video standard is NTSC.

Command message:
:TRIGger:VIDeo:FIELd 2
TRIG:VID:FIEL 2

Query message:
TRIG:VID:FIEL?

Response message:
2

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:VIDeo:STANdard

:TRIGger:VIDeo:SYNC

Programming Guide Page 371

:TRIGger:VIDeo:FRATe
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the frame rate of the custom video
trigger.

The query returns the current frame rate of the custom video
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:VIDeo:FRATe <frate>

<frate>:= {25Hz|30Hz|50Hz|60Hz}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:VIDeo:FRATe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <frate>

<frate>:= {25Hz|30Hz|50Hz|60Hz}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the frame rate of the custom
video trigger to 50Hz.

Command message:
:TRIGger:VIDeo:FRATe 50Hz
TRIG:VID:FRAT 50Hz

Query message:
TRIG:VID:FRAT?

Response message:
50Hz

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:VIDeo:STANdard

Programming Guide Page 372

:TRIGger:VIDeo:INTerlace
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the interlace of the custom video trigger.

The query returns the current interlace of the custom video

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:VIDeo:INTerlace <interlace>

<interlace>:= {1|2|4|8}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:VIDeo:INTerlace?

RESPONSE FORMAT <interlace>

<interlace>:= {1|2|4|8}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the interlace of the custom

video trigger to 8:1.

Command message:
:TRIGger:VIDeo:INTerlace 8
TRIG:VID:INT 8

Query message:
TRIG:VID:INT?

Response message:
8

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:VIDeo:STANdard

Programming Guide Page 373

:TRIGger:VIDeo:LCNT
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the lines of the custom video trigger.

The query returns the current of lines of the custom video

trigger.

If the "Of Lines" is set to 800, the correct relationship

between the interface, of fields, trigger line and trigger field is
as follows:
Of Interl Of Fields Trigger Trigger Field
Lines ace Line
800 1:1 1 800 1

800 2:1 1/2/4/8 400 1/1~2/1~4/1~8

800 4:1 1/2/4/8 300 1/1~2/1~4/1~8

800 8:1 1/2/4/8 100 1/1~2/1~4/1~8

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:VIDeo:LCNT <line_cnt>

<line_cnt>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and

no decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [300,
2000].

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:VIDeo:LCNT?

RESPONSE FORMAT <line_cnt>

<line_cnt>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and

no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the lines of the custom video
trigger to 500.

Command message:
:TRIGger:VIDeo:LCNT 500
TRIG:VID:LCNT 500

Query message:
TRIG:VID:LCNT?

Programming Guide Page 374

 Response message:
500

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:VIDeo:STANdard

Programming Guide Page 375

:TRIGger:VIDeo:LEVel
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the trigger level of the video trigger.

The query returns the current trigger level of the video

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:VIDeo:LEVel <level_value>

<level_value>:= Value in NR3 format.

The range of the value varies, see the table below.

[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:VIDeo:LEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <level_value>

<level_value>:= Value in NR3 format

EXAMPLE The following command sets the trigger level of the video
trigger to 0.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:VIDeo:LEVel 5.00E-01
TRIG:VID:LEV 5.00E-01

Query message:
TRIG:VID:LEV?

Response message:
5.00E-01

Programming Guide Page 376

:TRIGger:VIDeo:LINE
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the synchronous trigger line when the
video standard is not custom.

The query returns the current synchronous trigger line when

the video standard is not custom.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:VIDeo:LINE <line>

<line>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

The following table shows the corresponding relations

between line and field for all video standards(except for
custom)
Standard Field 1 Field 2
NTSC [1, 263] [1,262]
PAL [1, 313] [1, 312]
HDTV 720P/50, [1, 750]
720P/60
HDTV 1080P/50, [1, 1125]
1080P/60
HDTV 1080i/50, [1, 563] [1, 562]
1080i/60

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:VIDeo:LINE?

RESPONSE FORMAT <line>

<line>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the synchronous trigger line to

2.

Command message:
:TRIGger:VIDeo:LINE 2
TRIG:VID:LINE 2

Query message:
TRIG:VID:LINE?

Programming Guide Page 377

 Response message:
2

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:VIDeo:STANdard

:TRIGger:VIDeo:SYNC

Programming Guide Page 378

:TRIGger:VIDeo:SOURce
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the trigger source of the video trigger.

The query returns the current trigger source of the video

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:VIDeo:SOURce <source>

<source>:= {C<x>}
<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:VIDeo:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the trigger source of the video
trigger to channel 2.

Command message:
:TRIGger:VIDeo:SOURce C2
TRIG:VID:SOUR C2

Query message:
TRIG:VID:SOUR?

Response message:
C2

Programming Guide Page 379

:TRIGger:VIDeo:STANdard
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the standard of the video trigger.

The query returns the current standard of the video trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:VIDeo:STANdard <standard>

<standard>:=
{NTSC|PAL|P720L50|P720L60|P1080L50|P1080L60|I1080L
50|I1080L60|CUSTom}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:VIDeo:STANdard?

RESPONSE FORMAT <standard>

<standard>:=
{NTSC|PAL|P720L50|P720L60|P1080L50|P1080L60|I1080L
50|I1080L60|CUSTom}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the standard of the video trigger
to NTSC.

Command message:
:TRIGger:VIDeo:STANdard NTSC
TRIG:VID:STAN NTSC

Query message:
TRIG:VID:STAN?

Response message:
NTSC

Programming Guide Page 380

:TRIGger:VIDeo:SYNC
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the sync mode of the video trigger.

The query returns the current sync mode of the video trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:VIDeo:SYNC <sync>

<sync>:= {SELect|ANY}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:VIDeo:SYNC?

RESPONSE FORMAT <sync>

<sync>:= {SELect|ANY}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the sync mode of the video
trigger to select.

Command message:
:TRIGger:VIDeo:SYNC SELect
TRIG:VID:SYNC SEL

Query message:
TRIG:VID:SYNC?

Response message:
SELect

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:VIDeo:STANdard

:TRIGger:VIDeo:LINE
:TRIGger:VIDeo:FIELd

Programming Guide Page 381

:TRIGger:WINDow Commands

The :TRIGGER:WINDow subsystem commands control the window trigger

parameters.

� :TRIGger:WINDow:CLEVel
� :TRIGger:WINDow:COUPling
� :TRIGger:WINDow:DLEVel
� :TRIGger:WINDow:HLDEVent
� :TRIGger:WINDow:HLDTime
� :TRIGger:WINDow:HLEVel
� :TRIGger:WINDow:HOLDoff
� :TRIGger:WINDow:HSTart
� :TRIGger:WINDow:LLEVel
� :TRIGger:WINDow:NREJect
� :TRIGger:WINDow:SOURce
� :TRIGger:WINDow:TYPE

Programming Guide Page 382

:TRIGger:WINDow:CLEVel
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the center level of the window trigger.

The query returns the current center level of the window

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:WINDow:CLEVel <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

The range of the value varies, see the table below.

[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:WINDow:CLEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format

EXAMPLE The following command sets the center level of the window
trigger to 0.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:WINDow:CLEVel 5.00E-01
TRIG:WIND:CLEV 5.00E-01

Query message:
TRIG:WIND:CLEV?

Response message:
5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:WINDow:DLEVel

Programming Guide Page 383

:TRIGger:WINDow:COUPling
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the coupling mode of the window trigger.

The query returns the current coupling mode of the window

trigger

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:WINDow:COUPling <mode>

<mode>:= {DC|AC|LFREJect|HFREJect}
� DC coupling allows dc and ac signals into the trigger
path.
� AC coupling places a high-pass filter in the trigger path,
removing dc offset voltage from the trigger waveform.
Use AC coupling to get a stable edge trigger when your
waveform has a large dc offset.
� HFREJect which is a high-frequency rejection filter adds
a low-pass filter in the trigger path to remove high-
frequency components from the trigger waveform. Use
the high frequency rejection filter to remove high-
frequency noise, such as AM or FM broadcast stations,
from the trigger path.
� LFREJect which is a low frequency rejection filter adds a
high-pass filter in series with the trigger waveform to
remove any unwanted low frequency components from a
trigger waveform, such as power line frequencies, that
can interfere with proper triggering.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:WINDow:COUPling?

RESPONSE FORMAT <mode>

<mode>:= {DC|AC|LFREJect|HFREJect}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the coupling mode of the

window trigger to DC.

Command message:
:TRIGger:WINDow:COUPling DC
TRIG:WIND:COUP DC

Query message:
TRIG:WIND:COUP?

Programming Guide Page 384

Response message:
DC

Programming Guide Page 385

:TRIGger:WINDow:DLEVel
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the delta level of window trigger.

The query returns the current delta level of window trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:WINDow:DLEVel <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

The range of the value varies, see the table below.

[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:WINDow:DLEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the delta level of window trigger
to 0.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:WINDow:DLEVel 5.00E-01
TRIG:WIND:DLEV 5.00E-01

Query message:
TRIG:WIND:DLEV?

Response message:
5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:WINDow:CLEVel

Programming Guide Page 386

:TRIGger:WINDow:HLDEVent
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the number of holdoff events of the

window trigger.

The query returns the current number of holdoff events of the

window trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:WINDow:HLDEVent <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1,
100000000].

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:WINDow:HLDEVent?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the number of holdoff events of

the window trigger to 3.

Command message:
:TRIGger:WINDow:HLDEVent 3
TRIG:WIND:HLDEV 3

Query message:
TRIG:WIND:HLDEV?

Response message:
3

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:WINDow:HOLDoff

Programming Guide Page 387

:TRIGger:WINDow:HLDTime

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the holdoff time of the window

trigger.

The query returns the current holdoff time of the window

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:WINDow:HLDTime <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model Value Range
T3DSO2000A [8.00E-09, 3.00E+01]

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:WINDow:HLDTime?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the holdoff time of the window
trigger to 15 ns.

Command message:
:TRIGger:WINDow:HLDTime 1.50E-08
TRIG:WIND:HLDT 1.50E-08

Query message:
TRIG:WIND:HLDT?

Response message:
1.50E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:WINDow:HOLDoff

Programming Guide Page 388

:TRIGger:WINDow:HLEVel

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the high trigger level of window trigger.

The query returns the current high trigger level of window

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:WINDow:HLEVel <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

The range of the value varies, see the table below.

[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

Note:
The high level value cannot be less than the low level value
using by the command :TRIGger:WINDow:LLEVel.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:WINDow:HLEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format

EXAMPLE The following command sets the high trigger level of window
trigger to 0.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:WINDow:HLEVel 5.00E-01
TRIG:WIND:HLEV 5.00E-01

Query message:
TRIG:WIND:HLEV?
Response message:
5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:WINDow:LLEVel

Programming Guide Page 389

:TRIGger:WINDow:HOLDoff
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the holdoff type of the window trigger.

The query returns the current holdoff type of the window

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:WINDow:HOLDoff <holdoff_type>

<holdoff_type>:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}
� OFF means to turn off the holdoff.
� EVENts means the amount of events that the
oscilloscope counts before re-arming the trigger circuitry.
� TIME means the amount of time that the oscilloscope
waits before re-arming the trigger circuitry.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:WINDow:HOLDoff?

RESPONSE FORMAT <holdoff_type>

< holdoff_type >:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}

EXAMPLE The following command turns off the holdoff of the window
trigger.

Command message:
:TRIGger:WINDow:HOLDoff OFF
TRIG:WIND:HOLD OFF

Query message:
TRIG:WIND:HOLD?

Response message:
OFF

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:WINDow:HLDEVent

:TRIGger:WINDow:HLEVel
:TRIGger:WINDow:HSTart

Programming Guide Page 390

:TRIGger:WINDow:HSTart
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command defines the initial position of the window

trigger holdoff.

The query returns the initial position of the window trigger

holdoff.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:WINDow:HSTart <start_holdoff>

<start_holdoff>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START}
� LAST_TRIG means the initial position of holdoff is the
first time point satisfying the trigger condition.
� ACQ_START means the initial position of holdoff is the
time of the last trigger.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:WINDow:HSTart?

RESPONSE FORMAT <start_holdoff>

<start_holdoff>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the start holdoff mode to

LAST_TRIG (last trigger).

Command message:
:TRIGger:WINDow:HSTart LAST_TRIG
TRIG:WIND:HST LAST_TRIG

Query message:
TRIG:PULS:HST?

Response message:
LAST_TRIG

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:WINDow:HOLDoff

Programming Guide Page 391

:TRIGger:WINDow:LLEVel
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the low trigger level of the window
trigger.

The query returns the current low trigger level of the window
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:WINDow:LLEVel <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

The range of the value varies, see the table below.

[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

Note:
The low level value cannot be greater than the high level
value using by the command :TRIGger:WINDow:HLEVel.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:WINDow:LLEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format

EXAMPLE The following command sets the low trigger level of runt
trigger to -0.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:WINDowLLEVel -5.00E-01
TRIG:WIND:LLEV -5.00E-01

Query message:
TRIG:WIND:LLEV?

Response message:
-5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:WINDow:HLEVel

Programming Guide Page 392

:TRIGger:WINDow:NREJect
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command state of noise reject.

The query returns the current state of noise reject.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:WINDow:NREJect <state>

<state>:= {OFF|ON}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:WINDow:NREJect?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {OFF|ON}

EXAMPLE The following command turns on the noise rejection.

Command message:
:TRIGger:WINDow:NREJect ON
TRIG:WIND:NREJ ON

Query message:
TRIG:WIND:NREJ?

Response message:
ON

Programming Guide Page 393

:TRIGger:WINDow:SOURce
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the trigger source of the window trigger.

The query returns the current trigger source of the window

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:WINDow:SOURce <source>

<source>:= {C<x>}
<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:WINDow:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>}
<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the trigger source of the window
trigger to channel 2.

Command message:
:TRIGger:WINDow:SOURce C2
TRIG:WIND:SOUR C2

Query message:
TRIG:WIND:SOUR?

Response message:
C2

Programming Guide Page 394

:TRIGger:WINDow:TYPE
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the window type of the window trigger.

The query returns the current window type of the window

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:WINDow:TYPE <type>

<type>:= {ABSolute|RELative}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:WINDow:TYPE?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {ABSolute|RELative}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the absolute type to window

trigger.

Command message:
:TRIGger:WINDow:TYPE ABSolute
TRIG:WIND:TYPE ABS

Query message:
TRIG:WIND:TYPE?

Response message:
ABSolute

Programming Guide Page 395

:TRIGger:INTerval Commands

The :TRIGGER:INTerval subsystem commands control the interval trigger

parameters.

� :TRIGger:INTerval:COUPling
� :TRIGger:INTerval:HLDEVent
� :TRIGger:INTerval:HLDTime
�
� :TRIGger:INTerval:HOLDoff
� :TRIGger:INTerval:HSTart
� :TRIGger:INTerval:LEVel
� :TRIGger:INTerval:LIMit
� :TRIGger:INTerval:NREJect
� :TRIGger:INTerval:SLOPe
� :TRIGger:INTerval:SOURce
� :TRIGger:INTerval:TLOWer
� :TRIGger:INTerval:TUPPer

Programming Guide Page 396

:TRIGger:INTerval:COUPling
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the coupling mode of the interval trigger.

The query returns the current coupling mode of the interval

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:INTerval:COUPling <mode>

<mode>:= {DC|AC|LFREJect|HFREJect}
� DC coupling allows dc and ac signals into the trigger
path.
� AC coupling places a high-pass filter in the trigger path,
removing dc offset voltage from the trigger waveform.
Use AC coupling to get a stable edge trigger when your
waveform has a large dc offset.
� HFREJect which is a high-frequency rejection filter adds
a low-pass filter in the trigger path to remove high-
frequency components from the trigger waveform. Use
the high-frequency reject filter to remove high-frequency
noise, such as AM or FM broadcast stations, from the
trigger path.
� LFREJect which is a low frequency rejection filter adds a
high-pass filter in series with the trigger waveform to
remove any unwanted low frequency components from a
trigger waveform, such as power line frequencies, that
can interfere with proper triggering.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:INTerval:COUPling?

RESPONSE FORMAT <mode>

<mode>:= {DC|AC|LFREJect|HFREJect}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the coupling mode of the

interval trigger to DC.

Command message:
:TRIGger:INTerval:COUPling DC
TRIG:INT:COUP DC

Programming Guide Page 397

Query message:
TRIG:INT:COUP?

Response message:
DC

Programming Guide Page 398

:TRIGger:INTerval:HLDEVent

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the number of holdoff events of the

interval trigger.

The query returns the current number of holdoff events of the

interval trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:INTerval:HLDEVent <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1,
100000000].

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:INTerval:HLDEVent?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the number of holdoff events of

the interval trigger to 3.

Command message:
:TRIGger:INTerval:HLDEVent 3
TRIG:INT:HLDEV 3

Query message:
TRIG:INT:HLDEV?

Response message:
3

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:INTerval:HOLDoff

Programming Guide Page 399

:TRIGger:INTerval:HLDTime

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the holdoff time of the interval

trigger.

The query returns the current holdoff time of the interval

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:INTerval:HLDTime <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

The range of the value varies between the following values:

[8.00E-09, 3.00E+01]

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:INTerval:HLDTime?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format

EXAMPLE The following command sets the holdoff time of the interval
trigger to 15 ns.

Command message:
:TRIGger:INTerval:HLDTime 1.50E-08
TRIG:INT:HLDT 1.50E-08

Query message:
TRIG:INT:HLDT?

Response message:
1.50E-08

RELATED COMMANDS
:TRIGger:INTerval:HOLDoff

Programming Guide Page 400

:TRIGger:INTerval:HOLDoff
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the holdoff type of the interval trigger.

The query returns the current holdoff type of the interval

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:INTerval:HOLDoff <holdoff_type>

<holdoff_type>:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}
� OFF means to turn off the holdoff.
� EVENts means the amount of events that the
oscilloscope counts before re-arming the trigger circuitry
� TIME means the amount of time that the oscilloscope
waits before re-arming the trigger circuitry.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:INTerval:HOLDoff?

RESPONSE FORMAT <holdoff_type>

< holdoff_type >:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}

EXAMPLE The following command turns off the holdoff of the interval
trigger.

Command message:
:TRIGger:INTerval:HOLDoff OFF
TRIG:INT:HOLD OFF

Query message:
TRIG:INT:HOLD?

Response message:
OFF

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:INTerval:HLDEVent

:TRIGger:INTerval:HLDTime
:TRIGger:INTerval:HSTart

Programming Guide Page 401

:TRIGger:INTerval:HSTart
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the start holdoff mode of the interval
trigger.

The query returns the current start holdoff mode of the

interval trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:INTerval:HSTart <start_holdoff>

<start_holdoff>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START}
� LAST_TRIG means the initial position of holdoff is the
first time point satisfying the trigger condition.
� ACQ_START means the initial position of holdoff is the
time of the last trigger.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:INTerval:HSTart?

RESPONSE FORMAT <start_holdoff>

<start_holdoff>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the start holdoff mode of the
interval trigger as LAST_TRIG (last trigger).

Command message:
:TRIGger:INTerval:HSTart LAST_TRIG
TRIG:INT:HST LAST_TRIG

Query message:
TRIG:INT:HST?

Response message:
LAST_TRIG

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:INTerval:HOLDoff

Programming Guide Page 402

:TRIGger:INTerval:LEVel
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the trigger level of the interval trigger.

The query returns the current trigger level of the interval

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:INTerval:LEVel <level_value>

<level_value>:= Value in NR3 format.

The range of the value varies, see the table below.

[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:INTerval:LEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <level_value>

<level_value>:= Value in NR3 format

EXAMPLE The following command sets the trigger level of the interval
trigger to 0.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:INTerval:LEVel 5.00E-01
TRIGr:INT:LEV 5.00E-01

Query message:
TRIG:INT:LEV?

Response message:
5.00E-01

Programming Guide Page 403

:TRIGger:INTerval:LIMit
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the limit range type of the interval trigger.

The query returns the current limit range type of the interval
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:INTerval:LIMit <type>

<type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:INTerval:LIMit?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the limit of the interval trigger to
LESSthan.

Command message:
:TRIGger:INTerval:LIMit LESSthan
TRIG:INT:LIM LESS

Query message:
TRIG:INT:LIM?

Response message:
LESSthan

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:INTerval:TLOWer

:TRIGger:INTerval:TUPPer

Programming Guide Page 404

:TRIGger:INTerval:NREJect
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the state of the noise rejection.

The query returns the current state of the noise rejection

function.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:INTerval:NREJect <state>

<state>:= {OFF|ON}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:INTerval:NREJect?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {OFF|ON}

EXAMPLE The following command turns on the noise rejection.

Command message:
:TRIGger:INTerval:NREJect ON
TRIG:INT:NREJ ON

Query message:
TRIG:INT:NREJ?

Response message:
ON

Programming Guide Page 405

:TRIGger:INTerval:SLOPe
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the slope of the interval trigger.

The query returns the current slope of the interval trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:INTerval:SLOPe <slope_type>

<slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:INTerval:SLOPe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <slope_type>

<slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the rising slope of the interval
trigger.

Command message:
:TRIGger:INTerval:SLOPe RISing
TRIG:INT:SLOP RIS

Query message:
TRIG:INT:SLOP?

Response message:
RISing

Programming Guide Page 406

:TRIGger:INTerval:SOURce
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the trigger source of the interval trigger.

The query returns the current trigger source of the interval

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:INTerval:SOURce <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:INTerval:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the trigger source of the interval
trigger as channel 1.

Command message:
:TRIGger:INTerval:SOURce C1
TRIG:INT:SOUR C1

Query message:
TRIG:INT:SOUR?

Response message:
C1

Programming Guide Page 407

:TRIGger:INTerval:TLOWer
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the lower value of the interval trigger limit
type.

The query returns the current lower value of the interval

trigger limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:INTerval:TLOWer <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

The range of the value is [2.00E-09, 2.00E+01].

Note:
� The lower value cannot be greater than the upper value
using by the command :TRIGger:INTerval:TUPPer.
� The command is not valid when the limit range type is
LESSthan.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:INTerval:TLOWer?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format

EXAMPLE The following command sets the time lower value of the
interval trigger to 10 ns.

Command message:
:TRIGger:INTerval:TLOWer 1.00E-08
TRIG:INT:TLOW 1.00E-08

Query message:
TRIG:INT:TLOW?

Response message:
1.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:INTerval:LIMit

:TRIGger:INTerval:TUPPer

Programming Guide Page 408

:TRIGger:INTerval:TUPPer
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the upper value of the interval trigger
limit type.

The query returns the current upper value of the interval

trigger limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:INTerval:TUPPer <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

The range of the value is [3.00E-09, 2.00E+01].

Note:
� The upper value cannot be less than the lower value
using by the command :TRIGger:INTerval:TLOWer.
� The command is not valid when the limit range type is
GREATerthan.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:INTerval:TUPPer?

RESPONSE FORMAT <tupper_value>

<tupper_value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the time upper value of the
interval trigger to 30 ns.

Command message:
:TRIGger:INTerval:TUPPer 3.00E-08
TRIG:INT:TUPP 3.00E-08

Query message:
TRIG:INT:TUPP?

Response message:
3.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:INTerval:LIMit

:TRIGger:INTerval:TLOWer

Programming Guide Page 409

:TRIGger:DROPout Commands

The :TRIGGER:DROPout subsystem commands control the dropout trigger

parameters.

� :TRIGger:DROPout:COUPling
� :TRIGger:DROPout:HLDEVent
� :TRIGger:DROPout:HLDTime
�
� :TRIGger:DROPout:HOLDoff
� :TRIGger:DROPout:HSTart
� :TRIGger:DROPout:LEVel
� :TRIGger:DROPout:NREJect
� :TRIGger:DROPout:SLOPe
� :TRIGger:DROPout:SOURce
� :TRIGger:DROPout:TIME
� :TRIGger:DROPout:TYPE

Programming Guide Page 410

:TRIGger:DROPout:COUPling
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the coupling mode of the dropout trigger.

The query returns the current coupling mode of the dropout

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:DROPout:COUPling <mode>

<mode>:= {DC|AC|LFREJect|HFREJect}
� DC coupling allows dc and ac signals into the trigger
path.
� AC coupling places a high-pass filter in the trigger path,
removing dc offset voltage from the trigger waveform.
Use AC coupling to get a stable edge trigger when your
waveform has a large dc offset.
� HFREJect which is a high-frequency rejection filter adds
a low-pass filter in the trigger path to remove high-
frequency components from the trigger waveform. Use
the high-frequency rejection filter to remove high-
frequency noise, such as AM or FM broadcast stations,
from the trigger path.
� LFREJect which is a low frequency rejection filter adds a
high-pass filter in series with the trigger waveform to
remove any unwanted low frequency components from a
trigger waveform, such as power line frequencies, that
can interfere with proper triggering.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:DROPout:COUPling?

RESPONSE FORMAT <mode>

<mode>:= {DC|AC|LFREJect|HFREJect}

EXAMPLE The following command sets coupling mode of the dropout

trigger to DC.

Command message:
:TRIGger:DROPout:COUPling DC
TRIG:DROP:COUP DC

Query message:
TRIG:DROP:COUP?

Programming Guide Page 411

Query message:
TRIG:DROP:COUP?

Response message:
DC

Programming Guide Page 412

:TRIGger:DROPout:HLDEVent
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the number of holdoff events of the

dropout trigger.

The query returns the current number of holdoff events of the

dropout trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:DROPout:HLDEVent <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1,
100000000].

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:DROPout:HLDEVent?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the number of holdoff events of

the dropout trigger to 3.

Command message:
:TRIGger:DROPout:HLDEVent 3
TRIG:DROP:HLDEV 3

Query message:
TRIG:DROP:HLDEV?

Response message:
3

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:DROPout:HOLDoff

Programming Guide Page 413

:TRIGger:DROPout:HLDTime

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the holdoff time of the dropout

trigger.

The query returns the current holdoff time of the dropout

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:DROPout:HLDTime <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

The range of the value varies, see the table below

for details.
[8.00E-09, 3.00E+01]

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:DROPout:HLDTime?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the holdoff time of the dropout
trigger to 15 ns.

Command message:
:TRIGger:DROPout:HLDTime 1.50E-08
:TRIG:DROP:HLDT 1.50E-08

Query message:
TRIG:DROP:HLDT?

Response message:
1.50E-08

RELATED COMMANDS
:TRIGger:DROPout:HOLDoff

Programming Guide Page 414

:TRIGger:DROPout:HOLDoff
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the holdoff type of the dropout trigger.

The query returns the current holdoff type of the dropout

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:DROPout:HOLDoff <holdoff_type>

<holdoff_type>:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}
� OFF means to turn off the holdoff.
� EVENts means the amount of events that the
oscilloscope counts before re-arming the trigger circuitry.
� TIME means the amount of time that the oscilloscope
waits before re-arming the trigger circuitry.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:DROPout:HOLDoff?

RESPONSE FORMAT <holdoff_type>

< holdoff_type>:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}

EXAMPLE The following command turns off the holdoff of the dropout
trigger.

Command message:
:TRIGger:DROPout:HOLDoff OFF
TRIG:DROP:HOLD OFF

Query message:
TRIG:DROP:HOLD?

Response message:
OFF

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:DROPout:HLDEVent

:TRIGger:DROPout:HLDTime
:TRIGger:DROPout:HSTart

Programming Guide Page 415

:TRIGger:DROPout:HSTart
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the start holdoff mode of the dropout
trigger.

The query returns the current start holdoff mode of the

dropout trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:DROPout:HSTart <start_holdoff>

<start_holdoff>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START}
� LAST_TRIG means the initial position of holdoff is the
first time point satisfying the trigger condition.
� ACQ_START means the initial position of holdoff is the
time of the last trigger.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:DROPout:HSTart?

RESPONSE FORMAT <start_holdoff>

<start_holdoff>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the start hold off mode to
LAST_TRIG (last trigger).

Command message:
:TRIGger:DROPout:HSTart LAST_TRIG
TRIG:DROP:HST LAST_TRIG

Query message:
TRIG:DROP:HST?

Response message:
LAST_TRIG

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:DROPout:HOLDoff

Programming Guide Page 416

:TRIGger:DROPout:LEVel
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the trigger level of the dropout trigger.

The query returns the current trigger level of the dropout

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:DROPout:LEVel <level_value>

<level_value>:= Value in NR3 format.

The range of the value varies, see the table below.

[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:DROPout:LEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <level_value>

<level_value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the trigger level of the dropout
trigger to 0.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:DROPout:LEVel 5.00E-1
TRIG:DROP:LEV 5.00E-1

Query message:
TRIG:DROP:LEV?

Response message:
5.00E-01

Programming Guide Page 417

:TRIGger:DROPout:NREJect
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the state of the noise rejection.

The query returns the current state of the noise rejection

function.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:DROPout:NREJect <state>

<state>:= {OFF|ON}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:DROPout:NREJect?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {OFF|ON}

EXAMPLE The following command turns on the noise rejection.

Command message:
:TRIGger:DROPout:NREJect ON
TRIG:DROP:NREJ ON

Query message:
TRIG:DROP:NREJ?

Response message:
ON

Programming Guide Page 418

:TRIGger:DROPout:SLOPe
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the slope of the dropout trigger.

The query returns the current slope of the dropout trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:DROPout:SLOPe <slope_type>

<slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:DROPout:SLOPe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <slope_type>

<slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the rising slope of the dropout
trigger.

Command message:
:TRIGger:DROPout:SLOPe RISing
TRIG:DROP:SLOP RIS

Query message:
TRIG:DROP:SLOP?

Response message:
RISing

Programming Guide Page 419

:TRIGger:DROPout:SOURce
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the trigger source of the dropout trigger.

The query returns the current trigger source of the dropout

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:DROPout:SOURce <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:DROPout:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the trigger source of the

dropout trigger to channel 2.

Command message:
:TRIGger:DROPout:SOURce C2
TRIG:DROP:SOUR C2

Query message:
TRIG:DROP:SOUR?

Response message:
C2

Programming Guide Page 420

:TRIGger:DROPout:TIME
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the dropout time of the dropout trigger.

The query returns the current time of the dropout trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:DROPout:TIME <time>

<time>:= Value in NR3 format.

The range of the value is [2.00E-09, 2.00E+01].

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:DROPout:TIME?

RESPONSE FORMAT <time>

<time>:= Value in NR3 format

EXAMPLE The following command sets the time of the dropout trigger
to 10 ns.

Command message:
:TRIGger:DROPout:TIME 1.00E-08
TRIG:DROP:TIME 1.00E-08

Query message:
TRIG:DROP:TIME?

Response message:
1.00E-08

Programming Guide Page 421

:TRIGger:DROPout:TYPE
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the over time type of the dropout trigger.

The query returns the current over time type of the dropout
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:DROPout:TYPE <type>

<type>:= {EDGE|STATe}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:DROPout:TYPE?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {EDGE|STATe}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the over time type of the
dropout trigger to EDGE.

Command message:
:TRIGger:DROPout:TYPE EDGE
TRIG:DROP:TYPE EDGE

Query message:
TRIG:DROP:TYPE?

Response message:
EDGE

Programming Guide Page 422

:TRIGger:RUNT Commands

The :TRIGGER:RUNT subsystem commands control the runt trigger parameters.

� :TRIGger:RUNT:COUPling
� :TRIGger:RUNT:HLDEVent
� :TRIGger:RUNT:HLDTime
� :TRIGger:RUNT:HLEVel
� :TRIGger:RUNT:HOLDoff
� :TRIGger:RUNT:HSTart
� :TRIGger:RUNT:LIMit
� :TRIGger:RUNT:LLEVel
� :TRIGger:RUNT:NREJect
� :TRIGger:RUNT:POLarity
� :TRIGger:RUNT:SOURce
� :TRIGger:RUNT:TLOWer
� :TRIGger:RUNT:TUPPer

Programming Guide Page 423

:TRIGger:RUNT:COUPling
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the coupling mode of the runt trigger.

The query returns the current coupling mode of the runt

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:RUNT:COUPling <mode>

<mode>:= {DC|AC|LFREJect|HFREJect}
� DC coupling allows dc and ac signals into the trigger
path.
� AC coupling places a high-pass filter in the trigger path,
removing dc offset voltage from the trigger waveform.
Use AC coupling to get a stable edge trigger when your
waveform has a large dc offset.
� HFREJect which is a high-frequency rejection filter adds
a low-pass filter in the trigger path to remove high
frequency components from the trigger waveform. Use
the high-frequency reject filter to remove high-frequency
noise, such as AM or FM broadcast stations, from the
trigger path.
� LFREJect which is a low frequency rejection filter adds a
high-pass filter in series with the trigger waveform to
remove any unwanted low frequency components from a
trigger waveform, such as power line frequencies, that
can interfere with proper triggering.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:RUNT:COUPling?

RESPONSE FORMAT <mode>

<mode>:= {DC|AC|LFREJect|HFREJect}

EXAMPLE The following command sets coupling mode of the runt

trigger to DC.

Command message:
:TRIGger:RUNT:COUPling DC
TRIG:RUNT:COUP DC

Programming Guide Page 424

Query message:
TRIG:RUNT:COUP?

Response message:
DC

Programming Guide Page 425

:TRIGger:RUNT:HLDEVent

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the number of holdoff events of the runt
trigger.

The query returns the current number of holdoff events of the

runt trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:RUNT:HLDEVent <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1,
100000000].

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:RUNT:HLDEVent?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the number of holdoff events of

the runt trigger to 3.

Command message:
:TRIGger:RUNT:HLDEVent 3
TRIG:RUNT:HLDEV 3

Query message:
TRIG:RUNT:HLDEV?

Response message:
3

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:RUNT:HOLDoff

Programming Guide Page 426

:TRIGger:RUNT:HLDTime

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the holdoff time of the runt trigger.

The query returns the current holdoff time of the runt trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:RUNT:HLDTime <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies, see the table below.

[8.00E-09, 3.00E+01]

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:RUNT:HLDTime?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the holdoff time of the runt
trigger to 15 ns.

Command message:
:TRIGger:RUNT:HLDTime 1.50E-08
TRIG:RUNT:HLDT 1.50E-08

Query message:
TRIG:RUNT:HLDT?

Response message:
1.50E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:DROPout:HOLDoff

Programming Guide Page 427

:TRIGger:RUNT:HLEVel

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the high trigger level of the runt trigger.

The query returns the current high trigger level of the runt
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:RUNT:HLEVel <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies, see the table below.

[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

Note:
The high level value cannot be less than the low level value
using by the command :TRIGger:RUNT:LLEVel.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:RUNT:HLEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the high trigger level of the runt
trigger to 0.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:RUNT:HLEVel 5.00E-01
TRIG:RUNT:HLEV 5.00E-01

Query message:
TRIG:RUNT:HLEV?

Response message:
5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:RUNT:LLEVel

Programming Guide Page 428

:TRIGger:RUNT:HOLDoff
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the holdoff type of the runt trigger.

The query returns the current holdoff type of the runt trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:RUNT:HOLDoff <holdoff_type>

<holdoff_type>:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}
� OFF means to turn off the holdoff.
� EVENts means the amount of events that the
oscilloscope counts before re-arming the trigger circuitry.
� TIME means the amount of time that the oscilloscope
waits before re-arming the trigger circuitry.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:RUNT:HOLDoff?

RESPONSE FORMAT <holdoff_type>

< holdoff_type>:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}

EXAMPLE The following command turns off the holdoff of the runt
trigger.

Command message:
:TRIGger:RUNT:HOLDoff OFF
TRIG:RUNT:HOLD OFF

Query message:
TRIG:RUNT:HOLD?

Response message:
OFF

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:RUNT:HLDEVent

:TRIGger:RUNT:HLDTime
:TRIGger:RUNT:HSTart

Programming Guide Page 429

:TRIGger:RUNT:HSTart
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the start holdoff mode of the runt trigger.

The query returns the current start holdoff mode of the runt
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger: RUNT:HSTart <start_holdoff>

<start_holdoff>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START}
� LAST_TRIG means the initial position of holdoff is the
first time point satisfying the trigger condition.
� ACQ_START means the initial position of holdoff is the
time of the last trigger.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:RUNT:HSTart?

RESPONSE FORMAT <start_holdoff>

<start_holdoff>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the start holdoff mode to

LAST_TRIG (last trigger).

Command message:
:TRIGger:RUNT:HSTart LAST_TRIG
TRIG:RUNT:HST LAST_TRIG

Query message:
TRIG:RUNT:HST?

Response message:
LAST_TRIG

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:RUNT:HOLDoff

Programming Guide Page 430

:TRIGger:RUNT:LIMit
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the limit range type of the runt trigger.

The query returns the current limit range type of the runt
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:RUNT:LIMit <type>

<type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:RUNT:LIMit?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the limit of the runt trigger to
LESSthan.

Command message:
:TRIGger:RUNT:LIMit LESSthan
TRIG:RUNT:LIM LESS

Query message:
TRIG:RUNT:LIM?

Response message:
LESSthan

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:RUNT:TLOWer

:TRIGger:RUNT:TUPPer

Programming Guide Page 431

:TRIGger:RUNT:LLEVel
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the low trigger level of the runt trigger.

The query returns the current low trigger level of the runt
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:RUNT:LLEVel <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies, see the table below.

[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

Note:
The low level value cannot be greater than the high level
value using by the command :TRIGger:RUNT:HLEVel.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:RUNT:LLEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the low trigger level of the
runt trigger to -0.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:RUNT:LLEVel - 5.00E-01
TRIG:RUNT:LLEV - 5.00E-01

Query message:
TRIG:RUNT:LLEV?

Response message:
-5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:RUNT:HLEVel

Programming Guide Page 432

:TRIGger:RUNT:NREJect
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the state of noise rejection.

The query returns the current state of noise rejection

function.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:RUNT:NREJect <state>

<state>:= {OFF|ON}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:RUNT:NREJect?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {OFF|ON}

EXAMPLE The following command turns on the noise rejection.

Command message:
:TRIGger:RUNT:NREJect ON
TRIG:RUNT:NREJ ON

Query message:
TRIG:RUNT:NREJ?

Response message:
ON

Programming Guide Page 433

:TRIGger:RUNT:POLarity
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the polarity of the runt trigger.

The query returns the current polarity of the runt trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:RUNT:POLarity <polarity_type>

<polarity_type>:= {POSitive|NEGative}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:RUNT:POLarity?

RESPONSE FORMAT <polarity_type>

<polarity_type>:= {POSitive|NEGative}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the polarity of the runt trigger to
POSitive.

Command message:
:TRIGger:RUNT:POLarity POSitive
TRIG:RUNT:POL POS

Query message:
TRIG:RUNT:POL?

Response message:
POSitive

Programming Guide Page 434

:TRIGger:RUNT:SOURce
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the trigger source of the runt trigger.

The query returns the current trigger source of the runt

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:RUNT:SOURce <source>

<source>:= {C<x>}
<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:RUNT:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>}
<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the trigger source of the runt
trigger to channel 2

Command message:
:TRIGger:RUNT:SOURce C2
TRIG:RUNT:SOUR C2

Query message:
TRIG:RUNT:SOUR?

Response message:
C2

Programming Guide Page 435

:TRIGger:RUNT:TLOWer
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the lower value of the runt trigger limit
type.

The query returns the current lower value of the runt trigger
limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:RUNT:TLOWer <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is
[2.00E-09, 2.00E+01].

Note:
� The lower value cannot be greater than the upper value
using by the command :TRIGger:RUNT:TUPPer.
� The command is not valid when the limit range type is
LESSthan.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:RUNT:TLOWer?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the lower time of the runt trigger
to 10 ns.

Command message:
:TRIGger:RUNT:TLOWer 1.00E-08
TRIG:RUNT:TLOW 1.00E-08

Query message:
TRIG:RUNT:TLOW?

Response message:
1.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:RUNT:TUPPer

:TRIGger:RUNT:LIMit

Programming Guide Page 436

:TRIGger:RUNT:TUPPer

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the upper value of the runt trigger limit
type.

The query returns the current upper value of the runt trigger
limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULse:RUNT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is
[3.00E-09, 2.00E+01].

Note:
� The upper value cannot be less than the lower value
using by the command :TRIGger:RUNT:TLOWer.
� The command is not valid when the limit range type is
GREATerthan.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:RUNT:TUPPer?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the upper time of the runt
trigger to 30 ns.

Command message:
:TRIGger:RUNT:TUPPer 3.00E-08
TRIG:RUNT:TUPP 3.00E-08

Query message:
TRIG:RUNT:TUPP?
Response message:
3.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:RUNT:LIMit

:TRIGger:RUNT:TLOWer

Programming Guide Page 437

:TRIGger:PATTern Commands

The :TRIGGER:PATTern subsystem commands control the pattern trigger

parameters.

� :TRIGger:PATTern:HLDEVent
� :TRIGger:PATTern:HLDTime
� :TRIGger:PATTern:HOLDoff
� :TRIGger:PATTern:HSTart
� :TRIGger:PATTern:INPut
� :TRIGger:PATTern:LEVel
� :TRIGger:PATTern:LIMit
� :TRIGger:PATTern:LOGic
� :TRIGger:PATTern:TLOWer
� :TRIGger:PATTern:TUPPer

Programming Guide Page 438

:TRIGger:PATTern:HLDEVent
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the number of holdoff events of the

pattern trigger.

The query returns the current number of holdoff events of the

pattern trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:PATTern:HLDEVent <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1,
100000000].

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:PATTern:HLDEVent?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the number of holdoff events of

the pattern trigger to 3.

Command message:
:TRIGger:PATTern:HLDEVent 3
TRIG:PATT:HLDEV 3

Query message:
TRIG:PATT:HLDEV?

Response message:
3

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:PATTern:HOLDoff

Programming Guide Page 439

:TRIGger:PATTern:HLDTime
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the holdoff time of the pattern

trigger.

The query returns the current holdoff time of the pattern

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:PATTern:HLDTime <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies, see the values below for
details.
[8.00E-09, 3.00E+01]

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:PATTern:HLDTime?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the holdoff time of the pattern
trigger to 15 ns.

Command message:
:TRIGger:PATTern:HLDTime 1.50E-08
TRIG:PATT:HLDT 1.50E-08

Query message:
TRIG:PATT:HLDT?

Response message:
1.50E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:PATTern:HOLDoff

Programming Guide Page 440

:TRIGger:PATTern:HOLDoff
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the holdoff type of the pattern trigger.

The query returns the current holdoff type of the pattern

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:PATTern:HOLDoff <holdoff_type>

<holdoff_type>:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}
� OFF means to turn off the holdoff
� EVENts means the amount of events that the
oscilloscope counts before re-arming the trigger circuitry
� TIME means the amount of time that the oscilloscope
waits before re-arming the trigger circuitry

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:PATTern:HOLDoff?

RESPONSE FORMAT <holdoff_type>

< holdoff_type >:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}

EXAMPLE The following command turns off the holdoff of the pattern
trigger.

Command message:
:TRIGger:PATTern:HOLDoff OFF
TRIG:PATT:HOLD OFF

Query message:
TRIG:PATT:HOLD?

Response message:
OFF

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:PATTern:HLDEVent

:TRIGger:PATTern:HLDTime
:TRIGger:PATTern:HSTart

Programming Guide Page 441

:TRIGger:PATTern:HSTart
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the start holdoff mode of the pattern
trigger.

The query returns the current start holdoff mode of the

pattern trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:PATTern:HSTart <start_holdoff>

<start_holdoff>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START}
� LAST_TRIG means the initial position of holdoff is the
first time point satisfying the trigger condition.
� ACQ_START means the initial position of holdoff is the
time of the last trigger.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:PATTern:HSTart?

RESPONSE FORMAT <start_holdoff>

<start_holdoff>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the start holdoff mode to

LAST_TRIG (last trigger).

Command message:
:TRIGger:PATTern:HSTart LAST_TRIG
TRIG:PATT:HST LAST_TRIG

Query message:
TRIG:PATT:HST?

Response message:
LAST_TRIG

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:PATTern:HOLDoff

Programming Guide Page 442

:TRIGger:PATTern:INPut
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command specifies the logical input condition for the
channel (C1-C4) and digital channel (d0-d15) of the pattern
trigger.

The query returns the logical input condition of pattern

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:PATTern:INPut <logic>[...[,<logic>]]

<logic>:= {X|L|H}
� X means the "don't care" state.
� H means the logic high state.
� L means the logic low state.

Note:
Parameters are configured to corresponding sources in the
order of C1-C4, d0-d15.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:PATTern:INPut?

RESPONSE FORMAT <input>

<input>:= {X|L|H}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the logic input for channel 1 to
H, for channel 2 to H, for channel 3 to L, for channel 4 to X
and for all digital channel to X.

Command message:
:TRIGger:PATTern:INPut
H,H,L,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X
TRIG:PATT:INP H,H,L,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X

Query message:
TRIG:PATT:INP?

Response message:
H,H,L,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X

Programming Guide Page 443

:TRIGger:PATTern:LEVel
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the trigger level of source in the pattern
trigger.

The query returns the current trigger level of source in the

pattern trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:PATTern:LEVel <source>,<value>

<source>:= {C<x>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies, see the values below for
details.

[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:PATTern:LEVel? <source>

<source>:= {C<x>}
<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>,<value>

<source>:= {C<x>}
<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

Programming Guide Page 444

EXAMPLE The following command sets the pattern trigger level to 0.5
V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:PATTern:LEVel C2,5.00E-01
TRIG:PATT:LEV C2,5.00E-01

Query message:
TRIG:PATT:LEV? C2

Response message:
C2,5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:PATTern:INPut

Programming Guide Page 445

:TRIGger:PATTern:LIMit
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the limit range type of the pattern trigger
when the logic combination is AND or NOR.

The query returns the current limit range type of the pattern
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:PATTern:LIMit <type>

<type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:PATTern:LIMit?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the limit of pattern trigger to

LESSthan.

Command message:
:TRIGger:PATTern:LIMit LESSthan
TRIG:PATT:LIM LESS

Query message:
TRIG:PATT:LIM?

Response message:
LESSthan

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:PATTern:TLOWer

:TRIGger:PATTern:TUPPer

Programming Guide Page 446

:TRIGger:PATTern:LOGic
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the logical combination of the input

channels for the pattern trigger.

The query returns the current logical combination of the

pattern trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:PATTern:LOGic <type>

<type>:= {AND|OR|NAND|NOR}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:PATTern:LOGic?

RESPONSE FORMAT <logic_type>

<logic_type>:= {AND|OR|NAND|NOR}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the logic mode of the pattern
trigger to AND.

Command message:
:TRIGger:PATTern:LOGic AND
TRIG:PATT:LOG AND

Query message:
TRIG:PATT:LOG?

Response message:
AND

Programming Guide Page 447

:TRIGger:PATTern:TLOWer
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the lower value of the pattern trigger limit
type when the logic combination is AND or NOR.

The query returns the current lower value of the pattern

trigger limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:PATTern:TLOWer <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is
[2.00E-09, 2.00E+01].

Note:
� The lower value cannot be greater than the upper value
using by the command :TRIGger:PATTern:TUPPer.
� The command is not valid when the limit range type is
LESSthan.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:PATTern:TLOWer?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the lower time of the pattern
trigger to 10 ns.

Command message:
:TRIGger:PATTern:TLOWer 1.00E-08
TRIG:PATT:TLOW 1.00E-08

Query message:
TRIG:PATT:TLOW?

Response message:
1.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:PATTern:LIMit

:TRIGger:PATTern:TUPPer

Programming Guide Page 448

:TRIGger:PATTern:TUPPer
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the upper value of the pattern trigger limit
type when the logic combination is AND or NOR.

The query returns the current upper value of the pattern

trigger limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULse:PATTern <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is
[3.00E-09, 2.00E+01].

Note:
� The upper value cannot be less than the lower value
using by the command :TRIGger:PATTern:TLOWer.
� The command is not valid when the limit range type is
GREATerthan.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:PATTern:TUPPer?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the upper time of the pattern
trigger to 30 ns.

Command message:
:TRIGger:PATTern:TUPPer 3.00E-08
TRIG:PATT:TUPP 3.00E-08

Query message:
TRIG:PATT:TUPP?

Response message:
3.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:PATTern:LIMit

:TRIGger:PATTern:TLOWer

Programming Guide Page 449

:TRIGger:QUALified Commands

The :TRIGGER:QUALified subsystem commands control the qualified trigger

parameters.

� :TRIGger:QUALified:ELEVel
� :TRIGger:QUALified:ESLope
� :TRIGger:QUALified:ESource
� :TRIGger:QUALified:LIMit
� :TRIGger:QUALified:QLEVel
� :TRIGger:QUALified:QSource
� :TRIGger:QUALified:TLOWer
� :TRIGger:QUALified:TUPPer
� :TRIGger:QUALified:TYPE

Programming Guide Page 450

:TRIGger:QUALified:ELEVel
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the edge trigger level value in the
qualified trigger.

The query returns the current edge trigger level value in the
qualified trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:QUALified:ELEVel <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies, see the table below for details.

[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:QUALified:ELEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the edge trigger level value of
the qualified trigger to 0.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:QUALified:ELEVel 5.00E-01
TRIG:QUAL:ELEV 5.00E-01

Query message:
TRIG:QUAL:ELEV?

Response message:
5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:QUALified:QLEVel

Programming Guide Page 451

:TRIGger:QUALified:ESLope
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the edge trigger slope in the qualified
trigger.

The query returns the current edge trigger slope in the

qualified trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:QUALified:ESLope <type>

<type>:= {RISing|FALLing}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:QUALified:ESLope?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {RISing|FALLing}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the edge trigger slope in the
qualified trigger to RISing.

Command message:
:TRIGger:QUALified:ESLope RISing
TRIG:QUAL:ESL RIS

Query message:
TRIG:QUAL:ESL?

Response message:
RISing

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:QUALified:TYPE

Programming Guide Page 452

:TRIGger:QUALified:ESource
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the edge trigger source in the qualified
trigger.

The query returns the current edge trigger source in the

qualified trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:QUALified:ESource <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:QUALified:ESource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the edge trigger source of the
qualified trigger to channel 1.

Command message:
:TRIGger:QUALified:ESource C1
TRIG:QUAL:ES C1

Query message:
TRIG:QUAL:ES?

Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:QUALified:QSource

Programming Guide Page 453

:TRIGger:QUALified:LIMit
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the limit range type when the qualified
type is State with Delay or Edge with Delay in the qualified
trigger.

The query returns the current limit range type in the qualified
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:QUALified:LIMit <type>

<type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:QUALified:LIMit?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the limit range type to

LESSthan in the qualified trigger.

Command message:
:TRIGger:QUALified:LIMit LESSthan
TRIG:QUAL:LIM LESS

Query message:
TRIG:QUAL:LIM?

Response message:
LESSthan

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:QUALified:TLOWer

:TRIGger:QUALified:TUPPer

Programming Guide Page 454

:TRIGger:QUALified:QLEVel
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the level of the qualify source level in the
qualified trigger.

The query returns the current level of the qualify source in

the qualified trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:QUALified:QLEVel <level>

<level>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies, see the table below for details.

[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:QUALified:QLEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <level>

<level>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the level of the qualify source in
the qualified trigger to 0.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:QUALified:QLEVel 5.00E-01
TRIG:QUAL:QLEV 5.00E-01

Query message:
TRIG:QUAL:QLEV?

Response message:
5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:QUALified:ELEVel

Programming Guide Page 455

:TRIGger:QUALified:QSource
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the qualify source of the qualified trigger.

The query returns the current qualify source of the qualified

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:QUALified:QSource <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:QUALified:QSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the qualify source of the

qualified trigger as channel 1.

Command message:
:TRIGger:QUALified:QSource C1
TRIG:QUAL:QS C1

Query message:
TRIG:QUAL:QS?

Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:QUALified:ESource

Programming Guide Page 456

:TRIGger:QUALified:TLOWer
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the delay lower value when the qualified
type is Edge with Delay or State with Delay in the qualified
trigger.

The query returns the current delay lower value in the

qualified trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:QUALified:TLOWer <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is
[2.00E-09, 2.00E+01].

Note:
� The lower value cannot be greater than the upper value
using by the command :TRIGger:QUALified:TUPPer.
� The command is not valid when the limit range type is
LESSthan.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:QUALified:TLOWer?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the lower time of the qualified
trigger to 10 ns.

Command message:
:TRIGger:QUALified:TLOWer 1.00E-08
TRIG:QUAL:TLOW 1.00E-08

Query message:
TRIG:QUAL:TLOW?

Response message:
1.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:QUALified:LIMit

:TRIGger:QUALified:TUPPer

Programming Guide Page 457

:TRIGger:QUALified:TUPPer
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets delay upper value when the qualified
type is Edge with Delay or State with Delay in the qualified
trigger.

The query returns the current delay upper value in the

qualified trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:QUALified:TUPPer <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is
[3.00E-09, 2.00E+01].

Note:
� The upper value cannot be less than the lower value
using by the command :TRIGger:QUALified:TLOWer.
� The command is not valid when the limit range type is
GREATerthan.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:QUALified:TUPPer?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the delay upper value of the
qualified trigger to 30 ns.

Command message:
:TRIGger:QUALified:TUPPer 3.00E-08
TRIG:QUAL:TUPP 3.00E-08

Query message:
TRIG:QUAL:TUPP?

Response message:
3.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:QUALified:LIMit

:TRIGger:QUALified:TLOWer

Programming Guide Page 458

:TRIGger:QUALified:TYPE
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the qualified type of the qualified trigger.

The query returns the current qualified type of the qualified

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:QUALified:TYPE <type>[,<option>]

<type>:= {STATe|STATE_DLY|EDGE|EDGE_DLY}

<option>:= {LOW|HIGH} when <type> is STATe or

STATE_DLY
<option>:= {RISing|FALLing} when <type> is EDGE or
EDGE_DLY

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:QUALified:TYPE?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>[,<option>]

<type>:= {STATe|STATE_DLY|EDGE|EDGE_DLY}

<option>:= {LOW|HIGH} when <type> is STATe or

STATE_DLY
<option>:= {RISing|FALLing} when <type> is EDGE or
EDGE_DLY

EXAMPLE The following command sets the qualified type of the

qualified trigger to edge.

Command message:
:TRIGger:QUALified:TYPE EDGE
TRIG:QUAL:TYPE EDGE

Query message:
TRIG:QUAL:TYPE?

Response message:
EDGE

Programming Guide Page 459

:TRIGger:IIC Commands

The :TRIGGER:IIC subsystem commands control the IIC bus trigger parameters.

� :TRIGger:IIC:ADDRess
� :TRIGger:IIC:ALENgth
� :TRIGger:IIC:CONDition
� :TRIGger:IIC:DAT2
� :TRIGger:IIC:DATA
� :TRIGger:IIC:DLENgth
� :TRIGger:IIC:LIMit
� :TRIGger:IIC:RWBit
� :TRIGger:IIC:SCLSource
� :TRIGger:IIC:SCLThreshold
� :TRIGger:IIC:SDASource
� :TRIGger:IIC:SDAThreshold

Programming Guide Page 460

:TRIGger:IIC:ADDRess
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the address of the IIC bus trigger.

The query returns the current address of the IIC bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIC:ADDRess <addr>

<addr>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 127].

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIC:ADDRess?

RESPONSE FORMAT <addr>

<addr>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the address of the IIC bus
trigger to 0x0a.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIC:ADDRess 10
TRIG:IIC:ADDR 10

Query message:
TRIG:IIC:ADDR?

Response message:
10

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:IIC:CONDition

Programming Guide Page 461

:TRIGger:IIC:ALENgth
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the length of address of the IIC bus
trigger.

The query returns the current length of address of the IIC bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIC:ALENgth <length>

<length>:= {7BIT|10BIT}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIC:ALENgth?

RESPONSE FORMAT <addr_length>

<addr_length>:= {7BIT|10BIT}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the length of address of the IIC
bus trigger to 10 bit.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIC:ALENgth 10BIT
TRIG:IIC:ALEN 10BIT

Query message:
TRIG:IIC:ALEN?

Response message:
10BIT

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:IIC:CONDition

Programming Guide Page 462

:TRIGger:IIC:CONDition
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the trigger condition of the IIC bus.

The query returns the current trigger condition of the IIC bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIC:CONDition <condition>

<condition>:=
{STARt|STOP|RESTart|NACK|EEPRom|7ADDRess|10ADD
Ress|DLENgth}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIC:CONDition?

RESPONSE FORMAT <condition>

<condition>:=
{STARt|STOP|RESTart|NACK|EEPRom|7ADDRess|10ADD
Ress|DLENgth}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the condition of the IIC bus
trigger to STOP.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIC:CONDition STOP
TRIG:IIC:COND STOP

Query message:
TRIG:IIC:COND?

Response message:
STOP

Programming Guide Page 463

:TRIGger:IIC:DAT2
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the data2 of the IIC bus trigger.

The query returns the current data2 of the IIC bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIC:DAT2 <data>

<data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 256].

Note:
Use the don’t care data (256) to ignore the data2 value.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIC:DAT2?

RESPONSE FORMAT <data>

<data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the data2 of the IIC bus trigger
to 0x0b.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIC:DAT2 11
TRIG:IIC:DAT2 11

Query message:
TRIG:IIC:DAT2?

Response message:
11

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:IIC:CONDition

Programming Guide Page 464

:TRIGger:IIC:DATA
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the data of the IIC bus trigger.

The query returns the current data of the IIC bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIC:DATA <data>

<data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 256].

Note:
Use the don’t care data (256) to ignore the data value.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIC:DATA?

RESPONSE FORMAT <data>

<data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the data of the IIC bus trigger to
0x2A.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIC:DATA 42
TRIG:IIC:DATA 42

Query message:
TRIG:IIC:DATA?

Response message:
42

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:IIC:CONDition

:TRIGger:IIC:DAT2

Programming Guide Page 465

:TRIGger:IIC:DLENgth
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the data length of the IIC bus trigger.

The query returns the current data length of the IIC bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIC:DLENgth <length>

<length>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1, 12].

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIC:DLENgth?

RESPONSE FORMAT <length>

<length>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the data length of the IIC bus
trigger to 10 bytes.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIC:DLENgth 10
TRIG:IIC:DLEN 10

Query message:
TRIG:IIC:DLEN?

Response message:
10

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:IIC:CONDition

Programming Guide Page 466

:TRIGger:IIC:LIMit
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the data comparison type when the
trigger condition is EEPROM on the IIC bus trigger.

The query returns the current the limit range type when the
trigger condition is EEPROM.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIC:LIMit <limit_type>

<limit_type>:= {EQUal|GREaterthan|LESSthan}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIC:LIMit?

RESPONSE FORMAT <limit_type>

<limit_type>:= {EQUal|GREaterthan|LESSthan}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the limit range type when the
trigger condition is EEPROM to LESSthan.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIC:LIMit LESSthan
TRIG:IIC:LIM LESS

Query message:
TRIG:IIC:LIM?

Response message:
LESSthan

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:IIC:CONDition

Programming Guide Page 467

:TRIGger:IIC:RWBit
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets whether the trigger frame is read address
or write address when the IIC trigger condition is 7 or 10
ADDR&DATA.

The query returns the current read write bit of the IIC bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIC:RWBit <type>

<type>:= {WRITe|READ|ANY}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIC:RWBit?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {WRITe|READ|ANY}

EXAMPLE The following command sets to trigger on the read address

of the IIC bus.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIC:RWBit READ
TRIG:IIC:RWB READ

Query message:
TRIG:IIC:RWB?

Response message:
READ

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:IIC:CONDition

Programming Guide Page 468

:TRIGger:IIC:SCLSource
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the SCL source of the IIC bus trigger.

This query returns the current SCL source of the IIC bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIC:SCLSource <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}
<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIC:SCLSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}
<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command selects the SCL source of the IIC
bus trigger as channel 2.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIC:SCLSource C2
TRIG:IIC:SCLS C2

Query message:
TRIG:IIC:SCLS?

Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:IIC:SCLThreshold

:TRIGger:IIC:SDASource

Programming Guide Page 469

:TRIGger:IIC:SCLThreshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the SCL on IIC bus
trigger.

This query returns the current threshold of the SCL on IIC

bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIC:SCLThreshold <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies, see the table below for details.

[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIC:SCLThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the SCL on IIC
bus trigger to 1.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIC:SCLThreshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:IIC:SCLT 1.50E+00

Query message:
TRIG:IIC:SCLT?

Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:IIC:SCLSource

Programming Guide Page 470

:TRIGger:IIC:SDASource
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the SDA source of the IIC bus trigger.

This query returns the current SDA source of the IIC bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIC:SDASource <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}
<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIC:SDASource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}
<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command selects the SDA source of the IIC
bus trigger as channel 2.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIC:SDASource C2
TRIG:IIC:SDAS C2

Query message:
TRIG:IIC:SDAS?

Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:IIC:SCLSource

:TRIGger:IIC:SDAThreshold

Programming Guide Page 471

:TRIGger:IIC:SDAThreshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the SDA on IIC bus
trigger.

This query returns the current threshold of the SDA on IIC

bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIC:SDAThreshold <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies, see the table below for details.

[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIC:SDAThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the SDA on IIC
bus trigger to 1.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIC:SDAThreshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:IIC:SDAT 1.50E+00

Query message:
TRIG:IIC:SDAT?

Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:IIC:SDASource

Programming Guide Page 472

:TRIGger:SPI Commands

The :TRIGGER:SPI subsystem commands control the SPI bus trigger modes and
parameters.

� :TRIGger:SPI:BITorder
� :TRIGger:SPI:CLKSource
� :TRIGger:SPI:CLKThreshold
� :TRIGger:SPI:CSSource
� :TRIGger:SPI:CSThreshold
� :TRIGger:SPI:CSTYpe
� :TRIGger:SPI:DATA
� :TRIGger:SPI:DLENgth
� :TRIGger:SPI:LATChedge
� :TRIGger:SPI:MISOSource
� :TRIGger:SPI:MISOThreshold
� :TRIGger:SPI:MOSISource
� :TRIGger:SPI:MOSIThreshold
� :TRIGger:SPI:NCSSource
� :TRIGger:SPI:NCSThreshold
� :TRIGger:SPI:TTYPe

Programming Guide Page 473

:TRIGger:SPI:BITorder
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the bit order of the SPI bus trigger.

The query returns the current bit order of the SPI bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:BITorder <bit_order>

<bit_order>:= {LSM|MSB}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:BITorder?

RESPONSE FORMAT <bit_order>

<bit_order>:= {LSM|MSB}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the bit order of the SPI bus
trigger to LSB.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SPI:BITorder LSB
TRIG:SPI:BIT LSB

Query message:
TRIG:SPI:BIT?

Response message:
LSB

Programming Guide Page 474

:TRIGger:SPI:CLKSource
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the CLK source of the SPI bus trigger.

This query returns the current CLK source of the SPI bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:CLKSource <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}
<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:CLKSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}
<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command selects the CLK source of the SPI
bus trigger as channel 2.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SPI:CLKSource C2
TRIG:SPI:CLKS C2

Query message:
TRIG:SPI:CLKS?

Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:SPI:CLKThreshold

Programming Guide Page 475

:TRIGger:SPI:CLKThreshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the CLK on SPI bus
trigger.

This query returns the current threshold of the CLK on SPI

bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:CLKThreshold <clk_threshold>

<clk_threshold>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal

point and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies, see the values below for
details.

[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:CLKThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <clk_threshold>

<clk_threshold>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the CLK on SPI
bus trigger to 1.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SPI:CLKThreshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:SPI:CLKT 1.50E+00

Query message:
TRIG:SPI:CLKT?

Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:SPI:CLKSource

Programming Guide Page 476

:TRIGger:SPI:CSSource
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the CS source of the SPI bus trigger.

The query returns the current CS source of the SPI bus

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:CSSource <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}
<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:CSSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}
<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command selects the CS source of the SPI bus
trigger as channel 2.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SPI:CSSource C2
TRIG:SPI:CSS C2

Query message:
TRIG:SPI:CSS?

Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:SPI:CSThreshold

Programming Guide Page 477

:TRIGger:SPI:CSThreshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the CS on SPI bus

trigger.

This query returns the current threshold of the CS on SPI bus

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:CSThreshold <threshold>

<threshold>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies, see the range below for details.

[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:CSThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT
<threshold>

<threshold>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the CS on SPI

bus trigger to 1.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SPI:CSThreshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:SPI:CST 1.50E+00

Query message:
TRIG:SPI:CST?

Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:SPI:CSSource

Programming Guide Page 478

:TRIGger:SPI:CSTYpe
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the chip selection type of the SPI bus
trigger.

This query returns the current chip selection type of the SPI
bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:CSTYpe <type>

<type>:= {NCS|CS|TIMeout[,<time>]}
� CS means set to chip select state
� NCS means set to non-chip select state
� TIMeout indicates set to clock timeout status

<time>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value is [1.00E-07, 5.00E-03].

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:CSTYpe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {NCS|CS|TIMeout[,<time>]}

<time>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the chip selection type of the
SPI bus trigger to CS.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SPI:CSTYpe CS
TRIG:SPI:CSTY CS

Query message:
TRIG:SPI:CSTY?

Response message:
CS

Programming Guide Page 479

:TRIGger:SPI:DATA
Command

DESCRIPTION The command sets the data of the SPI bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:DATA <data>[,<data>[...[,<data>]]]

<data>:= {0|1|X}

Note:
� The number of parameters should be consistent with the
data length using by the
command :TRIGger:SPI:DLENgth.
� Parameters are assigned to each bit in order from high
to low.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the data of the SPI bus trigger
to 0x82 when the data length is 8.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SPI:DATA 1,0,0,0,0,0,1,0
TRIG:SPI:DATA 1,0,0,0,0,0,1,0

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:SPI:DLENgth

Programming Guide Page 480

:TRIGger:SPI:DLENgth
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the data length of the SPI bus trigger.

The query returns the current data length of the SPI bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:DLENgth <data_length>

<data_length>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer

and no decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [4, 96].

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:DLENgth?

RESPONSE FORMAT <data_length>

<data_length>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer

and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the data length of the SPI bus
trigger to 10 bit.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SPI:DLENgth 10
TRIG:SPI:DLEN 10

Query message:
TRIG:SPI:DLEN?

Response message:
10

Programming Guide Page 481

:TRIGger:SPI:LATChedge
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the sampling edge of CLK on SPI bus
trigger.

This query returns the sampling edge of CLK on SPI bus

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:CLK:LATChedge <slope>

<slope>:= {RISing|FALLing}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:LATC?

RESPONSE FORMAT <slope>

<slope>:= {RISing|FALLing}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold judgment

condition of CLK on SPI bus trigger to RISing.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SPI:LATChedge RISing
:TRIG:SPI:LATC RIS

Query message:
:TRIG:SPI:LATC?

Response message:
RISing

Programming Guide Page 482

:TRIGger:SPI:MISOSource
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the MISO source of the SPI bus
trigger.

This query returns the current MISO source of the SPI bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:MISOSource <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:MISOSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command selects the MISO source of the SPI
bus trigger as channel 2.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SPI:MISOSource C2
TRIG:SPI:MISOS C2

Query message:
TRIG:SPI:MISOS?

Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:SPI:MISOThreshold

Programming Guide Page 483

:TRIGger:SPI:MISOThreshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the MISO on SPI bus
trigger.

This query returns the current threshold of the MISO on SPI

bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:MISOThreshold <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies, see the values below.

[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:MISOThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the MISO on

SPI bus trigger to 1.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SPI:MISOThreshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:SPI:MISOT 1.50E+00

Query message:
TRIG:SPI:MISOT?

Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:SPI:MISOSource

Programming Guide Page 484

:TRIGger:SPI:MOSISource
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the MOSI source of the SPI bus
trigger.

This query returns the current MOSI source of the SPI bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:MOSISource <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:MOSISource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command selects the MOSI source of the SPI
bus trigger as channel 2.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SPI:MOSISource C2
TRIG:SPI:MOSIS C2

Query message:
TRIG:SPI:MOSIS?

Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:SPI:MOSIThreshold

Programming Guide Page 485

:TRIGger:SPI:MOSIThreshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the MOSI on SPI bus
trigger.

The query returns the current threshold of the MOSI on SPI

bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:MOSIThreshold <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies, see the values below for details.

[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:MOSIThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the MOSI on

SPI bus trigger to 1.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SPI:MOSIThreshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:SPI:MOSIT 1.50E+00

Query message:
TRIG:SPI:MOSIT?

Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:SPI:MOSISource

Programming Guide Page 486

:TRIGger:SPI:NCSSource
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the NCS source of the SPI bus trigger.

The query returns the current NCS source of the SPI bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:NCSSource <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:NCSSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command selects the NCS source of the SPI
bus trigger as D0.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SPI:NCSSource D0
:TRIG:SPI:NCSS D0

Query message:
:TRIG:SPI:NCSS?

Response message:
D0

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:SPI:NCSThreshold

Programming Guide Page 487

:TRIGger:SPI:NCSThreshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the NCS on SPI bus
trigger.

This query returns the current threshold of the NCS on SPI

bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:NCSThreshold <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies, see the range below for details.

[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:NCSThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the NCS on IIC
bus trigger to 1.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SPI:NCSThreshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:SPI:NCST 1.50E+00

Query message:
TRIG:SPI:NCST?

Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:SPI:NCSSource

Programming Guide Page 488

:TRIGger:SPI:TTYPe
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the trigger type of the SPI bus trigger.

The query returns the current trigger type of the SPI bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:TTYPe <trigger_type>

<trigger_type>:= {MISO|MOSI}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:TTYPe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <trigger_type>

<trigger_type>:= {MISO|MOSI}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the trigger type of the SPI bus
trigger to MOSI.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SPI:TTYPe MOSI
TRIG:SPI:TTYP MOSI

Query message:
TRIG:SPI:TTYP?

Response message:
MOSI

Programming Guide Page 489

:TRIGger:UART Commands

The :TRIGGER:UART subsystem commands control the UART bus trigger

parameters.

� :TRIGger:UART:BAUD
� :TRIGger:UART:BITorder
� :TRIGger:UART:CONDition
� :TRIGger:UART:DATA
� :TRIGger:UART:DLENgth
� :TRIGger:UART:IDLE
� :TRIGger:UART:LIMit
� :TRIGger:UART:PARity
� :TRIGger:UART:RXSource
� :TRIGger:UART:RXThreshold
� :TRIGger:UART:STOP
� :TRIGger:UART:TTYPe
� :TRIGger:UART:TXSource
� :TRIGger:UART:TXThreshold

Programming Guide Page 490

:TRIGger:UART:BAUD
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the baud rate of the UART bus trigger.

The query returns the current baud rate of the UART bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:BAUD <baud>

<baud>:=
{600bps|1200bps|2400bps|4800bps|9600bps|19200bps|384
00bps|57600bps|115200bps|CUSTom[,<value>]}

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [300,
20000000].

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:BAUD?

RESPONSE FORMAT <baud>

<baud>:=
{600bps|1200bps|2400bps|4800bps|9600bps|19200bps|384
00bps|57600bps|115200bps|CUSTom[,<value>]}

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the baud rate of the UART bus
trigger to 9600bps.

Command message:
:TRIGger:UART:BAUD 9600bps
TRIG:UART:BAUD 9600bps

Query message:
TRIG:UART:BAUD?

Response message:
9600bps

Programming Guide Page 491

:TRIGger:UART:BITorder
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the bit order of the UART trigger.

The query returns the current bit order of the UART trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:BITorder <order>

<order>:= {LSM|MSB}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:BITorder?

RESPONSE FORMAT <order>

<order>:= {LSM|MSB}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the bit order to LSB.

Command message:
:TRIGger:UART:BITorder LSB
TRIG:UART:BIT LSB

Query message:
TRIG:UART:BIT?

Response message:
LSB

Programming Guide Page 492

:TRIGger:UART:CONDition
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the condition of the UART bus trigger.

The query returns the current condition of the UART bus

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:CONDition <condition>

<condition>:= {STARt|STOP|DATA|ERRor}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:CONDition?

RESPONSE FORMAT <condition>

<condition>:= {STARt|STOP|DATA|ERRor}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the condition of the UART bus
trigger to STOP.

Command message:
:TRIGger:UART:CONDition STOP
TRIG:UART:COND STOP

Query message:
TRIG:UART:COND?

Response message:
STOP

Programming Guide Page 493

:TRIGger:UART:DATA
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the data of the UART bus trigger.

The query returns the current data of the UART bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:DATA <data>

<data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

Note:
� The range of the value is related to data length by using
the command :TRIGger:UART:DLENgth.
� Use the don’t care data (256, data length is 8) to ignore
the data value.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:DATA?

RESPONSE FORMAT <data>

<data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the data of the UART bus
trigger to 0x53.

Command message:
:TRIGger:UART:DATA 83
TRIG:UART:DATA 83

Query message:
TRIG:UART:DATA?

Response message:
83

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:UART:CONDition

:TRIGger:UART:DLENgth

Programming Guide Page 494

:TRIGger:UART:DLENgth
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the data length of the UART bus trigger.

The query returns the current data length of the UART bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:DLENgth <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [5, 8].

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:DLENgth?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the data length of the UART
bus trigger to 8.

Command message:
:TRIGger:UART:DLENgth 8
TRIG:UART:DLEN 8

Query message:
TRIG:UART:DLEN?

Response message:
8

Programming Guide Page 495

:TRIGger:UART:IDLE
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the idle level of the UART bus trigger.

The query returns the current idle level of the UART bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:IDLE <idle>

<idle>:= {LOW|HIGH}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:IDLE?

RESPONSE FORMAT <idle>

<idle>:= {LOW|HIGH}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the idle level of the UART bus
trigger as LOW.

Command message:
:TRIGger:UART:IDLE LOW
TRIG:UART:IDLE LOW

Query message:
TRIG:UART:IDLE?

Response message:
LOW

Programming Guide Page 496

:TRIGger:UART:LIMit
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the data comparison type of the UART
bus trigger when the trigger condition is Data.

The query returns the current data comparison type of the

UART bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:LIMit <limit_type>

<limit_type>:= {EQUal|GREaterthan|LESSthan}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:LIMit?

RESPONSE FORMAT <limit_type>

<limit_type>:= {EQUal|GREaterthan|LESSthan}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the limit of the UART bus
trigger to LESSthan.

Command message:
:TRIGger:UART:LIMit LESSthan
TRIG:UART:LIM LESS

Query message:
TRIG:UART:LIM?

Response message:
LESSthan

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:UART:CONDition

Programming Guide Page 497

:TRIGger:UART:PARity
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the parity check of the UART bus trigger.

The query returns the current parity check of the UART bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:PARity <parity>

<parity>:= {NONE|ODD|EVEN|MARK|SPACe}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:PARity?

RESPONSE FORMAT <parity_check>

<parity_check>:= {NONE|ODD|EVEN|MARK|SPACe}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the parity check of the UART
bus trigger to odd.

Command message:
:TRIGger:UART:PARity ODD
TRIG:UART:PAR ODD

Query message:
TRIG:UART:PAR?

Response message:
ODD

Programming Guide Page 498

:TRIGger:UART:RXSource
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the RX source of the UART bus trigger.

The query returns the current RX source of the UART bus

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:RXSource <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:RXSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command selects the RX source of the UART

bus trigger as channel 2.

Command message:
:TRIGger:UART:RXSource C2
TRIG:UART:RXS C2

Query message:
TRIG:UART:RXS?

Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:UART:RXThreshold

Programming Guide Page 499

:TRIGger:UART:RXThreshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of RX on UART bus trigger.

The query returns the current threshold of RX on UART bus

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:RXThreshold <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies, see the values below for
details.

[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:RXThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of RX on UART

bus trigger to 1.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:UART:RXThreshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:UART:RXT 1.50E+00

Query message:
TRIG:UART:RXT?

Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:UART:RXSource

Programming Guide Page 500

:TRIGger:UART:STOP
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the length of the stop bit on UART bus
trigger.

The query returns the current length of the stop bit on UART
bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:STOP <bit>

<bit>:= {1|1.5|2}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:STOP?

RESPONSE FORMAT <bit>

<bit>:= {1|1.5|2}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the length of the stop bit on
UART bus trigger to 1 bit.

Command message:
:TRIGger:UART:STOP 1
TRIG:UART:STOP 1

Query message:
TRIG:UART:STOP?

Response message:
1

Programming Guide Page 501

:TRIGger:UART:TTYPe
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the trigger type of the UART bus trigger.

The query returns the current trigger type of the UART bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:TTYPe <trigger_type>

<trigger_type>:= {RX|TX}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:TTYPe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <trigger_type>

<trigger_type>:= {RX|TX}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the trigger type of the UART
bus trigger to RX.

Command message:
:TRIGger:UART:TTYPe RX
TRIG:UART:TTYP RX

Query message:
TRIG:UART:TTYP?

Response message:
RX

Programming Guide Page 502

:TRIGger:UART:TXSource
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the TX source of the UART bus trigger.

The query returns the current TX source of the UART bus

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:TXSource <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:TXSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the TX source of the UART bus
trigger as channel 2.
Command message:
:TRIGger:UART:TXSource C2
TRIG:UART:TXS C2
Query message:
TRIG:UART:TXS?
Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:UART:TXThreshold

Programming Guide Page 503

:TRIGger:UART:TXThreshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of TX on the UART bus

trigger.

The query returns the current threshold of TX on the UART

bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:TXThreshold <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies, see the values below for
details.
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:TXThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of TX on UART

bus trigger to 1.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:UART:TXThreshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:UART:TXT 1.50E+00

Query message:
TRIG:UART:TXT?

Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:UART:TXSource

Programming Guide Page 504

:TRIGger:CAN Commands

The :TRIGGER:CAN subsystem commands control the CAN bus trigger parameters.

� :TRIGger:CAN:BAUD
� :TRIGger:CAN:CONDition
� :TRIGger:CAN:DAT2
� :TRIGger:CAN:DATA
� :TRIGger:CAN:ID
� :TRIGger:CAN:IDLength
� :TRIGger:CAN:SOURce
� :TRIGger:CAN:THReshold

Programming Guide Page 505

:TRIGger:CAN:BAUD
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the baud rate of the CAN bus trigger.

The command query returns the baud rate of the CAN bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:CAN:BAUD <baud>

<baud>:=
{5kbps|10kbps|20kbps|50kbps|100kbps|125kbps|250kbps|50
0kbps|800kbps|1Mbps|CUSTom[,<value>]}

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [5000,
1000000].

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:CAN:BAUD?

RESPONSE FORMAT <baud>

<baud>:=
{5kbps|10kbps|20kbps|50kbps|100kbps|125kbps|250kbps|50
0kbps|800kbps|1Mbps|CUSTom[,<value>]}

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE This command sets the baud rate of the CAN bus trigger to
20kbps.

Command message:
:TRIGger:CAN:BAUD 20kbps
TRIG:CAN:BAUD 20kbps

Query message:
TRIG:CAN:BAUD?

Response message:
20kbps

Programming Guide Page 506

:TRIGger:CAN:CONDition
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the trigger condition for the CAN bus
trigger.

The query returns the current trigger condition for the CAN
bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:CAN:CONDition <condition>

<condition>:= {STARt|REMote|ID|ID_AND_DATA|ERRor}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:CAN:CONDition?

RESPONSE FORMAT <condition>

<condition>:= {STARt|REMote|ID|ID_AND_DATA|ERRor}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the trigger condition for the
CAN bus trigger to start.

Command message:
:TRIGger:CAN:CONDition STARt
TRIG:CAN:COND STAR

Query message:
TRIG:CAN:COND?

Response message:
STARt

Programming Guide Page 507

:TRIGger:CAN:DAT2
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the data2 of the CAN bus trigger.

The query returns the current data2 of the CAN bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:CAN:DAT2 <data>

<data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 256].

Note:
Use the don’t care data (256) to ignore the data2 value.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:CAN:DAT2?

RESPONSE FORMAT <data>

<data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the CAN bus triggered data 2 to
0x49.

Command message:
:TRIGger:CAN:DAT2 73
TRIG:CAN:DAT2 73

Query message:
TRIG:CAN:DAT2?

Response message:
73

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:CAN:CONDition

Programming Guide Page 508

:TRIGger:CAN:DATA
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the data of the CAN bus trigger.

The query returns the current data of the CAN bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:CAN:DATA <data>

<data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 256].

Note:
Use the don’t care data (256) to ignore the data value.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:CAN:DATA?

RESPONSE FORMAT <data>

<data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the data of the CAN bus
triggered to 0x43.

Command message:
:TRIGger:CAN:DATA 67
TRIG:CAN:DATA 67

Query message:
TRIG:CAN:DATA?

Response message:
67

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:CAN:CONDition

Programming Guide Page 509

:TRIGger:CAN:ID
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the ID of the CAN bus trigger.

The query returns the current ID of the CAN bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:CAN:ID <id>

<id>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

The range of the value is [0, 536870912] when the ID length

is 29 bits. The range of the value is [0, 2048] when the ID
length is 11 bits.

Note:
Use the don’t care data (536870912, ID length is 29 bits) to
ignore the ID value.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:CAN:ID?

RESPONSE FORMAT <id>

<id>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the ID of the CAN bus trigger to
0x7819F51.

Command message:
:TRIGger:CAN:ID 125935441
TRIG:CAN:ID 125935441

Query message:
TRIG:CAN:ID?

Response message:
125935441

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:CAN:CONDition

Programming Guide Page 510

:TRIGger:CAN:IDLength
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the ID length of the CAN bus trigger
when the trigger condition is Remote, ID or ID+Data.

The query returns the current ID length of the CAN bus

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:CAN:IDLENgth <id_length>

<id_length>:= {11BITS|29BITS}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:CAN:IDLENgth?

RESPONSE FORMAT <id_length>

<id_length>:= {11BITS|29BITS}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the ID length of the CAN trigger
to 29BITS.

Command message:
:TRIGger:CAN:IDLength 29BITS
TRIG:CAN:IDL 29BITS

Query message:
TRIG:CAN:IDL?

Response message:
29BITS

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:CAN:CONDition

Programming Guide Page 511

:TRIGger:CAN:SOURce
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the source of the CAN bus trigger.

The query returns the current source of the CAN bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:CAN:SOURce <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:CAN:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE This following command sets the source of the CAN bus
trigger to C2.

Command message:
:TRIGger:CAN:SOURce C2
TRIG:CAN:SOUR C2

Query message:
TRIG:CAN:SOUR?

Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:CAN:THReshold

Programming Guide Page 512

:TRIGger:CAN:THReshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the source on CAN bus
trigger.

The query returns the current threshold of the source on

CAN bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:CAN:THReshold <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies, see the values below for
details.
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:CAN:THReshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the source on

CAN bus trigger to 1.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:CAN:THReshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:CAN:THR 1.50E+00

Query message:
TRIG:CAN:THR?

Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:CAN:SOURce

Programming Guide Page 513

:TRIGger:LIN Commands

The :TRIGGER:LIN subsystem commands control the LIN bus trigger parameters.

� :TRIGger:LIN:BAUD
� :TRIGger:LIN:CONDition
� :TRIGger:LIN:DAT2
� :TRIGger:LIN:DATA
� :TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:CHECksum
� :TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:DLENgth
� :TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:ID
� :TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:PARity
� :TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:SYNC
� :TRIGger:LIN:ID
� :TRIGger:LIN:SOURce
� :TRIGger:LIN:STANdard
� :TRIGger:LIN:THReshold

Programming Guide Page 514

:TRIGger:LIN:BAUD
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the baud rate of the LIN bus trigger.

The query returns the current baud rate of the LIN bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:BAUD <baud>

<baud>:=
{600bps|1200bps|2400bps|4800bps|9600bps|19200bps|CUS
Tom[,<value>]}

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [300,
20000000].

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:BAUD?

RESPONSE FORMAT <baud>

<baud>:=
{600bps|1200bps|2400bps|4800bps|9600bps|19200bps|CUS
Tom[,<value>]}

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the baud rate of the LIN bus
trigger to 9600bps.

Command message:
:TRIGger:LIN:BAUD 9600bps
:TRIG:LIN:BAUD 9600bps

Query message:
:TRIG:LIN:BAUD?

Response message:
9600bps

Programming Guide Page 515

:TRIGger:LIN:CONDition
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the trigger condition of the LIN bus.

The query returns the current trigger condition of the LIN bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:CONDition <condition>

<condition>:= {BReak|ID|ID_AND_DATA|DATA_ERROR}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:CONDition?

RESPONSE FORMAT <condition>

<condition>:= {BReak|ID|ID_AND_DATA|DATA_ERROR}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the condition of the LIN bus
trigger to ID_AND_DATA.

Command message:
:TRIGger:LIN:CONDition ID_AND_DATA
TRIG:LIN:COND ID_AND_DATA

Query message:
TRIG:LIN:COND?

Response message:
ID_AND_DATA

Programming Guide Page 516

:TRIGger:LIN:DAT2
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the data2 of the LIN bus trigger when the
trigger condition is ID+Data.

The query returns the current data2 of the LIN bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:DAT2 <data>

<data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 256].

Note:
Use the don’t care data (256) to ignore the data2 value.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:DAT2?

RESPONSE FORMAT <data>

<data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the data2 of the LIN bus trigger
to 0x4C.

Command message:
:TRIGger:LIN:DAT2 76
TRIG:LIN:DAT2 76

Query message:
TRIG:LIN:DAT2?

Response message:
76

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:LIN:CONDition

:TRIGger:LIN:DATA

Programming Guide Page 517

:TRIGger:LIN:DATA
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the data of the LIN bus trigger when the
trigger condition is ID+Data.

The query returns the current data1 of the LIN bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:DATA <data>

<data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 256].

Note:
Use the don’t care data (256) to ignore the data value.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:DATA?

RESPONSE FORMAT <data>

<data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no
decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the data1 of the LIN bus trigger
to 0x45.

Command message:
:TRIGger:LIN:DATA 69
TRIG:LIN:DATA 69

Query message:
TRIG:LIN:DATA?

Response message:
69

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:LIN:CONDition

:TRIGger:LIN:DAT2

Programming Guide Page 518

:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:CHECksum
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the checksum error state of the LIN bus
trigger when the trigger condition is Error.

The query returns the current checksum error state of the

LIN bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:CHECksum <state>

<state>:= {0|1}
� 0 means OFF
� 1 means ON

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:CHECksum?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {0|1}

EXAMPLE The following command sets to trigger when a checksum

error occurs.

Command message:
:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:CHECksum 1
TRIG:LIN:ERR:CHEC 1

Query message:
TRIG:LIN:ERR:CHEC?

Response message:
1

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:LIN:CONDition

Programming Guide Page 519

:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:DLENgth
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the data length of the error frame when
the trigger condition is Error and the checksum error state is
on.

The query returns the current data length of the error frame
on LIN bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:DLENgth <length>

<length>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1, 8].

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:DLENgth?

RESPONSE FORMAT <length>

<length>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the data length of the error
frame on LIN bus to 4 bytes.

Command message:
:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:DLENgth 4
TRIG:LIN:ERR:DLEN 4

Query message:
TRIG:LIN:ERR:DLEN?

Response message:
4

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:LIN:CONDition

:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:CHECksum

Programming Guide Page 520

:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:ID
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the error frame ID of the LIN bus when
the trigger condition is Error and the checksum error state is
on.

The query returns the current error frame ID of the LIN bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:ID <id>

<id>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 63].

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:ID?

RESPONSE FORMAT <id>

<id>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the error frame ID of the LIN
bus trigger to 0x2A.

Command message:
:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:ID 42
TRIG:LIN:ERR:ID 42

Query message:
TRIG:LIN:ERR:ID?

Response message:
42

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:LIN:CONDition

:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:CHECksum

Programming Guide Page 521

:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:PARity
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the header parity error state of the LIN
bus trigger when the trigger condition is Error.

The query returns the header parity error state of the LIN bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:PARity <state>

<state>:= {0|1}
� 0 means OFF
� 1 means ON

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:PARity?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {0|1}

EXAMPLE The following command sets to trigger when a header parity

error occurs.

Command message:
:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:PARity 1
TRIG:LIN:ERR:PAR 1

Query message:
TRIG:LIN:ERR:PAR?

Response message:
1

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:LIN:CONDition

Programming Guide Page 522

:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:SYNC
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the sync byte error state of the LIN bus
trigger.

The query returns the current sync byte error state of the LIN
bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:SYNC <state>

<state>:= {0|1}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:SYNC?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {0|1}

EXAMPLE The following command sets to trigger when a sync byte

error occurs.

Command message:
:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:SYNC 1
TRIG:LIN:ERR:SYNC 1

Query message:
TRIG:LIN:ERR:SYNC?

Response message:
1

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:LIN:CONDition

Programming Guide Page 523

:TRIGger:LIN:ID
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the ID of the LIN bus when the trigger
condition is ID.

The query returns the current ID of the LIN bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:ID <id>

<id>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 64].

Note:
Use the don’t care data (64) to ignore the ID value.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:ID?

RESPONSE FORMAT <id>

<id>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the ID of the LIN bus trigger to
0x2B.

Command message:
:TRIGger:LIN:ID 43
TRIG:LIN:ID 43

Query message:
TRIG:LIN:ID?

Response message:
43

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:LIN:CONDition

Programming Guide Page 524

:TRIGger:LIN:SOURce
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the trigger source of the LIN bus.

The query returns the current trigger source of the LIN bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:Source <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:Source?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the trigger source of the LIN
bus as channel 2.

Command message:
:TRIGger:LIN:SOURce C2
TRIG:LIN:SOUR C2

Query message:
TRIG:LIN:SOUR?

Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:LIN:THReshold

Programming Guide Page 525

:TRIGger:LIN:STANdard
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the LIN protocol standard when the
trigger condition is Error and the checksum error state is on.

The query returns the current protocol standard of the LIN

bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:STANdard <version>

<version>:= {0|1}
� 0 means Rev1.3
� 1 means Rev2.x

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:STANdard?

RESPONSE FORMAT <version>

<version>:= {0|1}

EXAMPLE The following command sets to trigger when a checksum

error occurs according to Lin protocol 1.3.

Command message:
:TRIGger:LIN:STANdard 0
TRIG:LIN:STAN 0

Query message:
TRIG:LIN:STAN?

Response message:
0

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:LIN:CONDition

:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:CHECksum

Programming Guide Page 526

:TRIGger:LIN:THReshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the source on LIN bus
trigger.

The query returns the current threshold of source on the LIN

bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:THReshold <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies, see the values below for details.

[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:THReshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the source on

LIN bus trigger to 1.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:LIN:THReshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:LIN:THR 1.50E+00

Query message:
TRIG:LIN:THR?

Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:LIN:SOURce

Programming Guide Page 527

:TRIGger:FLEXray Commands [Option]

The :TRIGGER:FLEXray subsystem commands control the FlexRay bus trigger

parameters.

� :TRIGger:FLEXray:BAUD
� :TRIGger:FLEXray:CONDition
� :TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:COMPare
� :TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:CYCLe
� :TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:ID
� :TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:REPetition
� :TRIGger:FLEXray:SOURce
� :TRIGger:FLEXray:THReshold

Programming Guide Page 528

:TRIGger:FLEXray:BAUD
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the baud rate of the Flexray bus trigger.

The query returns the current baud rate of the Flexray bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:FLEXray:BAUD <baud>

<baud>:= {2500kbps|5Mbps|10Mbps|CUSTom[,<value>]}

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1000000,
20000000].

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:FLEXray:BAUD?

RESPONSE FORMAT <baud>

<baud>:= {2500kbps|5Mbps|10Mbps|CUSTom[,<value>]}

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the baud rate of the Flexray bus
trigger to 2500kbps.

Command message:
:TRIGger:FLEXray:BAUD 2500kbps
TRIG:FLEX:BAUD 2500kbps

Query message:
TRIG:FLEX:BAUD?

Response message:
2500kbps

Programming Guide Page 529

:TRIGger:FLEXray:CONDition
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the trigger condition of FLEXray bus.

The query returns the current trigger condition of FLEXray

bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:FLEXray:CONDition <condition>

<condition>:= {TSS|FRAMe|SYMBol|ERRor}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:FLEXray:CONDition?

RESPONSE FORMAT <condition>

<condition>:= {TSS|FRAMe|SYMBol|ERRor}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the condition of FLEXray bus

trigger to SYMBol.

Command message:
:TRIGger:FLEXray:CONDition SYMBol
TRIG:FLEX:COND SYMB

Query message:
TRIG:FLEX:COND?

Response message:
SYMBol

Programming Guide Page 530

:TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:COMPare
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the frame cycle compare type of

FLEXray bus trigger.

The query returns the current frame cycle compare type of

FLEXray bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:COMPare <type>

<type >:= {ANY|EQUal|GREaterthan|LESSthan}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:COMPare?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type >

<type >:= {ANY|EQUal|GREaterthan|LESSthan}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the frame cycle compare type
of FLEXray bus trigger to LESSthan.

Command message:
:TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:COMPare LESSthan
TRIG:FLEX:FRAM:COMP LESS

Query message:
TRIG:FLEX:FRAM:COMP?

Response message:
LESSthan

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:FLEXray:CONDition

Programming Guide Page 531

:TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:CYCLe
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the frame cycle of FLEXray bus trigger.

The query returns the current frame cycle of FLEXray bus

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:CYCLe <cycle>

<cycle>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 63].

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:CYCLe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <cycle>

<cycle>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the frame cycle of FLEXray bus
trigger to 2.

Command message:
:TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:CYCLe 2
TRIG:FLEX:FRAM:CYCL 2

Query message:
TRIG:FLEX:FRAM:CYCL?

Response message:
2

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:FLEXray:CONDition

Programming Guide Page 532

:TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:ID
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the frame ID of FLEXray bus trigger.

The query returns the current frame ID of FLEXray bus

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:ID <id>

<id>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 2048].

Note:
Use the don’t care data (2048) to ignore the ID value.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:ID?

RESPONSE FORMAT <id>

<id>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the frame ID of FLEXray bus

trigger to 0x701.

Command message:
:TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:ID 1793
TRIG:FLEX:FRAM:ID 1793

Query message:
TRIG:FLEX:FRAM:ID?

Response message:
1793

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:FLEXray:CONDition

Programming Guide Page 533

:TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:REPetition
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the cycle repetition of FLEXray bus

trigger when the cycle compare type is Equal

The query returns the current frame repetition of FLEXray

bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:REPetition <times>

<times>:= {1|2|4|8|16|32|64}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:REPetition?

RESPONSE FORMAT <times>

<times>:= {1|2|4|8|16|32|64}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the frame repetition of FLEXray

bus trigger to 8.

Command message:
:TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:REPetition 8
TRIG:FLEX:FRAM:REP 8

Query message:
TRIG:FLEX:FRAM:REP?

Response message:
8

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:FLEXray:CONDition

:TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:COMPare

Programming Guide Page 534

:TRIGger:FLEXray:SOURce
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the source of FLEXray bus trigger.

The query returns the current source of FLEXray bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:FLEXray:Source <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:FLEXray:Source?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the source of FLEXray bus

trigger as channel 2.

Command message:
:TRIGger:FLEXray:SOURce C2
TRIG:FLEX:SOUR C2

Query message:
TRIG:FLEX:SOUR?

Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:FLEXray:THReshold

Programming Guide Page 535

:TRIGger:FLEXray:THReshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the source on FLEXray

bus trigger.

The query returns the current threshold of the source on

FLEXray bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:FLEXray:THReshold <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies, see the values below for details.

[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:FLEXray:THReshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT < value>

< value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the source on

FLEXray bus trigger to 1.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:FLEXray:THReshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:FLEX:THR 1.50E+00

Query message:
TRIG:FLEX:THR?

Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:FLEXray:SOURce

Programming Guide Page 536

:TRIGger:CANFd Commands [Option]

The :TRIGGER:CANFd subsystem commands control the CAN FD bus trigger

parameters.

� :TRIGger:CANFd:BAUDData
� :TRIGger:CANFd:BAUDNominal
� :TRIGger:CANFd:CONDition
� :TRIGger:CANFd:DAT2
� :TRIGger:CANFd:DATA
� :TRIGger:CANFd:FTYPe
� :TRIGger:CANFd:ID
� :TRIGger:CANFd:IDLength
� :TRIGger:CANFd:SOURce
� :TRIGger:CANFd:THReshold

Programming Guide Page 537

:TRIGger:CANFd:BAUDData
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the data baud rate of the CAN FD bus
trigger when the frame type is Both or CAN FD.

The query returns the current data baud rate of the CAN FD
bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:CANFd:BAUDData <baud>

<baud>:=
{500kbps|1Mbps|2Mbps|5Mbps|8Mbps|10Mbps|CUSTom[,<v
alue>]}

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [100000,
10000000].

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:CANFd:BAUDData?

RESPONSE FORMAT <baud>

<baud>:=
{500kbps|1Mbps|2Mbps|5Mbps|8Mbps|10Mbps|CUSTom[,<v
alue>]}

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the data baud rate of the CAN
FD bus trigger to 500kbps.

Command message:
:TRIGger:CANFd:BAUDData 500kbps
TRIG:CANF:BAUDD 500kbps

Query message:
TRIG:CANF:BAUDD?

Response message:
500kbps

Programming Guide Page 538

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:CANFd:FTYPe
:TRIGger:CANFd:BAUDNominal

Programming Guide Page 539

:TRIGger:CANFd:BAUDNominal
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the nominal baud rate of the CAN FD
bus trigger.

The query returns the current nominal baud rate of the CAN
FD bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:CANFd:BAUDNominal <baud>

<baud>:=
{10kbps|25kbps|50kbps|100kbps|250kbps|1Mbps|CUSTom
[,<value>]}

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [10000,
1000000].

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:CANFd:BAUDNominal?

RESPONSE FORMAT <baud>

<baud>:=
{10kbps|25kbps|50kbps|100kbps|250kbps|1Mbps|CUSTom
[,<value>]}

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the nominal baud of the CAN
FD bus trigger to 10kbps.

Command message:
:TRIGger:CANFd:BAUDNominal 10kbps
TRIG:CANF:BAUDN 10kbps

Query message:
TRIG:CANF:BAUDN?

Response message:
10kbps

Programming Guide Page 540

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:CANFd:FTYPe
:TRIGger:CANFd:BAUDData

Programming Guide Page 541

:TRIGger:CANFd:CONDition
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the trigger condition for the CAN FD bus
trigger.

The query returns the current trigger condition for the CAN
FD bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:CANFd:CONDition <condition>

<condition>:= {STARt|REMote|ID|ID_AND_DATA|ERRor}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:CANFd:CONDition?

RESPONSE FORMAT <condition>

<condition>:= {STARt|REMote|ID|ID_AND_DATA|ERRor}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the condition of the CAN FD

bus trigger to ID_AND_DATA.

Command message:
:TRIGger:CANFd:CONDition ID_AND_DATA
TRIG:CANF:COND ID_AND_DATA

Query message:
TRIG:CANF:COND?

Response message:
ID_AND_DATA

Programming Guide Page 542

:TRIGger:CANFd:DAT2
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the data2 of the CAN FD bus when the
trigger condition is ID+Data.

The query returns the current data2 of the CAN FD bus

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:CANFd:DAT2 <data>

<data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 256].

Note:
Use the don’t care data (256) to ignore the data2 value.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:CANFd:DAT2?

RESPONSE FORMAT <data>

<data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the data2 of the CAN FD bus
trigger to 0x3F.

Command message:
TRIGger:CANFd:DAT2 63
TRIG:CANF:DAT2 63

Query message:
TRIG:CANF:DAT2?

Response message:
63

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:CANFd:CONDition

:TRIGger:CANFd:DATA

Programming Guide Page 543

:TRIGger:CANFd:DATA
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command data of the CAN FD bus trigger.

The query returns the current data of the CAN FD bus

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:CANFd:DATA <data>

<data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 256].

Note:
Use the don’t care data (256) to ignore the data value.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:CANFd:DATA?

RESPONSE FORMAT <data>

<data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the data1 of the CAN FD bus
trigger to 0x2E.

Command message:
:TRIGger:CANFd:DATA 46
TRIG:CANF:DATA 46

Query message:
TRIG:CANF:DATA?

Response message:
46

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:CANFd:CONDition

:TRIGger:CANFd:DAT2

Programming Guide Page 544

:TRIGger:CANFd:FTYPe
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the frame type of the CAN FD bus
trigger.

The query returns the current frame type of the CAN FD bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:CANFd:FTYPe <frame_type>

<frame_type>:= {BOTH|CAN|CANFd}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:CANFd:FTYPe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <frame_type>

<frame_type>:= {BOTH|CAN|CANFd}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the frame type of the CAN FD
bus trigger to CANFd.

Command message:
:TRIGger:CANFd:FTYPe CANFd
TRIG:CANF:FTYP CANF

Query message:
TRIG:CANF:FTYP?

Response message:
CANFd

Programming Guide Page 545

:TRIGger:CANFd:ID
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the ID of the CAN FD bus trigger when
the trigger condition is Remote, ID or ID+Data.

The query returns the current ID of the CAN FD bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:CANFd:ID <id>

<id>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

The range of the value is [0, 536870911] when the ID length

is 29 bits. The range of the value is [0, 2047] when the ID
length is 11 bits.

Note:
Use the don’t care data (536870912, ID length is 29) to
ignore the data value.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:CANFd:ID?

RESPONSE FORMAT <id>

<id>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the ID of the CAN FD trigger to

0x56A710C.

Command message:
:TRIGger:CANFd:ID 90861836
TRIG:CANF:ID 90861836

Query message:
TRIG:CANF:ID?

Response message:
90861836

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:CANFd:CONDition

:TRIGger:CANFd:IDLength

Programming Guide Page 546

:TRIGger:CANFd:IDLength
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the ID length of the CAN FD bus trigger.

The query returns the current ID length of the CAN FD bus

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:CANFd:IDLENgth <length>

<length>:= {11BITS|29BITS}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:CANFd:IDLENgth?

RESPONSE FORMAT <length>

<length>:= {11BITS|29BITS}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the ID length of the CAN FD

bus trigger to 29BITS.

Command message:
:TRIGger:CANFd:IDLength 29BITS
TRIG:CANF:IDL 29BITS

Query message:
TRIG:CANF:IDL?

Response message:
29BITS

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:CANFd:CONDition

:TRIGger:CANFd:ID

Programming Guide Page 547

:TRIGger:CANFd:SOURce
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the source of the CAN FD bus trigger.

The query returns the current source of the CAN FD bus

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:CANFd:SOURce <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:CANFd:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}
<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the source of the CAN FD bus
trigger as channel 2.

Command message:
:TRIGger:CANFd:SOURce C2
TRIG:CANF:SOUR C2

Query message:
TRIG:CANF:SOUR?

Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:CANFd:THReshold

Programming Guide Page 548

:TRIGger:CANFd:THReshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the source on CAN FD

bus triggering.

The query returns the current threshold of the source on

CAN FD bus triggering.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:CANFd:THReshold <threshold>

<threshold>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies, see the values below for details.

[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:CANFd:THReshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <threshold>

<threshold>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the source on

CAN FD bus trigger to 1.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:CANFd:THReshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:CANF:THR 1.50E+00

Query message:
TRIG:CANF:THR?

Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:CANFd:SOURce

Programming Guide Page 549

:TRIGger:IIS Commands [Option]

The :TRIGGER:IIS subsystem commands control the IIS bus trigger parameters.

� :TRIGger:IIS:AVARiant
� :TRIGger:IIS:BCLKSource
� :TRIGger:IIS:BCLKThreshold
� :TRIGger:IIS:BITorder
� :TRIGger:IIS:CHANnel
� :TRIGger:IIS:COMPare
� :TRIGger:IIS:CONDition
� :TRIGger:IIS:DLENgth
� :TRIGger:IIS:DSource
� :TRIGger:IIS:DTHReshold
� :TRIGger:IIS:LATChedge
� :TRIGger:IIS:LCH
� :TRIGger:IIS:VALue
� :TRIGger:IIS:WSSource
� :TRIGger:IIS:WSTHreshold

Programming Guide Page 550

:TRIGger:IIS:AVARiant
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the audio variant of the IIS bus trigger.

The query returns the current audio variant of the IIS bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:AVARiant <type>

<type>:= {IIS|LJ|RJ}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:AVARiant?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {IIS|LJ|RJ}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the audio variant of the IIS bus
trigger to IIS.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIS:AVARiant IIS
TRIG:IIS:AVAR IIS

Query message:
TRIG:IIS:AVAR?

Response message:
IIS

Programming Guide Page 551

:TRIGger:IIS:BCLKSource
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the BCLK source of the IIS bus
trigger.

The query returns the current BCLK source of the IIS bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:BCLKSource <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:BCLKSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}
<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the BCLK source of the IIS bus
trigger as channel 2.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIS:BCLKSource C2
TRIG:IIS:BCLKS C2

Query message:
TRIG:IIS:BCLKS?

Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:IIS:BCLKThreshold

Programming Guide Page 552

:TRIGger:IIS:BCLKThreshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the BCLK on LIN bus
trigger.

The query returns the current threshold of the BCLK on LIN

bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:BCLKThreshold <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies, see the values below for details.

[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:BCLKThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the BCLK on

LIN bus trigger to 1.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIS:BCLKThreshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:IIS:BCLKT 1.50+00

Query message:
TRIG:IIS:BCLKT?

Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:IIS:BCLKSource

Programming Guide Page 553

:TRIGger:IIS:BITorder
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the bit order of the IIS bus trigger.

The query returns the current bit order of the IIS bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:BITorder <order>

<order>:= {LSM|MSB}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:BITorder?

RESPONSE FORMAT <order>

<order>:= {LSM|MSB}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the bit order of the IIS bus
trigger to MSB.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIS:BITorder MSB
TRIG:IIS:BIT MSB

Query message:
TRIG:IIS:BIT?

Response message:
MSB

Programming Guide Page 554

:TRIGger:IIS:CHANnel
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the channel of the IIS bus trigger.

The query returns the current channel of the IIS bus trigger

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:CHANnel <channel>

<channel>:= {LEFT|RIGHT}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:CHANnel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <channel>

<channel>:= {LEFT|RIGHT}

EXAMPLE The following command sets to trigger on right channel of the

IIS bus.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIS:CHANnel RIGHT
TRIG:IIS:CHAN RIGHT

Query message:
TRIG:IIS:CHAN?

Response message:
RIGHT

Programming Guide Page 555

:TRIGger:IIS:COMPare
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the data compare type of the IIS bus
trigger.

The query returns the current data compare type of the IIS
bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:COMPare <type>

<type>:= {EQUal|GREaterthan|LESSthan}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:COMPare?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {EQUal|GREaterthan|LESSthan}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the data compare type of the
IIS bus trigger to LESSthan.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIS:COMPare LESSthan
TRIG:IIS:COMP LESS

Query message:
TRIG:IIS:COMP?

Response message:
LESSthan

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:IIS:CONDition

Programming Guide Page 556

:TRIGger:IIS:CONDition
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the trigger condition of the IIS bus.

The query returns the current trigger condition of the IIS bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:CONDition <condition>

<condition>:= {DATA|MUTE|CLIP|GLITch|RISing|FALLing}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:CONDition?

RESPONSE FORMAT <condition>

<condition>:= {DATA|MUTE|CLIP|GLITch|RISing|FALLing}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the trigger condition of the IIS
bus to DATA.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIS:CONDition DATA
TRIG:IIS:COND DATA

Query message:
TRIG:IIS:COND?

Response message:
DATA

Programming Guide Page 557

:TRIGger:IIS:DLENgth
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the data bits of the IIS bus trigger.

The query returns the current data bits of the IIS bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:DLENgth <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

Note:
The range of the value is related to the channel bits and the
start bits. If the channel bits are 32 and the start bit is 2, the
range is [1,30]

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:DLENgth?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the data bits of the IIS bus
trigger to 10.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIS:DLENgth 10
TRIG:IIS:DLEN 10

Query message:
TRIG:IIS:DLEN?

Response message:
10

Programming Guide Page 558

:TRIGger:IIS:DSource
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the data source of the IIS bus trigger.

The query returns the current data source of the IIS bus
trigger

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:DSource <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:DSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the data source of the IIS bus
trigger as C2.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIS:DSource C2
TRIG:IIS:DS C2

Query message:
TRIG:IIS:DS?

Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:IIS:DTHReshold

Programming Guide Page 559

:TRIGger:IIS:DTHReshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the data source on IIS
bus trigger.

The query returns the current threshold of the data source on

IIS bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:DTHReshold <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies, see the values below for details.

[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:DTHReshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <threshold>:= Value in NR3 format.

The following command sets the threshold of the data source

on IIS bus trigger to 1.5 V.
EXAMPLE

Command message:
TRIGger:IIS:DTHReshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:IIS:DTHR 1.50E+00

Query message:
TRIG:IIS:DTHR?

Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:IIS:DSource

Programming Guide Page 560

:TRIGger:IIS:LATChedge
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the sampling edge of BCLK on IIS bus
trigger.

The query returns the sampling edge of BCLK on IIS bus

trigger

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:BCLK:EDGE <slope>

<slope>:= {RISing|FALLing}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:BCLK:EDGE?

RESPONSE FORMAT <slope>

<slope>:= {RISing|FALLing}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the sampling edge of BCLK on

IIS bus trigger to RISing.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIS:BCLK:EDGE RISing
TRIG:IIS:BCLK:EDGE RIS

Query message:
TRIG:IIS:BCLK:EDGE?

Response message:
RISing

Programming Guide Page 561

:TRIGger:IIS:LCH
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the level of the left channel on IIS bus
trigger.

The query returns the current level of the left channel on IIS
bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:LCH <level>

<level>:= {LOW|HIGH}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:LCH?

RESPONSE FORMAT <level>

<level>:= {LOW|HIGH}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the level of the left channel on
IIS bus trigger to HIGH.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIS:LCH HIGH
TRIG:IIS:LCH HIGH

Query message:
TRIG:IIS:LCH?

Response message:
HIGH

Programming Guide Page 562

:TRIGger:IIS:VALue
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the value of the IIS bus trigger.

The query returns the current value of the IIS bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:VALue <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

Note:
� The range of the value is related to data length by using
the command :TRIGger:IIS:DLENgth.
� Use the don’t care data (256, data length is 8) to ignore
the data value.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:VALue?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the value of the IIS bus trigger
to 0x56 when the data length is 8.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIS:VALue 86
TRIG:IIS:VAL 86

Query message:
TRIG:IIS:VAL?

Response message:
86

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:IIS:CONDition

:TRIGger:IIS:DLENgth

Programming Guide Page 563

:TRIGger:IIS:WSSource
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the WS source of the IIS bus trigger.

The query returns the current WS source of the IIS bus

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:WSSource <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:WSSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the WS source of the IIS bus
trigger as channel 2.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIS:WSSource C2
TRIG:IIS:WSS C2

Query message:
TRIG:IIS:WSS?

Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:IIS:WSTHreshold

Programming Guide Page 564

:TRIGger:IIS:WSTHreshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the WS on IIS bus

trigger.

The query returns the current threshold of the WS on IIS bus

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:WSThreshold <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies, see the values below for details.

[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:WSThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the WS on IIS

bus trigger to 1.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIS:WSThreshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:IIS:WST 1.50E+00

Query message:
TRIG:IIS:WST?

Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:IIS:WSSource

Programming Guide Page 565

WAVeform Commands

The WAVEFORM subsystem is used to transfer data to a controller from the

oscilloscope waveform memory.

The waveform record is actually contained in two portions: the preamble and
waveform data. The waveform record must be read from the oscilloscope by the
controller using two separate commands. The waveform data is the actual data
acquired for each point in the specified source. The preamble contains the
information for interpreting the waveform data.

� :WAVeform:DATA
� :WAVeform:INTerval
� :WAVeform:MAXPoint
� :WAVeform:POINt
� :WAVeform:PREamble
� :WAVeform:SOURce
� :WAVeform:STARt
� :WAVeform:WIDTh

Programming Guide Page 566

:WAVeform:SOURce
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command specifies the source waveform to be

transferred from the oscilloscope using the
query :WAVeform:DATA?

The query returns the source waveform to be transferred

from the oscilloscope.

COMMAND SYNTAX :WAVeform:SOURce <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|F<x>|D<m>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including
an integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :WAVeform:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|F<x>|D<m>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including
an integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command specifies that the Channel 2

waveform will be transferred in the next :WAVeform:DATA?
query or :WAVeform:PREamble? query.

Command message:
:WAVeform:SOURce C2
WAV:SOUR C2

Query message:
WAV:SOUR?

Response message:
C2

Programming Guide Page 567

RELATED COMMANDS :WAVeform:DATA
:WAVeform:PREamble

Programming Guide Page 568

:WAVeform:STARt
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command specifies the starting data point for waveform
transfer using the query :WAVeform:DATA?.

The query returns the starting data point for waveform

transfer.

COMMAND SYNTAX :WAVeform:STARt <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

Note:
The value range is related to the current waveform point and
the value set by the command :WAVeform:POINt.

QUERY SYNTAX :WAVeform:STARt?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the start point to 1000 when the
current waveform point is 400 kpts.

Command message:
:WAVeform:STARt 1000
WAV:STAR 1000

Query message:
WAV:STAR?

Response message:
1000

RELATED COMMANDS :WAVeform:POINt

Programming Guide Page 569

:WAVeform:INTerval
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the interval between data points for
waveform transfer using the query :WAVeform:DATA?

The query returns the interval between data points for

waveform transfer.

COMMAND SYNTAX :WAVeform:INTerval <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

Note:
The value range is related to the values set by the
command :WAVeform:POINt and :WAVeform:STARt.

QUERY SYNTAX :WAVeform:INTerval?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no
decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the interval between data points
for waveform transfer to 200.

Command message:
:WAVeform:INTerval 200
WAV:INT 200

Query message:
WAV:INT?

Response message:
200

RELATED COMMANDS :WAVeform:STARt

:WAVeform:POINt

Programming Guide Page 570

:WAVeform:POINt
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the number of waveform points to be

transferred with the query :WAVeform:DATA?

The query returns the number of waveform points to be

transferred.

COMMAND SYNTAX :WAVeform:POINt <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

Note:
The value range is related to the current waveform point.

QUERY SYNTAX :WAVeform:POINt?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command the number of waveform points to be

transferred to 2000 pts.

Command message:
:WAVeform:POINt 20000
WAV:POIN 20000

Query message:
WAV:POIN?

Response message:
20000

RELATED COMMANDS :ACQuire:POINts

Programming Guide Page 571

:WAVeform:MAXPoint
Query

DESCRIPTION The query returns the maximum points of one piece, when it
needs to read the waveform data in pieces.

QUERY SYNTAX :WAVeform:MAXPoint?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following return the maximum points of one piece in

T3DSO2000A series.

Query message:
:WAV:MAXPoint?

Response message:
10000000

Programming Guide Page 572

:WAVeform:WIDTh
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the current output format for the transfer
of waveform data.

The query returns the current output format for the transfer of
waveform data.

COMMAND SYNTAX :WAVeform:WIDTh <type>

<type>:= {BYTE|WORD}
� WORD formatted data transfers 16-bit data as two
bytes, and the upper byte is transmitted first.
� BYTE formatted data is transferred as 8-bit bytes.

Note:
When the vertical resolution is set to 10 bit or the ADC bit is
more than 8bit, it must to use the command to set to BYTE
before transferring waveform data.

QUERY SYNTAX :WAVeform:WIDTh?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {BYTE|WORD}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the current output format for the
transfer of waveform data to BYTE.

Command message:
:WAVeform:WIDTh BYTE
WAV:WIDT BYTE

Query message:
WAV:WIDT?

Response message:
BYTE

Programming Guide Page 573

:WAVeform:PREamble
Query

DESCRIPTION The query returns the parameters of the source using by the
command :WAVeform:SOURce.

QUERY SYNTAX :WAVeform:PREamble?

RESPONSE FORMAT <bin>

<bin>:= See the table below for details.

RELATED COMMANDS :WAVeform:SOURce

Table 1 Explanation of the descriptor block

Address Type Length Description
0~15 char 16 Descriptor name. It is string, the first 8 chars are always
“WAVEDESC”
16~31 char 16 Template name. It is string, the first 7 chars are always
“WAVEACE”.
32~33 short 2 COMM_TYPE. It is chosen by remote command comm_format. 0 -
byte, 1- word. Default value is 0.
34~35 short 2 COMM_ORDER. It is chosen by remote command comm_format. 0
- LSB, 1- MSB. Default value is 0.
36~39 long 4 wave_desc_length. Length in bytes of block WAVEDESC. (346)
40~59 long 4*5 Reserved
60~63 long 4 WAVE_ARRAY_1. Length in bytes of 1st simple data array. In
transmitted waveform, represent the number of transmitted bytes in
accordance with the NP parameter of the WFSU remote command
and the used format (see COMM_TYPE). Only for analog channel.
64~75 long 4*3 Reserved
76~91 char 16 Instrument name. It is a string.
92~95 long 4 Reserved
96~111 char 16 Reserved
112~115 long 4 Reserved
116~119 long 4 Wave array count. Number of data points in the data array. Only for
analog channel.
120~131 long 4*3 Reserved

Programming Guide Page 574

132~135 long 4 First point. Indicates the offset relative to the beginning of the trace
buffer. Value is the same as the FP parameter of the WFSU remote
command.
136~139 long 4 Sparse factor. Indicates the sparseness into the transmitted data
block. Value is the same as the SP parameter of the WFSU remote
command.
140~151 long 4*3 Reserved
152~155 short 2*2 Reserved
156~159 float 4 Vertical gain. The value of vertical scale.
160~163 float 4 Vertical offset. The value of vertical offset.
164~167 float 4 Max_value. Maximum allowed value. It corresponds to the upper
edge of the grid. 127
168~171 float 4 Min_value. Minimum allowed value. It corresponds to the lower
edge of the grid. -128
172~175 short 2*2 Reserved
176~179 float 4 Horizontal interval. Sampling interval for time domain waveforms.
Horizontal interval = 1/sampling rate.
180~187 long 8 Horizontal offset. Trigger offset for the first sweep of the trigger,
double seconds between the trigger and the first data point. Unit is s.
188~195 long 8 Reserved
double
196~243 char 48 Reserved
244~291 char 48 Reserved
292~295 float 4 Reserved
296~311 struct 16 Reserved
312~315 float 4 Reserved
316~323 short 2*4 Reserved
324~325 short 2 Time_base. This is the enumerated time/div. see the Table 2 for
details.
326~327 short 2 Vertical coupling. 0-DC,1-AC,2-GND
328~331 float 4 Probe attenuation. This is the enumerated probe. See the Table 3
for details. When it's CUSTOM_A, it sets to the value.
332~333 short 2 Fixed vertical gain. This is the enumerated vertical scale. See the
sheet1 for details.
334~335 short 2 Bandwidth limit. 0-OFF,1-20M,2-200M
336~343 float 4*2 Reserved
344~345 short 2 Wave source. 0-C1,1-C2,2-C3,3-C4

Programming Guide Page 575

Table 2 Enum of Timebase

Index Timebase (s) Index Timebase(s)

0 200E-12 20 1E-3
1 500E-12 21 2E-3
2 1E-9 22 5E-3
3 2E-9 23 10E-3
4 5E-9 24 20E-3
5 10E-9 25 50E-3
6 20E-9 26 100E-3
7 50E-9 27 200E-3
8 100E-9 28 500E-3
9 200E-0 29 1
10 500E-9 30 2
11 1E-6 31 5
12 2E-6 32 10
13 5E-6 33 20
14 10E-6 34 50
15 20E-6 35 100
16 50E-6 36 200
17 100E-6 37 500
18 200E-6 38 1000
19 500E-6

Table 3 Enum of Probe Attenuation

Index Probe Index Probe
0 0.1X 10 200X
1 0.2X 11 500X
2 0.5X 12 1000X
3 1X 13 2000X
4 2X 14 5000X
5 5X 15 10000X
6 10X 16 CustomA
7 20X 17 CustomB
8 50X 18 CustomC
9 100X 19 CustomD

Programming Guide Page 576

:WAVeform:DATA
Query

DESCRIPTION The query returns the waveform data of the source using by
the command :WAVeform:SOURce to be transferred from
the oscilloscope.

QUERY SYNTAX :WAVeform:DATA?

RESPONSE FORMAT <header><waveform_data>

<header>:=”DAT2,#9#<9-Digits>”

<waveform_data>:=binary block

RELATED COMMANDS :WAVeform:STARt

:WAVeform:INTerval
:WAVeform:POINt
:WAVeform:MAXPoint
:WAVeform:WIDTh

EXAMPLE The following steps show how to use the command to

reconstitute the display of waveform.

For analog channel waveform and math waveform (except for FFT):

Programming Guide Page 577

Step 1: Send the commands to get the data of waveform.
Command message:
:WAVeform:SOURce C2
:WAVeform:DATA?
Response message:
The header is “DAT2,#9000001000” which nine ASCII integers are used to give the number of
the waveform data points (1000 pts). After the header of block, is beginning of the wave data,
and the last two bytes “0A 0A” means the end of data.

Step 2: Send the query to get the parameters of waveform.

Query message:
:WAVeform:PRE?
For parameter parsing, see the section of the query. Through the query, we can get the vertical
scale is 10 V/div, the vertical offset is 14.5 V, the timebase is 20E-9 s, the trigger delay is
1.72E-8 s, and the sampling interval is 2E-10 s.

Step 3: Calculate the voltage value corresponding to the data point.

Using the formula: voltage value (V) = code value *(vdiv /code_per_div) - voffset.
Parameter Description Example above
code value Signed number of wave data. For python, you The first point is
need to convert to signed number by subtraction. the 17th data
(For 8bit model, if the decimal is greater than “F5”, convert to
“127”, it should minus 256) decimal is “-11”

If the vertical resolution of the model is greater

than 8bit, the code value is a word in LSB byte
order by the command :WAVeform:WIDTh. The
data is left aligned, and the lower bit is zero filled.

vdiv The vertical scale. 10

voffset The vertical position value. 14.5

Programming Guide Page 578

 code_per_div Code value per division in vertical direction. 30

The picture above is an example:

The first point: voltage value = -10*(10/30)-(14.5) = -17.889 V.

Step 4: Calculate the time value of the data point.

Using the formula: time value(S) = -delay-(timebase*grid/2)*index*interval
Parameter Description Example above
timebase The horizontal scale. 2E-8
delay The voltage position value. 1.72E-8
grid The horizontal grid numbers:10 10

index The index of the data. The first point is 0. --

interval Sampling interval. 2E-10
The picture above is an example:
The first data point: time value = -1.72E-8-(2E-08*10/2) = -1.172E-07 s = -117.2 ns.
The second data point: time value = -117.2 ns + 0.2ns = -117 ns.

Use python to reconstruct the waveform: (See the code in Read Waveform Data Example)

Programming Guide Page 579

For digital channel waveform:

Step 1: Send the commands to get the data of waveform.

Command message:
:WAVeform:SOURce D0
:WAVeform:DATA?
Response message:
The header is “DAT2,#9000002500” which nine ASCII integers are used to give the number of
the waveform data points (2500 pts). After the header of block, is beginning of the wave data.
For digital, one bit represents a data point, if the number of points is not an integer multiple of 8,
the byte less than 8 bits will be filled with 0. So there are 313 bytes. The last two bytes “0A 0A”
means the end of data.

Step 2: Send the query to get the parameters of waveform.

Query message:
:WAVeform:PRE?
For parameter parsing, see the section of the query. Through the query, we can get the
timabase is 2E-7 s, the trigger delay is -2E-7 s, and the sampling interval is 2E-10 s.

Step 3: Covert to the high (1) and low (0) corresponding to the data point.

Programming Guide Page 580

According to the wave data, we can know the first eight points of waveform is the 17th byte
“FF”, convert to binary is “11111111” (Hexadecimal converted to binary (LSB)).

Step 4: Calculate the time value of the data point.

Using the formula: time value(S) = -delay-(timebase*grid/2)*index*interval
Parameter Description Example above
timebase The horizontal scale. 2E-7
delay The voltage position value. -2E-7
grid The horizontal grid numbers:10 10

index The index of the data. The first point is 0. --

interval Sampling interval. 8E-10
The picture above as an example:
The first data point: time value = 2E-7-(2E-7*10/2) = -8E-07 s = -800 ns.
The second data point: time value = -800 ns+0.8 ns = -799.2 ns.

Use python to reconstruct the waveform: (See the code in Read Waveform Data of Digital
Example)

Programming Guide Page 581

WGEN Commands

With the oscilloscope built in function generator module), you can output sine,
square, ramp, pulse, DC, noise, exponential rise, exponential fall, cardiac,
Gaussian pulse and arbitrary waveforms. The WGEN commands are used to
select the waveform function and parameters.

The WGEN commands are the same as that of T3AFG series, so the format is
not consistent with other groups. Refer to T3AFG programming guide for details.

� ARbWaVe
� BaSic_WaVe
� OUTPutSToreList
� SYNC
� VOLTPRT

Programming Guide Page 582

ARbWaVe
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets or gets the basic wave

parameters.

COMMAND SYNTAX <channel>:ARbWaVe INDEX,<index>

<channel>:ARbWaVe NAME,<name>

<channel>:={C1}, SAG and the built-in waveform

generator only support one output channel.

<index>:= the index of the arbitrary waveform from

the table below.

<name>:= the name of the arbitrary waveform

from the table below.

Note:
This table is just an example, the index depends on
the specific model. The “STL?” query can be used
to get the accurate mapping relationship between
the index and name.

Index Name Index Name Index Name Index Name

0 Sine 12 Logfall 24 Gmonopuls 36 Triang
1 Noise 13 Logrise 25 Tripuls 37 Harris
2 StairUp 14 Sqrt 26 Cardiac 38 Bartlett
3 StairDn 15 Root3 27 Quake 39 Tan
4 Stairud 16 X^2 28 Chirp 40 Cot
5 Ppulse 17 X^3 29 Twotone 41 Sec
6 Npulse 18 Sinc 30 Snr 42 Csc
7 Trapezia 19 Gaussian 31 Hamming 43 Asin
8 Upramp 20 Dlorentz 32 Hanning 44 Acos
9 Dnramp 21 Haversine 33 Kaiser 45 Atan
10 Exp_fall 22 Lorentz 34 Blackman 46 Acot
11 Exp_rise 23 Gauspuls 35 Gausswin 47 Square

QUERY SYNTAX <channel>:ARbWaVe?

<channel>:= {C1}

RESPONSE FORMAT <channel>:ARWV

INDEX,<index>,NAME,<name>

Programming Guide Page 583

RELATED COMMANDS SToreList

EXAMPLE Set CH1 current waveform by index 2:

C1:ARWV INDEX,2

Read CH1 current waveform:

C1:ARWV?
Return:
C1:ARWV INDEX,2,NAME,StairUp

Set CH1 current waveform to wave_1 by name.

C1:ARWV NAME,wave_1

Programming Guide Page 584

BaSic_WaVe
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets or gets the basic wave

parameters.

COMMAND SYNTAX <channel>:BaSic_WaVe <parameter>,<value>

<channel>:={C1}, SAG and the built-in waveform

generator only support one output channel.

<parameter>:= a parameter from the table below.

<value>:= value of the corresponding parameter.

Parameters Value Description

:= {SINE, SQUARE, RAMP, PULSE, NOISE,
ARB, DC, PRBS, IQ}. If the command doesn’t
WVTP <type>
set basic waveform type, WVPT will be set to the
current waveform.
:= frequency. The unit is Hertz “Hz”. Refer to the
FRQ <frequency> data sheet for the range of valid values. Not valid
when WVTP is NOISE or DC.
:= period. The unit is seconds "s". Refer to the
PERI <period> data sheet for the range of valid values. Not valid
when WVTP is NOISE or DC.
:= amplitude. The unit is volts, peak-to-peak
"Vpp". Refer to the data sheet for the range of
AMP <amplitude>
valid values. Not valid when WVTP is NOISE or
DC.
:= offset. The unit is volts "V". Refer to the data
OFST <offset> sheet for the range of valid values. Not valid
when WVTP is NOISE.
:= {0 to 100}. Symmetry of RAMP. The unit is
SYM <symmetry>
"%". Only settable when WVTP is RAMP.
:= {0 to 100}. Duty cycle. The unit is "%". Value
DUTY <duty> depends on frequency. Only settable when
WVTP is SQUARE or PULSE.
:= standard deviation of NOISE. The unit is volts
STDEV <stdev> "V". Refer to the data sheet for the range of valid
values. Only settable when WVTP is NOISE.
:= mean of NOISE. The unit is volts "V". Refer to
MEAN <mean>
the data sheet for the range of valid values. Only

Programming Guide Page 585

Parameters Value Description
settable when WVTP is NOISE.
:= positive pulse width. The unit is seconds "s".
WIDTH <width> Refer to the data sheet for the range of valid
values. Only settable when WVTP is PULSE.

QUERY SYNTAX <channel>: BaSic_WaVe?

<channel>:= {C1}

RESPONSE FORMAT <channel>:BSWV <parameter>

<parameter>:= All the parameters of the current

basic waveform.

EXAMPLE Change the waveform type of C1 to Ramp:

C1:BSWV WVTP,RAMP

Change the frequency of C1 to 2000 Hz:

C1:BSWV FRQ,2000

Set the amplitude of C1 to 3 Vpp:

C1:BSWV AMP,3

Return parameters of C1 from the device:

C1:BSWV?
Return:
C1:BSWV
WVTP,SINE,FRQ,100HZ,PERI,0.01S,AMP,2V,O
FST,0V,HLEV,1V,LLEV,-1V,PHSE,0

Programming Guide Page 586

OUTPut
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command enables or disables the output

port(s) at the front panel. The query returns “ON”
or “OFF” and “LOAD”, “PLRT”, “RATIO”
parameters.

COMMAND SYNTAX <channel>:OUTPut <state>,LOAD,<load>

<channel>:= {C1}, SAG and the built-in waveform

generator only support one output channel.

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

<load>:= {50|HZ}. The unit is ohm.

QUERY SYNTAX <channel>:OUTPut?

RESPONSE FORMAT <channel>:OUTP

<state>,LOAD,<load>,PLRT,<polarity>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

<load>:= {50|HZ}

<polarity>:= {NOR|INVT}, in which NOR refers to

normal, and INVT refers to invert. SAG and the
built-in waveform generator only support to set to
NOR.

EXAMPLE Turn on CH1:

C1:OUTP ON

Read CH1 output state:

C1:OUTP?
Return:
C1:OUTP ON,LOAD,HZ,PLRT,NOR

Set the load of CH1 to 50 ohm:

C1:OUTP LOAD,50

Set the load of CH1 to HiZ:

C1:OUTP LOAD,HZ

Programming Guide Page 587

SToreList
Query

DESCRIPTION This query is used to read the stored waveforms

list with indexes and names. If the store unit is
empty, the command will return “EMPTY” string.

QUERY SYNTAX SToreList? [<location>]

<location>:= {BUILDIN|USER}

EXAMPLE Read all arbitrary data saved in the built-in

waveform generator in the T3DSO2000A.
STL?
Return:
STL M10, ExpFal, M100, ECG14, M101, ECG15,
M102, LFPulse, M103, Tens1, M104, Tens2,
M105, Tens3, M106, Airy, M107, Besselj, M108,
Bessely, M109, Dirichlet, M11, ExpRise, M110,
Erf, M111, Erfc, M112, ErfcInv, M113, ErfInv,
M114, Laguerre, M115, Legend, M116, Versiera,
M117, Weibull, M118, LogNormal, M119,
Laplace, M12, LogFall, M120, Maxwell, M121,
Rayleigh, M122, Cauchy, M123, CosH, M124,
CosInt, M125, CotH, M126, CscH, M127, SecH,
M128, SinH, M129, SinInt, M13, LogRise, M130,
TanH, M131, ACosH, M132, ASecH, M133,
ASinH, M134, ATanH, M135, ACsch, M136,
ACoth, M137, Bartlett, M138, BohmanWin, M139,
ChebWin, M14, Sqrt, M140, FlattopWin, M141,
ParzenWin, M142, TaylorWin, M143, TukeyWin,
M144, Duty01, M145, Duty02, M146, Duty04,
M147, Duty06, M148, Duty08, M149, Duty10,
M15, Root3, M150, Duty12, M151, Duty14,
M152, Duty16, M153, Duty18, M154, Duty20,
M155, Duty22, M156, Duty24, M157, Duty26,
M158, Duty28, M159, Duty30, M16, X^2, M160,
Duty32, M161, Duty34, M162, Duty36, M163,
Duty38, M164, Duty40, M165, Duty42, M166,
Duty44, M167, Duty46, M168, Duty48, M169,
Duty50, M17, X^3, M170, Duty52, M171, Duty54,
M172, Duty56, M173, Duty58, M174, Duty60,
M175, Duty62, M176, Duty64, M177, Duty66,
M178, Duty68, M179, Duty70, M18, Sinc, M180,

Programming Guide Page 588

Duty72, M181, Duty74, M182, Duty76, M183,
Duty78, M184, Duty80, M185, Duty82, M186,
Duty84, M187, Duty86, M188, Duty88, M189,
Duty90, M19, Gaussian, M190, Duty92, M191,
Duty94, M192, Duty96, M193, Duty98, M194,
Duty99, M195, demo1_375, M196, demo1_16k,
M197, demo2_3k, M198, demo2_16k, M2,
StairUp, M20, Dlorentz, M21, Haversine, M22,
Lorentz, M23, Gauspuls, M24, Gmonopuls, M25,
Tripuls, M26, Cardiac, M27, Quake, M28, Chirp,
M29, Twotone, M3, StairDn, M30, SNR, M31,
Hamming, M32, Hanning, M33, kaiser, M34,
Blackman, M35, Gausswin, M36, Triangle, M37,
BlackmanH, M38, Bartlett-Hann, M39, Tan, M4,
StairUD, M40, Cot, M41, Sec, M42, Csc, M43,
Asin, M44, Acos, M45, Atan, M46, Acot, M47,
Square, M48, SineTra, M49, SineVer, M5,
Ppulse, M50, AmpALT, M51, AttALT, M52,
RoundHalf, M53, RoundsPM, M54, BlaseiWave,
M55, DampedOsc, M56, SwingOsc, M57,
Discharge, M58, Pahcur, M59, Combin, M6,
Npulse, M60, SCR, M61, Butterworth, M62,
Chebyshev1, M63, Chebyshev2, M64, TV, M65,
Voice, M66, Surge, M67, Radar, M68, Ripple,
M69, Gamma, M7, Trapezia, M70, StepResp,
M71, BandLimited, M72, CPulse, M73, CWPulse,
M74, GateVibr, M75, LFMPulse, M76, MCNoise,
M77, AM, M78, FM, M79, PFM, M8, Upramp,
M80, PM, M81, PWM, M82, EOG, M83, EEG,
M84, EMG, M85, Pulseilogram, M86, ResSpeed,
M87, ECG1, M88, ECG2, M89, ECG3, M9,
Dnramp, M90, ECG4, M91, ECG5, M92, ECG6,
M93, ECG7, M94, ECG8, M95, ECG9, M96,
ECG10, M97, ECG11, M98, ECG12, M99,
ECG13

Read built-in wave data from a T3DSO2000A

built-in waveform generator:
STL? BUILDIN
Return:
STL M10, ExpFal, M100, ECG14, M101, ECG15,
M102, LFPulse, M103, Tens1, M104, Tens2,
M105, Tens3, M106, Airy, M107, Besselj, M108,
Bessely, M109, Dirichlet, M11, ExpRise, M110,
Erf, M111, Erfc, M112, ErfcInv, M113, ErfInv,

Programming Guide Page 589

M114, Laguerre, M115, Legend, M116, Versiera,
M117, Weibull, M118, LogNormal, M119, Laplace,
M12, LogFall, M120, Maxwell, M121, Rayleigh,
M122, Cauchy, M123, CosH, M124, CosInt, M125,
CotH, M126, CscH, M127, SecH, M128, SinH,
M129, SinInt, M13, LogRise, M130, TanH, M131,
ACosH, M132, ASecH, M133, ASinH, M134,
ATanH, M135, ACsch, M136, ACoth, M137,
Bartlett, M138, BohmanWin, M139, ChebWin,
M14, Sqrt, M140, FlattopWin, M141, ParzenWin,
M142, TaylorWin, M143, TukeyWin, M144,
Duty01, M145, Duty02, M146, Duty04, M147,
Duty06, M148, Duty08, M149, Duty10, M15,
Root3, M150, Duty12, M151, Duty14, M152,
Duty16, M153, Duty18, M154, Duty20, M155,
Duty22, M156, Duty24, M157, Duty26, M158,
Duty28, M159, Duty30, M16, X^2, M160, Duty32,
M161, Duty34, M162, Duty36, M163, Duty38,
M164, Duty40, M165, Duty42, M166, Duty44,
M167, Duty46, M168, Duty48, M169, Duty50,
M17, X^3, M170, Duty52, M171, Duty54, M172,
Duty56, M173, Duty58, M174, Duty60, M175,
Duty62, M176, Duty64, M177, Duty66, M178,
Duty68, M179, Duty70, M18, Sinc, M180, Duty72,
M181, Duty74, M182, Duty76, M183, Duty78,
M184, Duty80, M185, Duty82, M186, Duty84,
M187, Duty86, M188, Duty88, M189, Duty90,
M19, Gaussian, M190, Duty92, M191, Duty94,
M192, Duty96, M193, Duty98, M194, Duty99,
M195, demo1_375, M196, demo1_16k, M197,
demo2_3k, M198, demo2_16k, M2, StairUp, M20,
Dlorentz, M21, Haversine, M22, Lorentz, M23,
Gauspuls, M24, Gmonopuls, M25, Tripuls, M26,
Cardiac, M27, Quake, M28, Chirp, M29, Twotone,
M3, StairDn, M30, SNR, M31, Hamming, M32,
Hanning, M33, kaiser, M34, Blackman, M35,
Gausswin, M36, Triangle, M37, BlackmanH, M38,
Bartlett-Hann, M39, Tan, M4, StairUD, M40, Cot,
M41, Sec, M42, Csc, M43, Asin, M44, Acos, M45,
Atan, M46, Acot, M47, Square, M48, SineTra,
M49, SineVer, M5, Ppulse, M50, AmpALT, M51,
AttALT, M52, RoundHalf, M53, RoundsPM, M54,
BlaseiWave, M55, DampedOsc, M56, SwingOsc,
M57, Discharge, M58, Pahcur, M59, Combin, M6,
Npulse, M60, SCR, M61, Butterworth, M62,

Programming Guide Page 590

Chebyshev1, M63, Chebyshev2, M64, TV, M65,
Voice, M66, Surge, M67, Radar, M68, Ripple,
M69, Gamma, M7, Trapezia, M70, StepResp,
M71, BandLimited, M72, CPulse, M73, CWPulse,
M74, GateVibr, M75, LFMPulse, M76, MCNoise,
M77, AM, M78, FM, M79, PFM, M8, Upramp, M80,
PM, M81, PWM, M82, EOG, M83, EEG, M84,
EMG, M85, Pulseilogram, M86, ResSpeed, M87,
ECG1, M88, ECG2, M89, ECG3, M9, Dnramp,
M90, ECG4, M91, ECG5, M92, ECG6, M93,
ECG7, M94, ECG8, M95, ECG9, M96, ECG10,
M97, ECG11, M98, ECG12, M99, ECG13

Programming Guide Page 591

SYNC
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets or gets the synchronization

signal.

COMMAND SYNTAX <channel>:SYNC <state>

<channel>:= {C1}, SAG and the built-in waveform

generator only support one output channel.

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX <channel>:SYNC?

<channel>:= {C1}

RESPONSE FORMAT <channel>:SYNC <state>,TYPE,<TYPE>

<channel>:= {C1}

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

<TYPE>:={CH1}, SAG and the built-in waveform

generator only support one output channel, so it
can only be CH1.

EXAMPLE Turn on sync output:

C1:SYNC ON

Read state of CH1 sync.

C1:SYNC?
Return:
C1:SYNC ON,TYPE,CH1

Programming Guide Page 592

VOLTPRT
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets or gets the state of over-

voltage protection.

COMMAND SYNTAX VOLTPRT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX VOLTPRT?

RESPONSE FORMAT VOLTPRT <state>

Programming Guide Page 593

Programming Examples
This chapter gives some examples for the programmer. In these examples you can
see how to use VISA or sockets, in combination with the commands described above
to control the oscilloscope. By following these examples, you can develop many
more applications.

� VISA Examples
� VC++ Example
� VB Example
� MATLAB Example
� LabVIEW Example
� C# Example
� Examples of Using Sockets
� Python Example
� C Example
� Common Command Examples
� Read Waveform Data Example
� Screen Dump (PRINt) Example

Programming Guide Page 594

VISA Examples

VC++ Example

Environment: Win7 32-bit, Visual Studio.

Description: Use National Instruments VISA to control the device with USBTMC or
TCP/IP access. Perform a write and read operation.
Steps:
1. Open Visual Studio, create a new VC++ win32 project.

2. Set the project environment to use the NI-VISA library. There are two ways to
use NI-VISA, static or automatic:
a) Static:
Find the files visa.h, visatype.h, visa32.lib in the NI-VISA installation path, copy
them to your project, and add them into the project. In the projectname.cpp file,
add the follow two lines:
#include "visa.h"
#pragma comment(lib,"visa32.lib")

b) Automatic:
Set the .h file include directory, the NI-VISA install path, in our computer we set
the path is: C:\Program Files\IVI Foundation \VISA\WinNT\include. Set this path
to:
project->properties->C/C++->General->Additional Include Directories.
See the picture:

Set lib path set lib file:

Set lib path: the NI-VISA install path, in our computer we set the path is
C:\Program Files\IVI Foundation\VISA\WinNT\lib\msc. Set this path to:
project->properties->Linker->General->Additional Library Directories.

Programming Guide Page 595

 As shown in the pictures below:

Set lib file:project->properties->Linker->Command Line->Additional Options:

visa32.lib

Include visa.h file in the projectname.cpp file:

#include <visa.h>

3. Coding:
a) USBTMC:

Int Usbtmc_test()
{
/* This code demonstrates sending synchronous read & write commands */
/* to an USB Test & Measurement Class (USBTMC) instrument using */
/* NI-VISA */
/* The example writes the "*IDN?\n" string to all the USBTMC */
/* devices connected to the system and attempts to read back */

Programming Guide Page 596

 /* results using the write and read functions. */
/* The general flow of the code is */
/* Open Resource Manager */
/* Open VISA Session to an Instrument */
/* Write the Identification Query Using viPrintf */
/* Try to Read a Response With viScanf */
/* Close the VISA Session */
/***********************************************************/
ViSession defaultRM;
ViSession instr;
ViUInt32 numInstrs;
ViFindList findList;
ViUInt32 retCount;
ViUInt32 writeCount;
ViStatus status;
Char instrResourceString[VI_FIND_BUFLEN];
Unsigned charbuffer[100];
Char stringinput[512];
Int i;
/** First we must call viOpenDefaultRM to get the manager
* handle. We will store this handle in defaultRM.*/
status= ViOpenDefaultRM (&defaultRM);
if (status<VI_SUCCESS)
{
printf ("Could not open a session to the VISA Resource Manager!\n");
return status;
}
/* Find all the USB TMC VISA resources in our system and store the number of
resources in the system in numInstrs. */
status = viFindRsrc (defaultRM, "USB?*INSTR", &findList, &numInstrs,
instrResourceString);
if (status<VI_SUCCESS)
{
printf ("An error occurred while finding resources.\nHit enter to continue.");
fflush(stdin);
getchar();
viClose (defaultRM);
return status;
}
/** Now we will open VISA sessions to all USB TMC instruments.
* We must use the handle from viOpenDefaultRM and we must
* also use a string that indicates which instrument to open. This
* is called the instrument descriptor. The format for this string
* can be found in the function panel by right clicking on the
* descriptor parameter. After opening a session to the

Programming Guide Page 597

* device, we will get a handle to the instrument which we
* will use in later VISA functions. The AccessMode and Timeout
* parameters in this function are reserved for future
* functionality. These two parameters are given the value VI_NULL.*/
for (i= 0; i<numInstrs; i++)
{
if (i> 0)
{
viFindNext (findList, instrResourceString);
}
status = viOpen (defaultRM, instrResourceString, VI_NULL, VI_NULL, &instr);
if (status<VI_SUCCESS)
{
printf ("Cannot open a session to the device %d.\n", i+1);
continue;
}
/* * At this point we now have a session open to the USB TMC instrument.
* We will now use the viPrintf function to send the device the string "*IDN?\n",
* asking for the device's identification. */
char * cmmand ="*IDN?\n";
status = viPrintf (instr, cmmand);
if (status<VI_SUCCESS)
{
printf ("Error writing to the device %d.\n", i+1);
status = viClose (instr);
continue;
}
/** Now we will attempt to read back a response from the device to
* the identification query that was sent. We will use the viScanf
* function to acquire the data.
* After the data has been read the response is displayed.*/
status = viScanf(instr, "%t", buffer);
if (status<VI_SUCCESS)
{
printf ("Error reading a response from the device %d.\n", i+1);
}
else
{
printf ("\nDevice %d: %*s\n", i+1,retCount, buffer);
}
status = viClose (instr);
}
/** Now we will close the session to the instrument using
* viClose. This operation frees all system resources. */
status = viClose (defaultRM);

Programming Guide Page 598

 printf("Press 'Enter' to exit.");
fflush(stdin);
getchar();
return 0;
}

b) TCP/IP:
int TCP_IP_Test(char *pIP)
{
char outputBuffer[VI_FIND_BUFLEN];
ViSession defaultRM, instr;
ViStatus status;
ViUInt32 count;
ViUInt16 portNo;
/* First we will need to open the default resource manager. */
status = viOpenDefaultRM (&defaultRM);
if (status<VI_SUCCESS)
{
printf("Could not open a session to the VISA Resource Manager!\n");
}
/* Now we will open a session via TCP/IP device */
charhead[256] ="TCPIP0::";
chartail[] ="::INSTR";
charresource [256];
strcat(head,pIP);
strcat(head,tail);
status = viOpen (defaultRM, head, VI_LOAD_CONFIG, VI_NULL, &instr);
if (status<VI_SUCCESS)
{
printf ("An error occurred opening the session\n");
viClose(defaultRM);
}
status = viPrintf(instr, "*idn?\n");
status = viScanf(instr, "%t", outputBuffer);
if (status<VI_SUCCESS)
{
printf("viRead failed with error code: %x \n",status);
viClose(defaultRM);
}
else
{
printf ("\ndata read from device: %*s\n", 0,outputBuffer);
}
status = viClose (instr);
status = viClose (defaultRM);

Programming Guide Page 599

 printf("Press 'Enter' to exit.");
fflush(stdin);
getchar();
return 0;
}

Programming Guide Page 600

VB Example

Environment: Windows7 32-bit, Microsoft Visual Basic 6.0

Description: The function of this example: Use the NI-VISA, to control the device with
USBTMC and TCP/IP access to do a write and read.
Steps:
1. Open Visual Basic, and build a standard application program project.

2. Set the project environment to use the NI-VISA lib: Click the Existing tab of
Project->Add Module, search the visa32.bas file in the “include” folder under the
NI-VISA installation path and add the file, as shown in the figure below:

3. Coding:
a) USBTMC:
Private Function Usbtmc_test() As Long
' This code demonstrates sending synchronous read & write commands
' to an USB Test & Measurement Class (USBTMC) instrument using
' NI-VISA
' The example writes the "*IDN?\n" string to all the USBTMC
' devices connected to the system and attempts to read back
' results using the write and read functions.
' The general flow of the code is
' Open Resource Manager
' Open VISA Session to an Instrument
' Write the Identification Query Using viWrite
' Try to Read a Response With viRead
' Close the VISA Session
Const MAX_CNT = 200

Programming Guide Page 601

Dim defaultRM As Long
Dim instrsesn As Long
Dim numlnstrs As Long
Dim findList As Long
Dim retCount As Long
Dim writeCount As Long
Dim status As Long
Dim instrResourceString As String * VI_FIND_BUFLEN
Dim buffer As String * MAX_CNT
Dim i As Integer
' First we must call viOpenDefaultRM to get the manager
' handle. We will store this handle in defaultRM.
status = viOpenDefaultRM(defaultRM)
If (status < VI_SUCCESS) Then
Debug.Print "Could not open a session to the VISA Resource Manager!"
Usbtmc_test = status
ExitFunction
End If

' Find all the USB TMC VISA resources in our system and store the
' number of resources in the system in numInstrs.
status= ViFindRsrc(defaultRM,"USB?*INSTR",findList,numlnstrs,instrResourceString)
If (status < VI_SUCCESS) Then
Debug.Print "An error occurred while finding resources."
viClose (defaultRM)
Usbtmc_test = status
Exit Function
End If

' Now we will open VISA sessions to all USB TMC instruments.
' We must use the handle from viOpenDefaultRM and we must
' also use a string that indicates which instrument to open. This
' is called the instrument descriptor. The format for this string
' can be found in the function panel by right clicking on the
' descriptor parameter. After opening a session to the
' device, we will get a handle to the instrument which we
' will use in later VISA functions. The AccessMode and Timeout
' parameters in this function are reserved for future
' functionality. These two parameters are given the value VI_NULL.
For i = 0 To numInstrs
If (i > 0) Then
status = viFindNext(findList, instrResourceString)
End If
status = viOpen(defaultRM, instrResourceString, VI_NULL, VI_NULL, instrsesn)

Programming Guide Page 602

 If (status < VI_SUCCESS) Then
Debug.Print "Cannot open a session to the device ", i + 1
GoTo NextFind
End If

' At this point we now have a session open to the USB TMC instrument.
' We will now use the viWrite function to send the device the string "*IDN?",
' asking for the device's identification.
status = viWrite(instrsesn, "*IDN?", 5, retCount)
If (status < VI_SUCCESS) Then
Debug.Print "Error writing to the device."
status = viClose(instrsesn)
GoTo NextFind
End If

' Now we will attempt to read back a response from the device to
' the identification query that was sent. We will use the viRead
' function to acquire the data.
' After the data has been read the response is displayed.
status = viRead(instrsesn, buffer, MAX_CNT, retCount)
If (status < VI_SUCCESS) Then
Debug.Print "Error reading a response from the device.", i + 1
Else
Debug.Print i + 1, retCount, buffer
End If
status = viClose(instrsesn)
Next i

' Now we will close the session to the instrument using

' viClose. This operation frees all system resources.
status = viClose(defaultRM)
Usbtmc_test = 0
End Function

b) TCP/IP:
Private Function TCP_IP_Test(ip As String) As Long
Dim outputBuffer As String * VI_FIND_BUFLEN
Dim defaultRM As Long
Dim instrsesn As Long
Dim status As Long
Dim count As Long

' First we will need to open the default resource manager.

status = viOpenDefaultRM (defaultRM)
If (status < VI_SUCCESS) Then

Programming Guide Page 603

 Debug.Print "Could not open a session to the VISA Resource Manager!"
TCP_IP_Test = status
Exit Function
End If

' Now we will open a session via TCP/IP device

status = viOpen(defaultRM, "TCPIP0::" + ip + "::INSTR", VI_LOAD_CONFIG, VI_NULL,
instrsesn)
If (status < VI_SUCCESS) Then
Debug.Print "An error occurred opening the session"
viClose (defaultRM)
TCP_IP_Test = status
Exit Function
End If

status = viWrite(instrsesn, "*IDN?", 5, count)

If (status < VI_SUCCESS) Then
Debug.Print "Error writing to the device."
End If
status = viRead(instrsesn, outputBuffer, VI_FIND_BUFLEN, count)
If (status < VI_SUCCESS) Then
Debug.Print "Error reading a response from the device.", i + 1
Else
Debug.Print "read from device:", outputBuffer
End If
status = viClose(instrsesn)
status = viClose(defaultRM)
TCP_IP_Test = 0
End Function

Programming Guide Page 604

MATLAB Example

Environment: Windows7 32-bit, MATLAB R2010b

Description: The function of this example: Use the NI-VISA, to control the device with
USBTMC or TCP/IP access to do a write and read.
Steps:
1. Open MATLAB, and modify the current directory. In this demo, the current
directory is modified to D:\USBTMC_TCPIP_Demo.

2. Click File>>New>>Script in the Matlab interface to create an empty M file.

3. Coding:
a)USBTMC:
function USBTMC_test()
% This code demonstrates sending synchronous read & write commands
% to an USB Test & Measurement Class (USBTMC) instrument using
% NI-VISA

%Create a VISA-USB object connected to a USB instrument

vu = visa('ni','USB0::0xF4EC::0xEE38::0123456789::INSTR');

%Open the VISA object created

fopen(vu);

%Send the string "*IDN?",asking for the device's identification.

fprintf(vu,'*IDN?');

%Request the data

outputbuffer = fscanf(vu);
disp(outputbuffer);

%Close the VISA object

fclose(vu);
delete(vu);
clear vu;

end

b) TCP/IP:
function TCP_IP_test( IPstr )
% This code demonstrates sending synchronous read & write commands
% to an TCP/IP instrument using NI-VISA

%Create a VISA-TCPIP object connected to an instrument

%configured with IP address.

Programming Guide Page 605

vt = visa('ni',['TCPIP0::',IPstr,'::INSTR']);

%Open the VISA object created

fopen(vt);

%Send the string "*IDN?", asking for the device's identification.

fprintf(vt,'*IDN?');

%Request the data

outputbuffer = fscanf(vt);
disp(outputbuffer);

%Close the VISA object

fclose(vt);
delete(vt);
clear vt;

end

Programming Guide Page 606

LabVIEW Example

Environment: Windows7 32-bit, LabVIEW 2011

Description: The functions of this example: use the NI-VISA, to control the device
with USBTMC and TCP/IP access to do a write and read.
Steps:
1. Open LabVIEW, create a VI file.

2. Add controls. Right-click in the Front Panel interface, select and add VISA
resource name, error in, error out and some indicators from the Controls column.

3. Open the Block Diagram interface. Right-click on the VISA resource name and
you can select and add the following functions from VISA Palette from the pop-up
menu: VISA Write, VISA Read, VISA Open and VISA Close.

4. The connection is as shown in the figure below:

5. Select the device resource from the VISA Resource Name list box and run the
program.

Programming Guide Page 607

 In this example, the VI opens a VISA session to a USBTMC device, writes a
command to the device, and reads back the response. After all communication is
complete, the VI closes the VISA session.

6. Communicating with the device via TCP/IP is similar to USBTMC. But you need to
change VISA Write and VISA Read Function to Synchronous I/O. The LabVIEW
default is asynchronous I/O. Right-click the node and select Synchronous I/O
Mod>>Synchronous from the shortcut menu to write or read data synchronously.

7. The connection is as shown in the figure below:

8. Input the IP address and run the program.

Programming Guide Page 608

C# Example

Environment: Windows7 32-bit, Visual Studio

Description: The functions of this example: use the NI-VISA, to control the device
with USBTMC or TCP/IP access to do a write and read.
Steps:
1. Open Visual Studio, create a new C# project.

2. Add References. Add NationalInstruments.Common.dll and

NationalInstruments.VisaNS.dll to the project. (Notice: you must install the .NET
Framework 3.5/4.0/4.5 Languages support when you install the NI-VISA.)

3. Coding:
using System;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using System.Linq;
using System.Text;
using NationalInstruments.VisaNS;

namespace TestVisa
{
class Program
{
static void Main(string[] args)
{
// Find all the USBTMC resources
string[]

Programming Guide Page 609

 usbRsrcStrings=ResourceManager.GetLocalManager().FindResources("USB
?*INSTR");
if (usbRsrcStrings.Length <= 0)
{
Console.WriteLine("Cannot find USBTMC Device!");
return;
}

//Choose the first resource string to connect the device.

//You can input the address manually
//USBTMC:
//MessageBasedSession
mbSession=(MessageBasedSession)ResourceManager.GetLocalManager().
Open("USB0::0xF4EC::0xEE38::0123456789::INSTR");
/TCP IP:
//MessageBasedSession
mbSession=(MessageBasedSession)ResourceManager.GetLocalManager().
Open("TCPIP0::192.168.1.100::INSTR");
MessageBasedSession
mbSession=(MessageBasedSession)ResourceManager.GetLocalManager().
Open(usbRsrcStrings[0]);
mbSession.Write("*IDN?");
string result = mbSession.ReadString();
mbSession.Dispose();
Console.WriteLine(result);
}
}
}

Programming Guide Page 610

Examples of Using Sockets

Socket communication is a basic communication technology in computer network. It

allows applications to communicate through the standard network protocol
mechanism built by network hardware and operation system.

This method is a two-way communication between the instrument and the computer
through a fixed port number.

Note that SCPI strings are terminated with a “\n” (new line) character.

Python Example

Python has a low-level networking module that provides access to the socket
interface. Python scripts can be written for sockets to do a variety of test and
measurement tasks.

Environment: Windows7 32-bit, Python v2.7.5

Description: Open a socket, send a query, and repeat this loop for 10 times, finally
close the socket.

Below is the code of the script:

#!/usr/bin/env python
#-*- coding:utf-8 –*-
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The short script is a example that open a socket, sends a query,
# print the return message and closes the socket.
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
import socket # for sockets
import sys # for exit
import time # for sleep
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
remote_ip = "10.12.255.209" # should match the instrument’s IP address
port = 5025 # the port number of the instrument service
count = 0

def SocketConnect():
try:
#create an AF_INET, STREAM socket (TCP)
s = socket.socket(socket.AF_INET, socket.SOCK_STREAM)
except socket.error:

Programming Guide Page 611

 print ('Failed to create socket.')
sys.exit();
try:
#Connect to remote server
s.connect((remote_ip , port))
except socket.error:
print ('failed to connect to ip ' + remote_ip)
return s

def SocketQuery(Sock, cmd):

try :
#Send cmd string
Sock.sendall(cmd)
Sock.sendall(b'\n')
time.sleep(1)
except socket.error:
#Send failed
print ('Send failed')
sys.exit()
reply = Sock.recv(4096)
return reply

def SocketClose(Sock):
#close the socket
Sock.close()
time.sleep(.300)

def main():
global remote_ip
global port
global count

# Body: send the SCPI commands *IDN? 10 times and print the return message
s = SocketConnect()
for i in range(10):
qStr = SocketQuery(s, b'*IDN?')
print (str(count) + ":: " + str(qStr))
count = count + 1
SocketClose(s)
input('Press "Enter" to exit')

if __name__ == '__main__':
proc = main()

Programming Guide Page 612

C Example

int MySocket;
if((MySocket=socket(PF_INET,SOCK_STREAM,0))==-1)
{
exit(1);
}
struct in_addr
{
unsigned long s_addr;
};
struct sockaddr_in
{
short int sin_family; // Address family
unsigned short int sin_port; // Port number
struct in_addr sin_addr; // Internet address
unsigned char sin_zero[8]; // Padding
};
struct sockaddr_in MyAddress;

// Initialize the whole structure to zero

memset(&MyAddress,0,sizeof(struct sockaddr_in));
// Then set the individual fields
MyAddress.sin_family=PF_INET; // IPv4
MyAddress.sin_port=htons(5025); // Port number used by most instruments
MyAddress.sin_addr.s_addr=inet_addr(“169.254.9.80”); // IP Address

// Establish TCP connection

if(connect(MySocket,(struct sockaddr*)&MyAddress,sizeof(struct sockaddr_in))==-1)
{
exit(1);
}

// Send SCPI command

if(send(MySocket,”*IDN?\n”,6,0)==-1)
{
exit(1);
}

// Read response
char buffer[200];
int actual;
if((actual=recv(MySocket,&buffer[0],200,0))==-1)
{
exit(1);

Programming Guide Page 613

}
buffer[actual]= 0; // Add zero character (C string)
printf(“Instrument ID: %s\n”,buffer);

// Close socket
if(close(MySocket)==-1)
{
exit(1);
}

Programming Guide Page 614

Common Command Examples

This section lists the programming instances of common commands.

Environment: Windows7 32-bit, Python v3.6.5, pyvisa-1.9, Matplotlib-3.1.1

Note:
When using the visa library, you should pay attention to the following settings:

1. Set the I/O buffer size.

I.E. For the command “:WAVeform:DATA?”, the read buffer size depends on the
number of waveform points. When it needs to read in segments, the size of each
segment is vary from the models.

2. Set the timeout value.

The timeout value is related to the network speed or USB transmission speed. Please
evaluate by yourself. The initial value is generally 2s.

Read Waveform Data Example

import visa
import pylab as pl
import struct

"""Modify the following global variables according to the model"""

MODEL = "T3DSO2000A"
DSO_RSC = "TCPIP0::10.12.255.135::inst0::INSTR"

"""The following code realizes the process of waveform reconstruction without slice"""
HORI_NUM = 10
CODE_PER_DIV ={"T3DSO2000A":30}
BIT = {"T3DSO2000A":8}

def main_desc(recv):
WAVE_ARRAY_1 = recv[0x3c:0x3f+1]
wave_array_count = recv[0x74:0x77+1]
first_point = recv[0x84:0x87+1]

Programming Guide Page 615

 sp = recv[0x88:0x8b+1]
v_scale = recv[0x9c:0x9f+1]
v_offset = recv[0xa0:0xa3+1]
interval = recv[0xb0:0xb3+1]
delay = recv[0xb4:0xbb+1]
tdiv = recv[0x144:0x145+1]
probe = recv[0x148:0x14b+1]
tdiv_enum=[200e-12,500e-12,\
1e-9,2e-9,5e-9,10e-9,20e-9,50e-9,100e-9,200e-9,500e-9,\
1e-6,2e-6,5e-6,10e-6,20e-6,50e-6,100e-6,200e-6,500e-6,\
1e-3,2e-3,5e-3,10e-3,20e-3,50e-3,100e-3,200e-3,500e-3,\
1,2,5,10,20,50,100,200,500,1000]
probe_enum=[0.1,0.2,0.5,1,2,5,10,20,50,100,200,500,1e3,2e3,5e3,10e3,\
"CUSTA","CUSTB","CUSTC","CUSTD"]

data_bytes = struct.unpack('i',WAVE_ARRAY_1)[0]
point_num = struct.unpack('i',wave_array_count)[0]
fp = struct.unpack('i',first_point)[0]
sp = struct.unpack('i',sp)[0]
interval = struct.unpack('f',interval)[0]
delay = struct.unpack('d',delay)[0]
tdiv_index = struct.unpack('h',tdiv)[0]
probe_index = struct.unpack('i',probe)[0]
if probe_index > 15:
probe = struct.unpack('f',probe)[0]
else:
probe = probe_enum[probe]
vdiv = struct.unpack('f',v_scale)[0]*probe
offset = struct.unpack('f',v_offset)[0]*probe
tdiv = tdiv_enum[tdiv_index]
return vdiv,offset,interval,delay,tdiv

def main_newscpi():
_rm = visa.ResourceManager()
dso = _rm.open_resource(DSO_RSC)
dso.timeout = 30000 #default value is 2000(2s)
dso.chunk_size = 20*1024*1024 #default value is 20*1024(20k bytes)
dso.write("WAV:SOUR C2")
dso.write("WAV:PREamble?")
recv = dso.read_raw()[16:]
vdiv,ofst,interval,trdl,tdiv = main_desc(recv)

if BIT[MODEL] > 8:
dso.write(":WAVeform:WIDTh WORD")
dso.write("WAV:DATA?")

Programming Guide Page 616

 recv = list(dso.read_raw())[16:]
recv.pop()
recv.pop()
volt_value = []
convert_data = []
if BIT[MODEL] > 8:
for i in range(0, int(len(recv) / 2)):
data_16bit = recv[2 * i] + recv[2 * i + 1] * 256
data = data_16bit >> (16-BIT[MODEL])
convert_data.append(data)
else:
convert_data = recv
for data in convert_data:
if data > pow(2,BIT[MODEL]-1)-1:#12bit:>2047,8bit:>127
data = data - pow(2,BIT[MODEL])
else:
pass
volt_value.append(data)
print(len(volt_value))
time_value = []
for idx in range(0,len(volt_value)):
volt_value[idx] = volt_value[idx]/CODE_PER_DIV[MODEL]*float(vdiv)-float(ofst)
time_data = -float(trdl)-(float(tdiv)*HORI_NUM/2)+idx*interval
time_value.append(time_data)
pl.figure(figsize=(7,5))
pl.plot(time_value,volt_value,markersize=2,label=u"Y-T")
pl.legend()
pl.grid()
pl.show()

if __name__=='__main__':
main_newscpi()

Read Digital Waveform Data Example

import visa
import pylab as pl
import struct

def get_char_bit(char,n):
return (char >> n) & 1

def main_desc(recv):
first_point = recv[0x84:0x87+1]

Programming Guide Page 617

 sp = recv[0x88:0x8b+1]
interval = recv[0xb0:0xb3+1]
delay = recv[0xb4:0xbb+1]
tdiv = recv[0x144:0x145+1]
tdiv_enum=[200e-12,500e-12,\
1e-9,2e-9,5e-9,10e-9,20e-9,50e-9,100e-9,200e-9,500e-9,\
1e-6,2e-6,5e-6,10e-6,20e-6,50e-6,100e-6,200e-6,500e-6,\
1e-3,2e-3,5e-3,10e-3,20e-3,50e-3,100e-3,200e-3,500e-3,\
1,2,5,10,20,50,100,200,500,1000]

fp = struct.unpack('i',first_point)[0]
sp = struct.unpack('i',sp)[0]
interval = struct.unpack('f',interval)[0]
delay = struct.unpack('d',delay)[0]
tdiv_index = struct.unpack('h',tdiv)[0]
tdiv = tdiv_enum[tdiv_index]
return interval,delay,tdiv

def main_new_scpi():
_rm = visa.ResourceManager()
dso = _rm.open_resource("TCPIP0::10.12.255.209::inst0::INSTR")
dso.write("WAV:SOUR D0")
dso.write("WAV:PREamble?")
recv = dso.read_raw()[16:]
interval,trdl,tdiv = main_desc(recv)
dso.write("WAV:DATA?")
recv = list(dso.read_raw())[16:]
recv.pop()
recv.pop()
volt_value = []
data =bytearray(recv)

for char in data:

for i in range(0,8):
volt_value.append(get_char_bit(char,i))
print(len(volt_value))
time_value = []
for idx in range(0,len(volt_value)):
time_data = -float(trdl)-(float(tdiv)*10/2)+idx*interval
time_value.append(time_data)

pl.figure(figsize=(7,5))
pl.ylim(-1,2)
pl.plot(time_value,volt_value,markersize=2,label=u"Y-T")
pl.legend()

Programming Guide Page 618

 pl.grid()
pl.show()

if __name__=='__main__':
main_new_scpi()

Screen Dump (PRINt) Example

import visa

def main():
_rm = visa.ResourceManager()
dso = _rm.open_resource("USB0::0xF4EC::0xEE38::0123456789::INSTR")
dso.chunk_size = 20*1024*1024 #default value is 20*1024(20k bytes)
file_name = "F:\\SCDP.bmp"
dso.write("PRIN BMP")
result_str = dso.read_raw()
f = open(file_name,'wb')
f.write(result_str)
f.flush()
f.close()

if __name__=='__main__':
main()

Then you can open the file.

Programming Guide Page 619

Contact Us

Teledyne LeCroy (US Headquarters)

700 Chestnut Ridge Road
Chestnut Ridge, NY. USA
10977-6499
Phone: 800-553-2769 or 845-425-2000
Fax Sales: 845-578-5985
Email Sales: [email protected]
Email Support: [email protected]
(Oscilloscopes, Waveform Generators, Signal Integrity)
Web Site: http://teledynelecroy.com/
Phone Support: 1-800-553-2769

Teledyne LeCroy (European Headquarters)

Teledyne LeCroy GmbH
Im Breitspiel 11c
D-69126 Heidelberg, Germany
Phone: + 49 6221 82700
Fax: +49 6221 834655
Fax Sales: +49 6221 834655
Fax Service: +41 22 719 22 99
Email Sales: [email protected]
Email Service: [email protected]
Email Support: [email protected]
Web Site: http://teledynelecroy.com
Phone Service: +49 6221 8270 85
Phone Support: +49 6221 8270 28

Teledyne LeCroy informa�on about EU RoHS, China RoHS and the EU WEEE direc�ve can
be found at the website below.

h�ps://teledynelecroy.com/support/rohs.aspx

Programming Guide Page 620

ABOUT TELEDYNE TEST TOOLS

Company Profile Teledyne LeCroy (US Headquarters)

Teledyne LeCroy is a leading provider of oscilloscopes, protocol 700 Chestnut Ridge Road
analyzers and related test and measurement solutions that Chestnut Ridge, NY. USA
enable companies across a wide range of industries to design 10977-6499
and test electronic devices of all types. Since our founding Phone: 800-553-2769 or 845-425-2000
in 1964, we have focused on creating products that improve Fax Sales: 845-578-5985
productivity by helping engineers resolve design issues Email Sales: [email protected]
faster and more effectively. Oscilloscopes are tools used by Email Support: [email protected]
designers and engineers to measure and analyze complex
(Oscilloscopes, Waveform Generators, Signal Integrity)
electronic signals in order to develop high-performance
Web Site: http://teledynelecroy.com/
systems and to validate electronic designs in order to improve
Phone Support: 1-800-553-2769
time to market.
The Teledyne Test Tools brand extends the Teledyne LeCroy
product portfolio with a comprehensive range of test
equipment solutions. This new range of products delivers
a broad range of quality test solutions that enable engineers
to rapidly validate product and design and reduce time-to-
market. Designers, engineers and educators rely on Teledyne
Test Tools solutions to meet their most challenging needs for
testing, education and electronics validation.

Location and Facilities Teledyne LeCroy (European Headquarters)

Headquartered in Chestnut Ridge, New York, Teledyne Teledyne LeCroy GmbH
Test Tools and Teledyne LeCroy has sales, service and Im Breitspiel 11c
development subsidiaries in the US and throughout D-69126 Heidelberg, Germany
Europe and Asia. Teledyne Test Tools and Teledyne LeCroy Phone: + 49 6221 82700
products are employed across a wide variety of industries, Fax: +49 6221 834655
including semiconductor,computer, consumer electronics, Fax Sales: +49 6221 834655
education, military/ aerospace, automotive/ industrial, and Fax Service: +41 22 719 22 99
telecommunications. Email Sales: [email protected]
Email Service: [email protected]
Distributed by: Email Support: [email protected]
Web Site: http://teledynelecroy.com
Phone Service: +49 6221 8270 85
Phone Support: +49 6221 8270 28

teledynelecroy.com
© 2018 Teledyne Test Tools a brand and trademark of Teledyne LeCroy Inc. All rights reserved. Specifications, prices, availability and delivery subject to change without notice.
Product brand or brand names are trademarks or requested trademarks of their respective holders.
T3 stands for Teledyne Test Tools. 932883 Rev1